HomeMy WebLinkAbout04610066.01 Volume 1 of 2 Specs.pdf
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 DIVISION 00 -PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 11 16 INVITATION TO BID ----------SUBCONTRACTOR BID LIST 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 41 00 BID
FORM 00 43 25 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM (DURING BIDDING) 00 43 30 SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS LISTING 00 45 19 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 00 50 00 CONTRACTING FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS 00
52 13 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR WHERE THE BASIS FOR PAYMENT IS A STIPULATED SUM (AIA DOCUMENT A101-2007) 00 61 13 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND FORM (AIA
DOCUMENT A312-1984) 00 62 11 SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM (SAMPLE) 00 62 76 APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT (AIA DOCUMENT G702-1992) 00 62 76.13 CONTINUATION SHEET (AIA DOCUMENT
G703-1992) 00 62 76.16 CONSENT OF SURETY TO REDUCTION IN OR PARTIAL RELEASE OF RETAINAGE (AIA DOCUMENT G707A-1994) 00 63 13 REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION FORM (RFI) 00 63 53 WORK CHANGES
PROPOSAL REQUEST FORM (AIA DOCUMENT G709-2001) 00 63 63 CHANGE ORDER FORM (AIA DOCUMENT G701-2001) 00 65 16 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FORM (AIA DOCUMENT G704-2000) 00 65
19.13 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS (AIA DOCUMENT G706-1994) 00 65 19.16 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS (AIA DOCUMENT G706A-1994) 00 65 19.19 CONSENT
OF SURETY COMPANY TO FINAL PAYMENT (AIA DOCUMENT G707-1994) 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION (AIA DOCUMENT A201-2007)
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 36 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS 00 73 73.23 MEDICARE AND MEDICAID ACCOUNTING REQUIREMENTS ----------ST.
VINCENT HOSPITALS AND HEALTH SERVICES – CONTRACTOR/VENDOR ORIENTATION AND REFERENCE MANUAL DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 21
00 ALLOWANCES 01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES (WITHOUT DOCUNET) 01 35 33 INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 42 00 REFERENCES 01
50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 73 00 EXECUTION 01 73 29 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
DATA 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING DIVISION 06 -WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 05 73 WOOD TREATMENT 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 3 06 40 00 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 61 16 SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS DIVISION 07 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION 07 81 16 CEMENTITIOUS
FIREPROOFING 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS 07 95 13 EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASEMBLIES DIVISION 08 -OPENINGS 08 12 13 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 31
00 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 08 35 13.23 FOLDING FIRE DOORS 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 13 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS 08 81 00 GLASS GLAZING DIVISION 09 -FINISHES 09 05 60 COMMON WORK RESULTS
FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 21 16 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 30 00 TILING 09 51 00 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 65 00 RESILIENT FLOORING 09 68 00 CARPETING
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 4 09 72 00 WALL COVERINGS 09 84 33 SOUND ABSORBING WALL UNITS 09 91 00 PAINTING AND FINISHING 09 96 00 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS DIVISION 10 -SPECIALTIES 10 11
00 VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES 10 21 23 CUBICLES 10 26 00 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 28 13 TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 44 00 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10 51 13 METAL LOCKERS DIVISION 12 -FURNISHINGS
12 22 00 CURTAINS AND DRAPES 12 24 13 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES DIVISION 21 -FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 13 13 FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING DIVISION 22
-PLUMBING 22 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 19 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 23 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING
PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 5 22 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 07 00 PLUMBING INSULATION 22 11 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 13 16 STORM, SANITARY WASTE AND VENT
PIPING 22 13 19 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 22 42 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 63 13 MEDICAL GAS PIPING DIVISION 23 -HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
23 05 13 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 05 23 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48 VIBRATION AND
SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 07 00 HVAC INSULATION 23 09
01 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 21 13 HYDRONIC PIPING 23 31 13 METAL DUCTS 23 33 00 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 34 23 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 36 00 AIR TERMINAL UNITS 23 37 13 DIFFUSERS,
REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 23 82 16 AIR COILS
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 6 DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 19 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING
26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 36 CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 26 24 16 PANELBOARDS 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES 26 28 13 FUSES 26 28 16 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 26 29 13 ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 26 51 00 INTERIOR LIGHTING DIVISION
27 -COMMUNICATIONS 27 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 27 41 33 MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 51 16 PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS 27 52 23 NURSE CALL/CODE
BLUE SYSTEMS 27 60 00 SYSTEM ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 28 -ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 31 00 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Division 0 Bidding Requirements and Contract Forms
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INVITATION TO BID 00 11 16 -1 SECTION 001116 -INVITATION TO BID PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DATE: 29 JANUARY 1.2 SUMMARY A. Owner: St. Vincent Carmel Hospital, 13500 North Meridian Street, Carmel,
IN 46032 B. Mr. Tom Morlock will accept Bids for a Unified Construction Contract for a Project described in general as follows: 1. This project consists of two sets of Construction Documents.
One for Area “B” and one for Area “C”. One project manual covers both projects. Area “B” consists of 11,324 s.f. of renovated space to accommodate new Post Partum Rooms, Nursery and
Support Space. Area “C” consists of 17,816 s.f. of renovated space to accommodate new private NICU Rooms and Support Space. 2. The existing structure is located at 13500 North Meridian
St., Carmel, IN 46032. C. Bids shall remain valid for a period of sixty (60) days days from the Bid due date. D. Bidding Documents may be obtained from the General Contractors or examined
at the following location: BSA LifeStructures 9365 Counselors Row Indianapolis, IN 46240 (317) 819-7878 E. It is the Owner's intent to award the Project under a Unified Contract for
Construction. There are two General Contractors invited to bid this project. 1. Brasfield & Gorrie LLC 3021 7th Avenue South Birmingham, AL 35233 Attn: Doug Strohmeier Phone: 205-714-1278
Fax: 205-714-1971 Cell: 317-410-2277 2. Summit Construction 1107 Burdsal Parkway
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INVITATION TO BID 00 11 16 -2 Indianapolis, IN 46208 Attn: Dan Overbeck Phone: 317-634-6112 Fax: 317-264-2529 Cell: 317-339-6857 All Subcontractors have been prequalified and are listed
at the end of this section. F. The Owner will receive Bids at 2:00 p.m. local time, on 18 February 2010. Bids received after this time will be returned unopened. Bids will be opened
privately. G. Included with their Bids, all Bidders shall submit a Non-Collusion Affidavit. H. Each General Contractor may receive five sets of Bidding Documents consisting of 2 I. Bidding
Documents may be purchased from the Architect/Engineer ] at the non-refundable rate outlined below upon written request. Request for Documents to purchase must contain precise instructions
as to the actual Drawing sheets and Project Manual desired. All such purchased Documents are printed on an individual basis and orders are filled within twenty-four (24) hours of receipt
of written request. Addenda are automatically issued to all known recipients of complete sets of Bidding Documents only. Other parties may purchase Addenda at single page rates set out
below. All written requests for Drawing prints or Project Manual specifications must contain specific printing instructions (i.e. sheet numbers and page and section numbers). ITEM COST
Project Manual $ 50.00 Single pages of Project Manual $ 0.25 each Single sheets of Drawings $ 2.00 each Complete sets of Drawings $ 100.00 J. Bids shall be submitted in a sealed opaque
envelope clearly labeled with the word "BID" in large bold letters and the project tile and shall be accompanied by the following Documents: 1. Non-Collusion Affidavit signed by same
individual signing the Bid Form and notarized 2. Bid Form properly completed and signed K. The Architect/Engineer will furnish Bid Forms, Non-Collusion Affidavits, and Materials and
and Subcontractors Listing to all Bidders of record.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INVITATION TO BID 00 11 16 -3 L. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any irregularities in bidding and to award Bids in any manner or combination he so
desires. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 -EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION
St. Vincent Carmel Hospital Subcontractor Bid List 3rd Floor Remodel Project Trade/Vendor or Sub Phone Contact Fax Action Bid? Plans Out In FedEx Number Bid Rec’d? Demolition Finish
Carpentry – Millwork Cabinets Plus (765) 642-0329 Pat Geer (765) 642-2611 Fredericks, Inc., Cabinetry Div. (765-533-6620 Jim Bingaman (765) 533-4312 Laminique, Inc. (877) 526-4647 Robert
D. Brown (765)482-4266 Sims Cabinet Co., Inc. (317) 634-1747 Rick Sims (317) 634-0889 Brownsburg Cabinet Co. (317)271-1887 Bob Overman (317)273-1877 Firestopping Division Seven, Inc.
(317) 885-7130 Terry Lewis (317) 885-7131 PPMI Firestop (317) 894-9111 Don Murphy (317) 894-4333 Specialty System of IN – Firestop/Fireproof Div. (317) 269-2120 Jim Smith (317) 269-3608
Thermal Supply, Inc. (317) 872-2726 Tony W. Hamstra (317) 872-4592 Caulking& Sealers Caulking Specialists Co. (317) 257-1690 Alan Schlehuser (317) 259-1692 Haines C.; Robert (317) 547-5271
Jim Pridgen (317) 542-0679 Mills Fahnestock Incorporated (317) 861-1075 Gary Fahnestock (317) 861-1596 Hollow Metal Doors & Frames Central Indiana Hardware (317) 558-5700 Carol Boyer
(317) 558-5711 Dealers Wholesale (317) 849-4336 Paul Mennel (317) 576-1633 Mulhaupts Inc. (317) 228-9470 John Fisher (317) 228-9479 Glass & Glazing Architectural Glass & Metal Co., Inc.
(317) 545-2401 Greg Young (317) 545-2131 Cardinal Cove Glass, Inc. (812) 597-5811 Stanley M. Willen (812) 597-5812 Hoosier Glass Co., Inc. (317) 897-1818 Dan Buchanan (317) 897-1806
St. Vincent Carmel Hospital Subcontractor Bid List 3rd Floor Remodel Project Trade/Vendor or Sub Phone Contact Fax Action Bid? Plans Out In FedEx Number Bid Rec’d? Gypsum Drywall Circle
B Company – Drywall (317) 787-5746 Keith Parker (317) 780-2654 General Interiors, Inc. (317) 297-5552 David B. Wallis (317) 297-5558 Indy Walls & Ceilings Co., Inc. (317) 352-9215 Steve
Pruitt (317) 351-9629 Interior Specialties, Inc. (317) 862-3134 Don LaRoche (317) 862-3087 Performance Contracting, Inc. – Interior Div. (317) 872-4812 Pat Roth (317) 334-5872 Ceramic
Tile Chance Brothers (317) 635-7531 Jeff Graham (317) 636-8976 McCammack Tile (317) 885-7885 Jeff McCammack (317) 885-7880 Santarossa Mosaic & Tile (317) 632-9494 Michael Drippe (317)
631-5567 Carpet/Resilient Certified Floorcovering (317) 872-7926 Harry Milli (317) 876-1015 Santarossa Mosaic & Tile (317) 632-9494 Michael Drippe (317) 631-5567 Superior Carpet Installation
(317) 632-7441 Randy Shroyer (317) 632-7456 Painting/VWC Landis Painting Co., Inc. (317) 786-2884 Dave Landis (317) 786-2890 Lawrence Co.; Bill (317) 632-0363 Rod Wire (317) 685-0517
Ryker Painting Co., Inc. (317) 787-2261 David A. Ryker (317) 782-9182 SDL Painting (317) 255-1330 Steve Davidson (317) 255-3410 T.A.G. Coatings Corporation (317) 591-7077 Greg Milliken
(317) 591-7080 Chalkboards, Markerboards & Tackboards Knoll Textiles B & N Industries Cubicle & IV Tracks & Curtains Mullins; C. Ed (317) 535-5226 Ed Mullins (317) 535-0838 SPD Textile
and Drapery (317) 849-2131 Stephen P. Dean (317) 842-1485 Standard Textile (317) 882-6053 Ron Welsh (317) 882-6063
St. Vincent Carmel Hospital Subcontractor Bid List 3rd Floor Remodel Project Trade/Vendor or Sub Phone Contact Fax Action Bid? Plans Out In FedEx Number Bid Rec’d? Wall & Corner Guards
Baker Company, Inc.; William E. (317) 253-5248 Jim Baker (317) 253-5760 Lockers A/1 Products – Gemco, Inc. (812) 246-1111 Estimating (812) 246-1234 Donley Distribution, Inc. (317) 899-3101
Drake Donley (317) 899-3115 Graver & Co.; W. Harrison (317) 250-9500 Marv West (317) 202-0137 Lyon Metal Products (317) 726-0662 Roy O. Taylor (317) 254-8022 Schricker Co., Div. of CIH
(317) 578-5700 Bruce W. Drager (317) 578-1984 Operable Partitions Donley Distribution, Inc. (317) 899-3101 Drake Donley (317) 899-3115 Universal Building Products (317) 841-0221 Rie
Turpin (317) 841-0510 Wilson-Partenheimer, Inc. (317) 251-4541 Desmond Turner (317) 255-5383 Won-Door Corporation (614) 777-9813 Karen S. Brown (614) 777-9827 Toilet & Bath Accessories
Donley Distribution, Inc. (317) 899-3101 Drake Donley (317) 899-3115 Schricker Co., Div. of CIH ((317) 578-5700 Bruce W. Drager (317) 578-1984 Drapery & Curtains Mullins; C. Ed (317)
535-5226 Ed Mullins (317) 535-0838 SPD Textile and Drapery (317) 849-2131 Stephen P. Dean (317) 842-1485 Standard Textile (317) 882-6053 Ron Welsh (317) 882-6063 Pneumatic Tube System
Swisslog Translogic (800) 821-3483 John McAbee (847) 392-3738
St. Vincent Carmel Hospital Subcontractor Bid List 3rd Floor Remodel Project Trade/Vendor or Sub Phone Contact Fax Action Bid? Plans Out In FedEx Number Bid Rec’d? Mechanical CS&M, Inc.
(317) 841-0036 Horst Muelbronner (317) 576-0417 Sullivan & Poore (317) 925-5341 Scott Prange (317) 923-7060 Leach & Russell (317) 841-7877 Dave Irish (317) 841-7460 Fire Protection Dalmatian
Fire, Inc. (317) 299-3889 Rich Ackley (317) 299-4078 Ryan Fireprotection, Inc. (317) 770-7100 Tim Machina (317) 770-0100 Electrical Barth Electric (317) 924-6226 Russ McElwain (317)
923-6938 Miller Eads (317) 545-7101 Dan Sparks (317) 545-4660 Sheet Metal C&C Sheet Metal (317) 783-1871 Tony Zirklebach (317) 783-7540 Bright Sheet Metal (317) 291-7600 Larry Tylenda
(317) 291-7604
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-1 SECTION 002113 -INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. All definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,
AIA Document A201-2007, or in other Contract Documents, are applicable to the Bidding Documents. B. Addendum (singular) and Addenda (plural): Written or graphic instruments issued by
the Architect/Engineer prior to the execution of the Contract that modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by addition(s), deletion(s), clarification(s), or correction(s). C. Alternate
(or Alternate Bid): An amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents
is accepted. D. Base Bid: The sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents exclusive of adjustments for Alternate Bids. E.
Bid: a complete and properly signed proposal, submitted in accordance with the Bidding Requirements, to perform the Work or designated portion for the sums stipulated. F. Bidder: A person
or entity who submits a Contract Bid. G. Bidding Documents: Items include, but are not necessarily limited to, the Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form, Non-Collusion
Affidavit, and the proposed Contract Documents. H. Contract Documents: The Conditions of the Contract, the Drawings, the Project Manual, and all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications
issued after execution of the Contract. I. Sub-bidder: A person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials or labor for a portion of the Work. J. Unit Price: An amount stated
in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services as described in the Bidding Documents or in the proposed Contract Documents. 1.2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS A. Bidder
acknowledges that he has read and understands the Bidding Documents and his Bid is made in accordance therein.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-2 B. Bidder acknowledges that he has visited the site, has familiarized himself with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and
has correlated his observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. C. Bidder acknowledges that his Bid is based upon the materials, systems, and equipment required
by the Bidding Documents without exception. D. Bidder shall assume the responsibility, on behalf of his sub-bidders and material suppliers, for obtaining and verifying all measurements
and their accuracy at the site which are applicable to any and all materials and labor to be furnished by them or furnished to others for installation. No request for additional compensation,
or for omission of work from his Contract, if ultimately awarded such, will be considered which is due to failure of the Bidder in this regard. E. Bidder's proposal shall contemplate
a complete, operable, and acceptable installation as indicated or implied by the Contract Documents. F. Bid shall include the entire cost and expense of each and every item of labor
and material necessary to complete the work in accordance with the Contract Documents and ready for occupancy and/or use. The successful Bidder shall assume the risk of all such costs
and expenses. Certain areas of the Work shall require special scheduling of the work, including overtime hours. Costs associated with such Work shall be included in the Proposal. Refer
to the Allowances section. G. Stated quantities, if any, in the Contract Documents are approximate only, and each Bidder shall be required to make his own estimate of quantities and
calculate his Bid accordingly. H. Bidder shall thoroughly examine the drawings and specifications of all trades and include all such additional costs for them insofar as they affect
his proposal. I. The Owner requires the Contractor to efficiently use resources to the fullest extent possible in the completion of this Project. Resource efficient aspects to be considered
in completing this Project include: 1. Use of techniques that minimize waste generation. 2. Reuse and renovation of existing structures in lieu of demolition. 3. Salvage of existing
materials and items for reuse or resale. 4. Reuse of materials on site where possible. 5. Recycling of waste generated during the demolition and construction processes. 6. The Contractor
is encouraged to include additional resource efficient construction methods in the Project. 1.3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS A. Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the
issuing office designated in the Invitation to Bid.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-3 B. Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids. Neither the Owner nor the Architect/Engineer assume any responsibility for
errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. C. In making copies of the Bidding Documents available on the above terms, the Owner or the
Architect/Engineer do so for the express purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work. No license or grant for any other use is conferred. D. Bidders shall promptly notify the Architect/Engineer
of any ambiguity, inconsistency or error that they may discover upon examination of the Bidding Documents, the site or local conditions. Where there is a conflict in or between the Contract
Documents, the Contractor shall be deemed to have estimated on providing the better quality Work, higher cost, and the larger quantity required. Only changes or interpretations covered
by Addenda or specifically approved in writing by the Architect/Engineer will be permitted during construction of the Work. E. Bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the
Bidding documents shall make a written request that shall reach the Architect/Engineer at least seven days before the date for receipt of Bids. F. Any interpretation, correction or change
of the Bidding Documents will only be made by Addendum. Interpretations, corrections or changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner are not binding, and Bidders shall not
rely upon such interpretations, corrections and changes. G. Addenda are mailed or delivered only to those entities known by the Architect/Engineer to have received a complete set of
Bidding Documents. H. Copies of Addenda are made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. I. Every attempt is made to issue Addenda no later
later than four days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one that includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. Each
Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting his Bid that he has received all Addenda issued, and he shall acknowledge their receipt in his Bid. 1.4 PRODUCTS A. The materials, products
and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality that must be met by any proposed substitution. B. No substitution
is considered unless the Architect/Engineer receives a written request for approval at least ten days before the date of receipt of Bids. Each such request shall include the name of
the material, product or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitute including drawings, cut sheets, performance and test data
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-4 and any other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forth any changes in other materials, equipment or other Work that incorporation
of the substitute would require, shall be included. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the Bidder. The Architect/Engineer's decision of approval or disapproval
of a proposed substitution shall be final. C. Requests for approval to bid material, products, systems and/or equipment other than that specified under “Acceptable Manufacturer” shall
be made on forms included in the Project Manual. Only Bidders can make Requests for Product Review. The Architect/Engineer will supply Forms to all Bidders requesting them. D. Should
the approval of any products other than the “Acceptable Manufacturer” necessitate changing other Work encompassed by the Contract Documents, expense for such changes shall be borne by
the Bidder whose proposed substitution necessitated such changes. These conditions shall be extended to include compensation to the Architect/Engineer, should such changes require modification
of the Contract Documents. No adjustments will be made in the Contract Sum to cover cost of such changes. E. When Products are specified in accordance with Federal Specifications, American
Standards Association, ASTM Standards, UL, or other recognized Association Standards, the Bidder shall present proof from the manufacturer certifying that the product complies with the
particular reference standards. Where requested or specified, submit supporting test data to substantiate compliance. F. If the Architect/Engineer approves any proposed substitution
before receipt of Bids, such approval is issued in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. G. No substitutions will be considered after the Contract
award unless specifically provided in the Contract Documents. 1.5 BIDDING PROCEDURE A. Bids shall be submitted in triplicate on forms included with the Bidding Documents. B. All blanks
on the Bid Form shall be filled in by typewriter or manually in ink. C. Where indicated by the format of the Bid Form, express monetary sums in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy
between the two, the amount written in words shall govern. D. The signer of the Bid must initial any interlineation(s), alteration(s) or erasure(s). E. The Bid Form requires a price
for Area “B” and Area “C”. However, it is the intent that both portions of the work will be awarded to one General Contractor.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-5 F. Each copy of the Bid shall include the legal name of the Bidder and a statement that the Bidder is a sole proprietor, a partnership, a corporation,
or some other legal entity. Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract. A Bid submitted by a corporation shall include the
State in which incorporated and have the corporate seal affixed. A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current Power of Attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind
the Bidder. G. Voluntary alternates of any type will not be considered, nor will they affect the position of the Bidder. H. Proposals shall include proper and adequate sums for warranties,
insurance premiums, allowances, bonds, all applicable taxes, documentary stamps, permits and other levies. However, if the project is tax exempt, such tax shall not be included. I. It
shall be the Bidder's responsibility to check all sub-bids and material quotations carefully to determine whether or not any exceptions, omissions or alterations to the Contract Documents
have been noted, as such Bidder is solely responsible for a complete job in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. J. Enclose all copies of the Bid and any other documents required
to be submitted with the Bid in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Bids and shall be identified with the Project name, the Bidder's
name and address and, if applicable, the designated Portion of the Work for which the
Bid is submitted. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation 'SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the envelope face. K. Deliver
Bids to the designated location before the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any extension of time made by Addendum. Bids received after the time
and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. L. Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. M. Oral telephonic
Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. N. A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated period following the time and date designated
for the receipt of Bids and each Bidder so agrees to same in submitting his Bid. O. Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, any Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn
by notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the Bidder or by telephone/facsimile. If modification
is by telephone/facsimile, written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be mailed and post marked on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids, and it shall
be worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-6 P. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with the Instructions
to Bidders. 1.6 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS A. Unless stated otherwise in the Invitation to Bid, properly identified Bids received on time will be opened publicly and will be read aloud. An
abstract of the Base Bids and Alternate Bids, if any, will be made available to Bidders. When it has been stated the Bids will be opened privately, an abstract of the same information
may, at the discretion of the Owner, be made available to the Bidders within a reasonable time. B. The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids or by other data stipulated
by the Bidding Documents, or to reject a Bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular. C. It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest responsible Bidder, provided
the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner shall have the right to waive any informality
or irregularity in any Bid or Bids received and to accept the Bid or Bids that, in the Owner’s judgment, is in his own best interests. D. In determining the lowest and/or best responsible
Bidder, the Owner will consider whether the Bidder maintains a permanent place of business, if pecuniary responsible, has adequate plant facilities and employees, has had sufficient
experience to do the work properly, and is satisfied that the proposal submitted meets all conditions of the Contract Documents. E. The Owner shall have the option, exercisable within
forty-five (45)]calendar days from and including the date of award, of including or excluding the work required by any alternate proposal, for the sum or sums established for said Alternate
Bids. F. In order to facilitate his evaluation of the Bids, the Owner may contact apparent low Bidders after receipt of Bids to discuss the proposals, time schedules, and names of proposed
subcontractors and materials upon which Bids are based. In the event that a Bidder is ultimately awarded a Contract, the result of such discussions will be incorporated into a Pre-Award
Memorandum that shall become a part of the Contract Documents. 1.7 POST BID INFORMATION A. Bidders shall submit, within twenty-four (24) hours after the date and time set for receipt
of Bid Proposals, their Subcontractor and Materials Listing on forms for this requirement as provided in Division 01 Section “Proposed Products and Subcontractors Form”. Failure to submit
this document within this time period will be grounds for disqualification of the Bid. B. No later than seven (7) days prior to the expiration of the time for withdrawal of Bids, the
Owner will, at the request of the Bidder to whom award of a Contract is under consideration, furnish to the Bidder reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements
to
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-7 fulfill the Contract obligations. Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished, the Bidder will not be required to execute the Owner-Contractor Agreement.
C. The Bidder shall be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer and the Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish
and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents. D. Before the award of the Contract, the Architect/Engineer will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or the Architect/Engineer,
after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. The Bidder may, at his option, withdraw his Bid, or submit an acceptable substitute person or
entity with an adjustment in his bid price to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution(s). The Owner may, at his discretion, accept the adjusted bid price or he may
disqualify the Bidder. In case of either withdrawal or disqualification under this Subparagraph, the Bid Security will not be forfeited. E. Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder
and to whom the Owner and the Architect/Engineer have made no reasonable objection under the provisions of Paragraph 1.7D must be used on the Work for which they were proposed and shall
not be changed except with the written consent of the Owner and the Architect/Engineer. 1.8 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND POLICIES OF INSURANCE OR INSURANCE CERTIFICATES
A. Prior to execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall deliver to the Owner an executed, AIA Document A312 -1994 “Performance and Payment Bond”, and policies of insurance or insurance
certificates as required by the General Conditions. The Owner shall approve all bonds and policies of insurance or insurance certificates before the Bidder may proceed with the work.
All bonds and insurance premiums shall be included in the Bidder's Bid Proposal. B. Bidder shall deliver the required documents to the Owner no later than the date of execution of the
Contract, or if the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall, prior to commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the
Owner that such documents will be furnished. Failure or refusal to furnish [bonds or] insurance policies or certificates in a form and with companies satisfactory to the Owner shall
subject the Bidder to either loss of the Contract or loss of time from the allowable construction period equal to the time of delay in furnishing the required material as determined
by the Owner. C. Bonds shall be written on AIA Document A312-1994 “Performance Bond and Payment Bond”. Performance Bond and Payment Bond shall be furnished by the Bidder in amounts equal
to one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the Contract Sum. Bond amounts shall be increased by the Bidder, with certificates sent to the Owner, at any time the Contract Sum is increased
by Change Order, acceptance of Alternates, or other forms of Agreement which increase the Contract Sum. The bonds shall remain in effect for a period of at least twelve months beyond
the date of final acceptance of the Work.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-8 D. Bidder shall require the Attorney-in-Fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the Surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of
his Power of Attorney 1.9 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR A. Unless otherwise stated in the Bidding Documents, the Agreement for the Work will be AIA Document A101 -2007,
“Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor”, where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum. 1.10 PRE-BID CONFERENCE A. Before the date and time for the scheduled Bid opening,
a Pre-Bid Conference will be held for considering questions posed by Bidders. Location and time of the Conference will be announced to all Bidders of Record. It shall be the Bidder's
responsibility to notify any of his subcontractors or material suppliers that he deems deems necessary. All interpretations and corrections of the Contract Documents deriving from questions
posed at the Pre-Bid Conference will be mailed or delivered to each Bidder of Record only. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
BID FORM 00 41 00 -1 SECTION 004100 -BID FORM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 TO: Name Mr. Tom Morlock Company St. Vincent Carmel Hospital Address 13500 North Meridian St. City, State, Zip Code
Carmel, IN 46032 1.2 FROM: Name of Bidder Bidding Company 1 Bidding Company 2 Bidder Address 1 Bidder Address 2 City, State, Zip Code 1.3 FOR: Name of Project: 34d Floor East & South
Renovation Project Company St. Vincent Carmel Hospital Project Address 13500 North Meridian St. City, State, Zip Code Carmel, IN 46032
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
BID FORM 00 41 00 -2 1.4 DATE: 18 FEBRUARY 2010 A. The undersigned, having visited the project site and familiarized himself with conditions thereof and having examined and become fully
cognizant of Drawings and Project Manual entitled for dated and all Addenda subsequently issued thereto, hereby agrees to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, appliances, fixtures,
and incidentals required by such Drawings and Project Manual for the Construction of the aforementioned Project, and to conform to requirements as set forth in such Drawings and Project
Manual for the amounts set forth hereinafter. B. Pursuant to requirements as hereinbefore mentioned, the undersigned submits the following Base Bid and Alternates, which includes all
applicable taxes (except Indiana State sales tax), overhead and profit: C. BID PROPOSAL Base Bid Unit “B” Dollars ($ ) Base Bid Unit “C” Dollars ($ ) D. ALLOWANCES Allowance “1” Add
Dollars ($ ) Allowance “2” Add One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($ 100,000) Allowance “3” Add Six Thousand Dollars ($ 6,000) Allowance “4” Add Thirty Thousand Dollars ($ 30,000) E. TIME
OF COMPLETION 1. If awarded this Contract, Work shall be completed within the following calendar days from date of "Notice to Proceed:" Base Bid Unit “B” calendar days Base Bid Unit
“C” calendar days
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
BID FORM 00 41 00 -3 F. RECEIPT OF ADDENDA 1. Receipt of Addenda issued to aforementioned Drawings and Project Manual is hereby acknowledged: Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated Addendum
No. Dated Addendum No. Dated G. AUTHORIZATION OF BID 1. The undersigned hereby designates his business structure and location as follows: Bidder is (check one): Individual ( ) Partnership
( ) Corporation ( ) Bidder Name: Bidder Address 1: Bidder Address 2: City, State, Zip Code: 2. If Bidder is individual, state following: Name of Individual:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
BID FORM 00 41 00 -4 3. If Bidder is partnership, state following: Name of Partners: 4. If Bidder is corporation, state following: a. Organized under the laws of the State of _______________
b. Names and titles of Officers authorized to signature contracts: 5. This Bid is hereby authorized and submitted by: Name of Bidder: By: Title: Address 1: Address 2: City, State, Zip
Code 6. Enclosures: a. #1 Non-Collusion Affidavit END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM (DURING BIDDING) 00 43 25 -1 SECTION 00 43 25 -SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM (DURING BIDDING) PROJECT: St. Vincent Carmel Hospital 13500 North Meridian Street Carmel,
Indiana 46032 BSA LIFESTRUCTURES PROJECT NUMBER: 461066 In accordance with PRODUCTS, Paragraph 1.4.B, of the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, the following material, products, systems and/or
equipment are submitted for review of the Architect/Engineer. If approval is given for Bidding purposes, Contractor understands that such approval is for manufacturer only and will not
relieve the Contractor's responsibility for furnishing a complete and workable installation, including space considerations, consistent with the requirements and intent of the Contract
Documents. All Bidding approvals are issued by written Addendum only SECTION SECTION TITLE ARTICLE/PARAGRAPH MATERIAL/PRODUCT/SYSTEM/EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER/ADDRESS/PHONE DESCRIPTION:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM (DURING BIDDING) 00 43 25 -2 PREVIOUS INSTALLATIONS: MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE SUBSTITUTE : REVIEW REQUESTED BY: (PRIME BIDDER) BY: TITLE: APPROVED
BY:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS FORM 00 43 30 -1 SECTION 004330 -PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS FORM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 INSTRUCTIONS A. Do not remove this form from the
Project Manual. Blank forms may be provided to all Bidders of Record prior to bid due date. If forms are not received by a date at least five (5) days before bid due date, please contact
the Architect/Engineer. B. On forms provided or photocopies of this form, fill in the blank spaces adjacent to each item listed. Fill blanks by typewriter or printing legibly in ink.
C. The Subcontractors and Materials Listing form shall be signed by the same person/persons signing the Bid Form. D. Failure to submit this listing shall be grounds for disqualification
of the Bid. E. The submission of the listing of subcontractors and materials does not guarantee approval. In every case, all subcontractors and materials shall comply with the letter
and intent of the Contract Documents. F. The Architect/Engineer and Owner reserve the right to reject any material or subcontractor that in their opinion does not satisfy the requirements
of the Contract Documents. G. The Architect/Engineer and Owner reserve the right to choose the subcontractors or materials for any particular item that the Bidder fails to list, lists
more than one manufacturer, or lists an unacceptable manufacturer or subcontractor for the item in question. H. Bidders shall not use terminology "As Specified" on the Subcontractors
and Materials Listing, but shall indicate specifically the product or subcontractor proposed. When more than one product is specified (i.e., door hardware), a separate list shall be
prepared by the Contractor to identify the manufacturer of each product. Whenever the terminology "or approved equal" is used in the Contract Documents, refer to PRODUCTS -Paragraph
1.4 in the Instruction to Bidders. All approved substitutions will be named in an Addendum issued to all Prime Bidders of Record. I. Bidders must choose the materials from the referenced
standards or the acceptable manufacturers listed in the Quality Assurance or Manufacturers article of each section of the Project Manual. Responsibilities of the "Acceptable Manufacturers"
and of the Bidders, regarding compliance of the chosen manufacturers' products with the contract requirements, are defined in the Instructions to Bidders. Only substitutions authorized
by procedures outlined in the Instruction to Bidders are accepted.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS FORM 00 43 30 -2 J. Acceptance of Bid Alternates (if any) after the bid date or after the submittal of the Subcontractor and Materials List is not
a valid reason to modify the Subcontractors and Materials list. Include Subcontractor and Manufacturer/Material listing for each bid alternate, as applicable, if different from the Base
Bid listing. K. The approved listing shall be the basis of the Agreement. Substitutions after receipt of bids will be allowed only as provided for in Division 01 Section ”Product Requirements”.
L. Modifications to the submitted Subcontractor and Materials list are not permitted unless agreed to by the Architect/Engineer and Owner. SECTION TITLE SUBCONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER 06
05 73 Wood Treatment 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 06 40 00 Architectural Woodwork 06 61 16 Solid Surfacing Fabrications 07 21 00 Thermal Insulation 07 81 16 Cementitious Fireproofing 07
84 00 Firestopping 07 92 00 Joint Sealants 07 95 13 Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies 08 12 13 Hollow Metal Frames 08 14 16 Flush Wood Doors 08 31 00 Access Doors and Panels 08 35 13.23
Folding Fire Doors 08 71 00 Door Hardware
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS FORM 00 43 30 -3 SECTION TITLE SUBCONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER 08 71 13 Automatic Door Operators 08 81 00 Glass Glazing 09 05 60 Common Work Results
for Flooring Preparation 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 30 00 Tiling 09 51 00 Acoustical Ceilings 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring 09 68 00 Carpeting 09 72 00 Wall Coverings 09 84 33
Sound Absorbing Wall Units 09 91 00 Painting 09 96 00 High-Performance Coatings 10 11 00 Visual Display Surfaces 10 21 23 Cubicles 10 26 00 Wall and Door Protection 10 28 13 Toilet Accessories
10 44 00 Fire Protection Specialties 10 51 13 Metal Lockers
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS FORM 00 43 30 -4 SECTION TITLE SUBCONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER 12 22 00 Curtains and Drapes 12 24 13 Roller Window Shades 21 05 00 Common Work Results
for Fire Suppression 21 13 13 Fire-Suppression Piping 22 05 00 Common Work Results for Plumbing 22 05 19 Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping 22 05 23 General-Duty Valves for Plumbing
Piping 22 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 05 53 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 07 00 Plumbing Insulation 22 11 16 Domestic Water
Piping 22 13 16 Storm, Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 22 13 19 Plumbing Specialties 22 42 00 Plumbing Fixtures 22 61 13 Laboratory Air and Vacuum Piping 22 63 13 Medical Gas Piping 23
05 00 Common Work Results for HVAC
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS FORM 00 43 30 -5 SECTION TITLE SUBCONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER 23 05 13 Motors 23 05 23 Valves 23 05 29 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 23 07
00 HVAC Insulation 23 09 01 Environmental Control System 23 21 13 Hydronic Piping 23 31 13 Metal Ducts 23 33 00 Air Duct Accessories 23 34 23 HVAC Power Ventilators 23 36 00 Air Terminal
Units 23 37 13 Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles 23 82 16 Air Coils 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 26 Grounding
and Bonding 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS FORM 00 43 30 -6 SECTION TITLE SUBCONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 36 Cable Trays for Electrical
Systems 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 24 16 Panelboards 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 26 28 13 Fuses 26 28 16 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 26 29 13 Enclosed Controllers
26 51 00 Interior Lighting 27 05 00 Common Work Results for communications 27 41 33 Master Antenna Television System 27 51 16 Public Address and Mass Notification Systems 27 52 23 Nurse
Call/Code Blue Systems 27 60 00 System Rough-In Requirements 28 05 00 Common Work Results for Electronic Safety and Security 28 05 13 Conductors and Cables for Electronic Safety and
Security 28 31 00 Fire Alarm
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS FORM 00 43 30 -7 M. Provide the following information: Mechanical Subcontractor: Sheetmetal Subcontractor: Electrical Subcontractor: Submitting
Contractor: By: Date: PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 -EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 00 45 19 -1 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO: STATE OF Indiana ) SS: COUNTY Fulton THE UNDERSIGNED BIDDER, BY ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, OR REPRESENTATIVES, BEING DULY SWORN,
ON THEIR OATHS SAY THAT NEITHER THEY NOR ANY OF THEM, HAVE IN ANY WAY, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ENTERED INTO ANY ARRANGEMENT OR AGREEMENT WITH ANY OTHER BIDDER, OR WITH ANY PUBLIC OFFICER
OF THE STATE OF INDIANA WHEREBY SUCH AFFIANT OR AFFIANTS OR EITHER OF THEM, HAS PAID OR IS TO PAY TO SUCH OTHER BIDDER OF PUBLIC OFFICER ANY SUM OF MONEY, OR HAS GIVEN OR IS TO GIVE
SUCH OTHER BIDDER OR PUBLIC OFFICER ANYTHING OF VALUE WHATEVER, OR SUCH AFFIANT OR AFFIANTS OR EITHER OF THEM HAS NOT, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ENTERED INTO ANY ARRANGEMENT OR AGREEMENT
WITH ANY OTHER BIDDER OR BIDDERS, WHICH TENDS TO OR DOES LESSEN OR DESTROY FREE COMPETITION IN THE LETTING OF THE CONTRACT SOUGHT FOR BY THE ATTACHED BIDS; THAT NO INDUCEMENT OF ANY
FORM OR CHARACTER OTHER THAN THAT WHICH APPEARS UPON THE FACE OF THE BID WILL BE SUGGESTED, OFFERED, PAID, OR DELIVERED TO ANY PERSON WHOMSOEVER TO INFLUENCE THE ACCEPTANCE OF THE SAID
BID OR AWARDING OF THE CONTRACT, NOR HAS THIS BIDDER ANY AGREEMENT OR UNDERSTANDING OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER, WITH ANY PERSON WHOMSOEVER TO PAY, DELIVER TO, OR SHARE WITH ANY OTHER PERSON,
IN ANY WAY OR MANNER, ANY OF THE PROCEEDS OF THE CONTRACT SOUGHT BY THIS BID. (BIDDER OR AGENT) (FIRM OR CORPORATION)
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 00 45 19 -2 SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME BY THIS DAY OF 200_ MY COMMISSION EXPIRES: (NOTARY PUBLIC)
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTRACTING FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS 00 50 00 -1 SECTION 005000 -CONTRACTING FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section describes forms required for the project.
Other bidding documents including this section are made available to assist the Bidder in preparing the bid. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 00 Section, “[Invitation
to Bid][Advertisement for Bids]” for specific bidding information regarding this project. 2. Division 00 Section, “Instructions to Bidders” for specific bidding information critical
to submitting a bid. 3. Division 00 Section, “Non-Collusion Affidavit” for form to attach to bid. 1.2 TABLE OF ARTICLES A. BID FORMS J. CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION B. AGREEMENTS
K. CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS C. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT PAYMENT BOND L. CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS D. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE M. CONSENT
OF SURETY TO REDUCTION IN OR PARTIAL RELEASE OF RETAINAGE E. SUBCONTRACTOR AND MATERIAL LIST N. CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT F. APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT O. PRODUCT
REVIEW REQUEST G. WORK CHANGES PROPOSAL REQUEST P. REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION -RFI H. CHANGE ORDER Q. CONTRACTORS QUALIFICATION STATEMENT I. SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL R. ST. VINCENT HOSPITALS
AND HEALTH SERVICES – CONTRACTOR/VENDOR ORIENTATION AND REFERENCE MANUAL
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTRACTING FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS 00 50 00 -2 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Bid Forms: 1. Bid forms will be sent in adequate copies to all Bidders of record. See sample form enclosed
in Project Manual. B. Agreement: 1. The form of Agreement to be used for this Project shall be AIA Document A101, 2007 Edition, entitled: "Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and
Contractor" where basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM. C. Performance Bond and Payment Bond: 1. The form of Performance Bond used for this Project shall be AIA Document A312, 1984 Edition,
entitled: "Performance Bond and Payment Bond." D. Certificate of Insurance: 1. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner and Architect/Engineer certificates of insurance as described in
the General Conditions and Amendments. Use Contractor’s insurance company standard form. E. Products and Subcontractor List: 1. The Contractor shall submit on the form provided, in the
manner described in the instructions, a listing of the products proposed for incorporation into the Work and the names of Subcontractors, persons, or organizations proposed for the principal
portions of the Work not done by his own forces. The Architect/Engineer will provide forms to all Prime Bidders of Record. F. Application and Certificate for Payment: 1. Applications
for Payment shall be submitted in five (5) copies on AIA Documents G702 and G703, 1992 Edition, entitled, "Application and Certificate for Payment" and “Continuation Sheet”. Forms shall
include the Schedule of Values as approved by the Architect/Engineer and the Owner, the amounts requested for the particular partial payment, and the other information listed on the
form. Each copy shall be notarized and bear the wet signature of the authorized person. The form shall be accompanied by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to such partial
payment, including waivers of lien if required by the Owner. G. Work Changes Proposal Request:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTRACTING FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS 00 50 00 -3 1. When changes in the Contract Documents are contemplated, the Architect/Engineer will issue a Proposal Request following Article 12 of
the General Conditions. This Proposal Request will be on the AIA Document G709 – 2001 Edition entitled, "Work Changes Proposal Request". H. Change Order: 1. When changes occur in the
Work or Contract Documents of such magnitude as to alter the Contract Time and/or
Sum, the Architect/Engineer, following Article 12 of the General Conditions, will issue a written authorization for that change on AIA Document G701, 2001 Edition, form entitled, “Change
Order,” as annotated. I. Submittal Transmittal: 1. Use this form for all submittals required in Division 01 Section, “Submittal Procedures”. J. Certificate of Substantial Completion:
1. The Certificate of Substantial Completion will be in the form of AIA Document G704, 2000 Edition, and will be issued by the Architect/Engineer following Article 9 of the General Conditions.
K. Contractor’s Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims: 1. The Contractor shall submit, following Article 9 of the General Conditions, five (5) copies of the Affidavit of Payment of
All Debts and Claims on AIA Document G706, 1994 Edition. Each copy shall be notarized and bear the wet signature of the authorized person. L. Contractor’s Affidavit of Release of Liens:
1. The Contractor shall submit, following Article 9 of the General Conditions, five (5) copies of the Affidavit of Release of Liens on AIA Document G706A, 1994 Edition. Each copy shall
be notarized and bear the wet signature of the authorized person. M. Consent of Surety to Reduction in or Partial Release of Retainage: 1. When reduction or partial release of retainage
is authorized by the Owner, the Contractor shall submit, pursuant to Article 9 of the General Conditions, the "Consent of Surety to Reduction In or Partial Release of Retainage" on AIA
Document G707A, 1994 Edition. N. Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment: 1. The Contractor shall submit, following Article 9 of the General Conditions, the Consent of Surety Company
to Final Payment on AIA Document G707, 1994 Edition. O. Substitution Request:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTRACTING FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS 00 50 00 -4 1. The Substitution Request Formt used for this project is included in this portion of the Project Manual. Refer to the Instructions to
Bidders for product review methodology. P. Request for Interpretation – RFI: 1. When supplemental information and/or clarification of the Contract Documents are required during the construction
phase, the Contractor shall request such information and/or clarification by submitting a Request for Interpretation. Use a copy of the form contained in this portion of the Project
Manual. PART 3 -EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 00 50 00
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM 00 62 11-1 SECTION 006211 -SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM (SAMPLE) SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET Submittal: Insert Project Manual Section Number – Number of times issues
(i.e. 1,2,3) Action: Insert Action taken here Status Status of Submittal/Issue Date Ball in Court: Insert Responsible Person's Completed: Insert date completed PROJECT NAME: Insert Project
Name Here PROJECT NUMBER: Insert Architect/Engineer's Project Number Here SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET DATE SENT: Insert submittal date here PRIME CONTRACTOR Insert Contractor's Project Manager
Enter Contractor's name Address City, State, Zip Code Phone: 000-000-0000 SUB CONTRACTOR Insert the Subcontractor Contact Here DESIGNER: Insert Architect/Engineer Contact BSA LifeStructures
Inc. 9365 Counselors Row Indianapolis, IN 46240 Phone: 317-819-7878 Fax: 317-819-7288 REMARKS: Use this space to comment or describe special conditions for the submittal ATTACHMENTS:
Indicate all attachments included in submittal here.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION (RFI) CONTRACTOR: Date: RFI #: TO: BSA LifeStructures Inc. [ Applicable Reference: 9365 Counselors Row Indianapolis, IN 46240 Specification Section #: FAX:
(317) 819-7288 Contract Drawing #: REGARDING: Requested Response Time (minimum 5 working days): SUBJECT: QUESTION: CONTRACTOR’S RECOMMENDED RESOLUTION: ARCHITECT/ENGINEER RESPONSE: Attachments:
Construction Administrator Date Clarification to Follow: Proposal Request to Follow:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00 -1 SECTION 007300 -SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 AMENDMENTS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS A. The General Conditions for this Project shall be
the American Institute of Architects' Document A201, "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction," Sixteenth Edition, 2007, Articles 1 through 14, inclusive, 44 pages as amended,
and hereinafter referred to as the "General Conditions." Such document is specifically made a part of the Contract Documents. B. The following amendments shall modify, delete, and supplement
the General Conditions. Where any Article, Paragraph, or Subparagraph in the General Conditions is supplemented by one of the following Paragraphs, the provisions of such Article, Paragraph,
or Subparagraph shall remain in full force and effect and the supplemental provisions shall be considered as added thereto. Where any Article, Paragraph, or Subparagraph in the General
Conditions is amended, deleted, voided, or superseded by any of the following Amendments, the provisions of such Article, Paragraph, or Subparagraph not so amended, deleted, voided,
or superseded shall remain in full force and the order and numbering of subsequent articles, Paragraphs or Subparagraphs shall be changed to read as if in sequence. C. Refer to other
Division 00 documents for additional supplemental requirements. D. Whenever the word "Architect" appears with the AIA Document and these supplements, change it to the word "Architect/Engineer."
PART 2 -AMENDMENT ARTICLES 2.1 ARTICLE 1 A. Subparagraph 1.1.1: Include the following sentence: "The Contract Documents shall also include Invitation to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders,
Bid Form, Subcontractors and Materials Listing, Contractor’s Non-Collusion Affidavit, and all portions of Addenda relating to Bidding requirements. B. "1.5.2.2: Having visited the project
site, the Contractor realizes the function of the existing facility is primarily health care ; therefore, proper provisions have been included in the Contract Amount for construction
cleaning, removal of construction dirt and debris from adjacent corridors, and any other areas, protection of existing and adjacent departments , maintaining services to the occupied
facilities and for occasional interruptions in the progress of the Work, dictated by patient care and ongoing adjacent activities."
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00 -2 2.2 ARTICLE 2 A. "2.2.5 The Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, up to a maximum of fifteen (15) sets of Drawings and Project Manuals for
the execution of the Work. Should additional sets be required, they can be purchased from the Architect/Engineer on a non-refundable basis." 2.3 ARTICLE 3 (NO CHANGE) 1. 2.4 ARTICLE
4 (NO CHANGE) 2.5 ARTICLE 5 (NO CHANGE) 2.6 ARTICLE 6 (NO CHANGE) 2.7 ARTICLE 7 (NO CHANGE) 2.8 ARTICLE 8 (NO CHANGE) 2.9 ARTICLE 9 (NO CHANGE) 2.10 ARTICLE 10 (NO CHANGE) 2.11 ARTICLE
11 A. Subparagraph 11.1.2: Add the following Subparagraph 11.1.2.1: 1. "11.1.2.1 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than the following limits,
or greater if required by law: 2. Workmen's Compensation: a. State Statutory b. Applicable Federal (e.g., Longshoremen's): Statutory c. Employer's Liability: 1) $500,000 per Accident
2) $500,000 Disease, Policy Limit 3) $500,000 Disease, Each Employee
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00 -3 3. Comprehensive or Commercial General Liability (including Premises-Operations; Independent Contractors' Protective; Products and Completed Operations;
Broad Form Property Damage): a. Bodily Injury: 1) $2,000,000 Each Occurrence 2) $2,000,000 Aggregate b. Property Damage: 1) $2,000,000 Each Occurrence 2) $2,000,000 Aggregate c. Products
and Completed Operations to be maintained for 5 years after final payment: 1) $2,000,000 Aggregate d. Property Damage Liability Insurance shall provide X, C, and U coverage. e. Broad
Form Property Damage Coverage shall include Completed Operations. 4. Contractual Liability: a. Bodily Injury: 1) $2,000,000 Each Occurrence 2) $2,000,000 Aggregate b. Property Damage:
1) $2,000,000 Each Occurrence 2) $2,000,000 Aggregate 5. Personal Injury, with Employment Exclusion deleted: a. $2,000,000 Aggregate 6. Business Auto Liability (including owned, non-owned
and hired vehicles): a. Bodily Injury: 1) $2,000,000 Each Person 2) $2,000,000 Each Occurrence b. Property Damage: 1) $2,000,000 Each Occurrence
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00 -4 7. Umbrella Excess Liability: a. May be utilized to achieve the above limits B. Paragraph 11.1: Amend this Paragraph by adding Subparagraph 11.1.5
as follows: 1. "11.1.5 The Contractor, in connection with the above mentioned Workmen's Compensation and Occupational Disease Insurance, shall furnish to the Owner, prior to commencement
of the Work, duly executed and validated forms as prescribed by the local authority having jurisdiction showing that such insurance is in full force and effect." 2.12 ARTICLE 12 (NO
CHANGES) 2.13 ARTICLE 13 (NO CHANGES) 2.14 ARTICLE 14 (NO CHANGES) PART 3 -(NOT USED) END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS 00 73 36 -1 SECTION 007336 -EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN POLICIES OF EMPLOYMENT
AS FOLLOWS: A. The Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex, or national
origin. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, religion,
color, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff
or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees
and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the policies of non-discrimination. B. The Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors shall, in all solicitations or advertisements
for employees placed by them or on their behalf, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, religion, color, sex, or national
origin. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 -EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
MEDICARE AND MEDICAID ACCOUNTING REQUIREMENTS 00 73 73.23 -1 SECTION 007373.23 -MEDICARE AND MEDICAID ACCOUNTING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 ADD THE FOLLOWING SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITION
TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION, AS PARAGRAPH 13.8, SPECIAL ACCOUNTING REQUIREMENTS: A. Special Accounting Requirements: 1. All Contractors, including subcontractors
in accordance with paragraph 5.3.1, all Equipment and Material Suppliers, and any other Provider of material or services for the Project shall make their books, records, and documents
available to fiscal intermediaries so that the reasonable costs of services can be determined in accordance with the requirements of the Centers For Medicare And Medicaid Services (CMS).
When requested, Contractor shall make such records and documents available to to the Secretary of the United States Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) as are required to ascertain
compliance with Section 952 of the Omnibus Reconciliation Act. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 -EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT HOSPITALS AND HEALTH SERVICES CONTRACTOR/VENDOR ORIENTATION AND REFERENCE MANUAL Prepared by: St. Vincent Carmel Hospital, Inc. 13500 N. Meridian Street Carmel, Indiana 46032
CONTRACTOR/VENDOR ORIENTATION VALIDATION FORM It is required that all Contractors/Vendors read the Orientation and Reference Manual before performing any contracted services at any St.Vincent
affiliated facility. After reading and clearly understanding the information contained in the Orientation and Reference Manual, each Contractor/Vendor is required to sign and date this
form. This form is to be returned to the appropriate Facility Manager for validation and filing purposes. COMPANY NAME: ______________________________________________________ SIGNATURE:
___________________________________________________________ DATE: _________________________________ Contractor/Vendor Orientation and Reference Manual/August 2007 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS General Requirements and Training Responsibility 3 Fire Safety 5 Hazard Communication 6 Chemical Spill Response 7 Lockout/Tagout 7 Confined Space Entry 8 Personal Protective
Equipment 9 Bloodborne Pathogens 10 Tuberculosis (TB) 10 Contractor/Vendor Orientation and Reference Manual/August 2007 2
St. Vincent Contractor/Vendor Orientation Manual by St. Vincent Hospitals and Health Care Centers, Inc. Revised August 2007 This manual has been designed for the contractor/vendor performing
services at St. Vincent Hospital to use as an orientation to the Hospital's safety procedures. A broad area of safety responsibility is covered. It is contractor/vendor's responsibility
to review the manual thoroughly prior to working at any hospital facility. ********************************* EMERGENCY CONTACTS For chemical spill or medical emergency inside Indianapolis
and Carmel Hospitals call: 8-2000 For fire inside Indianapolis Hospital, call: 8-2000 For fire inside Carmel Hospital, call: 582-7272 For fire or emergency at other facilities, call:
911 NON-EMERGENCY NUMBERS Security Indianapolis 338-2297 Carmel 582-7272 Facilities Services Indianapolis 338-2126 Carmel 582-7124 Safety Officer Indianapolis 338-6788 Carmel 582-8115
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND TRAINING RESPONSIBILITY Orientation/Training All outside contract contract employees and vendors must review the orientation/training information provided in
this booklet by St. Vincent before performing any work at any St. Vincent facility. Depending on the activity or extent of work you are completing, some of the sections will not apply
and in some areas additional orientation/training may be required. Contractors and vendors will be notified if additional requirements need to be met before the commencement of an activity.
Enforcement of Safety Regulations St. Vincent Hospital and Health Services is first and foremost concerned about the safety and well being of our patients, visitors, associates and contract
employees. Contractors and vendors are expected to be concerned for their own safety and the safety of others. Compliance with St. Vincent policies, procedures and governmental safety
regulations is required, as well as correction of any deficiencies noted during the completion of a project. Confidentiality Patient medical and financial information, records and data
to which you have knowledge and access during the course of work with St. Vincent is to be kept confidential. Confidentiality is a condition of work and confidential information shall
not be disclosed to anyone under any circumstances, except the extent necessary to fulfill work requirements. The approval of a St. Vincent supervisor should be obtained before disclosing
any information. Unauthorized disclosure of confidential information is grounds for disciplinary action, up to and including immediate dismissal and/or termination of contract. Parking
Upon arrival at a St. Vincent facility, contractors should park in the following areas. Contractor/Vendor Orientation and Reference Manual/August 2007 3
Indianapolis: North West Lot, white lined area Carmel: West of Professional Office Building in white striped area Sign In/Check In Upon arrival, all individuals must contact the department
for which they will be working. Between the hours of 1600 and 0600, all individuals must sign in with Security at the main security office, which is located by the Emergency Department
entrance at the Indianapolis or Carmel Hospitals. Identification All individuals must wear their company's identification badge, St. Vincent contractor identification badge or other
identification deemed appropriate by Security at all times. Insurance Each contractor must provide documentation of insurance and all pertinent permits related to the contracted work.
Fire Systems/Creating Smoke Dust or Mists When work that creates smoke, dust or mists is performed, the fire detection system in the area of work must be rendered inoperable so that
the dust or smoke does not accidentally activate the alarm system. Contact Security Services to complete the correct fire alarm interruption permit. Burn Permit Policy It is the responsibility
of the contractor to obtain a burn permit prior to welding, brazing, soldering, or open flame work of any type. To obtain a burn permit, the contractor is to get with the trade section
in which he or she has been contracted to work. It is the responsibility of the trade associate to explain the burn permit policy to the contractor and inspect the area in which the
work is being performed. No Smoking Policy There will be no smoking at any St. Vincent facility, inside or outside. This policy, effective January 1, 2006, will be strictly enforced
and contractors will be sanctioned up to and including termination of contract. Asbestos St. Vincent Indianapolis has sprayed asbestos fireproofing in the chase area above the false
ceiling and has asbestos containing floor tiles in certain areas of the building. The asbestos in the building is managed so that it does not present a hazard to our guests or associates.
For this reason, any contractor conducting work above the ceiling or completing work that involves disturbing floor tiles, should contact Facilities Services before beginning any work
and must follow the appropriate hospital policies in relation to asbestos management. Warning Signs and Labels Contractors are expected to observe and obey all warning signs and labels.
These include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Biohazard labels or the color red for biohazards or infection waste; 2. Signs on rooms specifying restricted entry or required
personal protective equipment. If you have questions about restrictions or requirements for entering a certain area of a facility, please consult with an associate in the area of the
department for which you are working. FIRE SAFETY Procedure Contractor/Vendor Orientation and Reference Manual/August 2007 4 As each such occurrence is unique, the hospital relies upon
the judgment of associates and contract employees to react in a manner most
conducive to the safety of patients, visitors and hospital associates. Should a life-threatening situation exist, preservation of human life should take priority. During a Code R.A.C.E.,
which is the code name for fire, try to remain calm. The greatest danger in most fires is panic. NEVER SHOUT FIRE! Person(s) Discovering Fire/Smoke Upon discovery of fire or smoke, try
to notify a St. Vincent associate and implement the following procedures: 1. RESCUE and remove person(s) in immediate danger from the hazardous area to an area of safety. (Only if this
can be done safely and without putting yourself in immediate danger.) 2. ACTIVATE alarm and report the fire/smoke as quickly as possible in the following manner: a. Pull the nearest
alarm (usually located near exits). It is important to pull the fire alarm as quickly as possible. Activation of the alarm sends an immediate signal for help to the fire department and
to St. Vincent Telecommunications. b. Call St. Vincent Telecommunications at extension "82000" when at the Indianapolis, Stress Center, and Carmel hospitals and: i. give exact location
of fire/smoke; ii. identify what is burning and how extensive the situation is; iii. give your name and the extension number of the telephone you are calling from 3. CONTAIN the area
to isolate the fire by closing all windows and doors. Also, all doors and windows on the floor above and the floor below must be closed. 4. EXTINGUISH the fire by utilizing available
resources (extinguishers, blankets, water, etc.) if you have been trained on how to use them. a. Consider the importance of personal safety. b. All hospital fire extinguishers are A-B-C
rated and can be used on any type of fire. All subcontractors are responsible for providing and displaying fire extinguishers if work is performed in a project in which hospitalowned
extinguishers are not accessible or when hospital-owned extinguishers are not within 50 feet of project. GENERAL FIRE SAFETY 1. Ensure hallways are kept clear to enable rapid escape
in the event of an emergency. 2. Do not block fire doors in an open position. Doors must be able to close automatically in the event of a fire. 3. Flammables must be stored in an approved
cabinet or outside of the facility. 4. It is the responsibility of the individual contractor/vendor to be oriented as to the nearest fire escape route in relation to where they have
been contracted to work. If necessary, contact the department that contracted the work for fire escape route information. HAZARD COMMUNICATION Introduction Contractor/Vendor Orientation
and Reference Manual/August 2007 5 There are many chemicals in our work environment that could have harmful effects. Many of these chemicals are common, so we don't think about them
as dangerous.
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) is a governmental agency instituted to ensure safety in the work place. OSHA requires employers to inform their employees of
hazardous chemicals in their work area as their "Right-to-Know." Overall responsibilities for organization and maintenance of the Hazard Communication Program (HCP) are assigned to the
Indianapolis and Carmel Health and Safety Specialists. Inventory and Evaluation All contract employees are responsible for making the MSDS available for each chemical substance they
bring onto the grounds or in any St. Vincent facility for use. An inventory of chemicals in use within St. Vincent's facilities has been performed by reviewing Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDSs) on hand and by questioning departmental supervisors. The Indianapolis and Carmel Safety Officer(s) will maintain a master file of all hazardous chemical MSDSs. The MSDS database
is located on the St. Vincent Intranet, right side under FYI and identified as Maxcom – Material Safety Data Sheets. Access to MSDS's Associates and contract employees have open access
to all MSDSs for chemicals used by St. Vincent. Contract employees can reference the MSDSs located in their work area at any time or may receive a copy of any MSDS by contacting the
Safety Officer or the Carmel Safety Officer. Container Labeling Requirements All containers of hazardous materials shall be labeled in English. All labels include the material's identity,
name of manufacturer and appropriate hazard warnings. One common labeling format utilizes the National Fire Protection Association's (NFPA) hazardous material sign. The readily recognized
NFPA "diamond" colorfully indicates health, fire, reactivity and specific hazard information by numerically rating the degree of hazard on a scale of 0 to 4. The higher the number, the
greater the hazard. The top section is for "Fire" and is in Red. The left section is "Health Hazard" and is in Blue. The right section is "Reactivity" and is in Yellow. The bottom section
of the the diamond is White and is reserved for "Special Hazards" such as "reacts with water." Labels for any hazardous substance may also be obtained by contacting the Safety Officers.
Definition and Classifications of Hazardous Chemicals OSHA defines a hazardous chemical as "any chemical which is a physical or health hazard." Events, which could devastate our work
environment, such as fire and explosion, are considered physical hazards. This category also includes compressed gases and highly reactive chemicals. A product's capacity to cause a
fire or an explosion is communicated to you through its label and the corresponding MSDS. An acute health hazard can be classified as an immediate health hazard, or one that is demonstrated
after a single, brief exposure, with symptoms developing rapidly. Types of acute health hazards identified by the American National Standards Institute include: Corrosives: a chemical
causing visible destruction of, or irreversible alterations in living tissue at the site of contact, by chemical action, e.g., acids and gluteraldehyde. Contractor/Vendor Orientation
and Reference Manual/August 2007 6 Irritants: a chemical that causes reversible inflammation at the site of contact by chemical action, e.g., isopropyl alcohol, acetone.
Sensitizers: a chemical that causes a substantial portion of exposed people to develop an allergic reaction in normal tissue after repeated exposure, e.g., contrast agents. Exposure
to acute health hazards requires immediate attention. An example of an accident involving an acute health hazard is an Oncology nurse getting splashed with a chemotherapeutic drug. Chronic
hazards may not produce their effects immediately. The results from these hazards are usually long term, and can be irreparable. The main types of chronic hazards are carcinogenicity,
teratogenicity, mutagenicity and long-term organ effects. An example of a chronic health hazard is asbestos. Construction workers at the hospital wear respirators and coveralls to decrease
their exposure to asbestos. Additionally, all asbestos removal in the hospital is performed in a negative pressure containment by a licensed asbestos abatement company. CHEMICAL SPILL
RESPONSE Early detection of an accidental spill or leak of a hazardous chemical is very important. An individual's five senses are used for detection. SEE the spill, leak or fire. HEAR
an explosion or leak. SMELL a leak or gas release. TOUCH a box that is damp from a leak. TASTE a chemical leak from an aerosol. Do not intentionally smell, touch or taste a chemical
in an effort to identify it. Inhalation, skin absorption and ingestion are routes of entry for chemicals into the body. In the event of a chemical spill or release requiring emergency
response, evacuate immediate area and call: 82000 Indianapolis and Carmel Hospitals 911 Other Off-Site Facilities LOCKOUT AND TAGOUT The Lockout/Tagout program establishes procedures
for attachment of appropriate lockout and tagout devices for energy isolation and disabling of a machine or system. These procedures prevent unexpected energization. Special Provisions
for Contract Employees 1. All outside service personnel who must perform maintenance, servicing, or repair to a machine or system are required to read Facilities Services Policy Lockout/Tagout
and follow requirements in Occupational Safety and Health Administration lockout/tagout regulation 1910.147. 2. The hospital is to be informed of the contractor lockout/tagout procedures.
3. All equipment/systems, which are to be serviced by outside personnel, will be tagged/locked out first by a hospital associate. The associate's lockout/tagout device will be the final
device removed following equipment inspection before it is returned to operation. 4.
All contractor lockout/tagouts will be documented by the controlling Facility Services associate in GroupWise and/or the Lockout/Tagout Manual located in the Facility Services Department.
Contractor/Vendor Orientation and Reference Manual/August 2007 7 5. Equipment troubleshooting procedures requiring the equipment/system to be energized for diagnostic testing will not
be locked-out or tagged during testing.
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY All St. Vincent Hospital and Health Service facilities have developed a confined space entry policy to conduct safe operations during confined space entry. The policy
is designed to comply with OSHA confined space entry standard, 29 CFR 1910.146 and supersedes all previous St. Vincent confined space entry policies and procedures. The confined space
entry program applies to all St. Vincent personnel, contractors, and site visitors who may enter confined work spaces such as, but not limited to, underground storage tanks (USTs), process
vessels, ventilation ducts, utility vaults, boilers, incinerators, etc. The general policy of St. Vincent states that employees, subcontractors and site visitors are to avoid confined
space entry situations. In the event that an entry must be conducted, all provisions of the Confined Space Entry policy must be strictly applied. All confined spaces are identified as
a "confined space" or "permit required confined space" with signage to prevent unauthorized entry into these spaces. Special Provisions for Contractors Any St. Vincent contractor performing
a permit required confined space entry at a St. Vincent facility or in conjunction with a St. Vincent project must comply with all provisions of the St. Vincent Confined Space Entry
program and any additional provisions that may be required by the contractor's confined space program. All confined space entries performed by the contractor must be coordinated through
St. Vincent. The following information is to be supplied to the Manager of Facility Services and the hospital Safety Officer: 1. Confined space entry location, date and time 2. Explanation
of entry and duration 3. Equipment used: respirators retrieval equipment monitoring equipment ventilating equipment 4. Training supplied to confined space team 5. Permits used St. Vincent
will inform contractor personnel of any specific known confined space hazards and applicable St. Vincent safety and emergency procedures. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT: TYPES AND TRAINING
INFORMATION The following sections provide some specific information and general guidelines on different categories of PPE that are or might be used at St. Vincent Hospital. Contractors/Vendors
should read and review the sections that address the PPE that they will be utilizing and obtain any required department or job specific information from their facility contact. Due to
the varying nature and features of PPE, manufacturers' instructions should always be followed for the equipment in conjunction with the St. Vincent PPE policy to provide the best protection
available. Any questions regarding the utilization of PPE should be directed to the supervisor of the department for which you are performing work or the Health and Safety Specialist.
Eye and Face Protection Contractor/Vendor Orientation and Reference Manual/August 2007 8 Eye and Face Protection shall be used when exposed to eye or face hazards from blood or body
fluid splashes, flying particles, molten metal, liquid chemicals, acids or caustic caustic liquids, chemical gasses or vapors, or potentially injurious light radiation. Eye protection
that provides side protection shall be used when there is a hazard from flying objects. Individuals involved in procedures that expose them to possible chemical splashes shall wear chemical
protective goggles or an appropriate face shield.
Each affected person who wears prescription glasses while engaged in operations that involve eye hazards shall wear eye protection that incorporates the prescription in the design, or
shall wear eye protection that can be worn over the prescription lenses without disturbing the proper position of the prescription lenses or the protective lenses. All eye protectors
used at St. Vincent must meet the following minimum requirements: Bear the name of manufacturer and the symbol "Z-87"* on the side-bar or template. Adequately protect against the particular
hazards for which they are designed; Be reasonably comfortable when worn under the designated conditions; Fit snugly without interfering with the movements or vision of the wearer; Be
durable; Be capable of being disinfected; Be easily cleaned; and Be kept clean and in good repair. *Note: Shaded eyewear used with lasers or welding is required to meet appropriate ANSI
standards other than Z-87. Head Protection Wearing of protective helmets is required when working in areas where there is a potential for injury to the head from falling objects. Protective
helmets designed to reduce electrical shock hazard shall be worn when working near exposed electrical conductors which could contact the head. Arm and Hand Protection Use of appropriate
hand protection is required when hands are exposed to hazards such as those from skin absorption of harmful substances; severe cuts or lacerations; severe abrasions; punctures; chemical
burns; thermal burns; and harmful temperature extremes. Injuries to arms and hands are burns, cuts, electrical shock, amputation, and absorption of chemicals. There is a wide assortment
of gloves, hand pads, and sleeves available for protection against various hazardous situations. The protective device should be selected to fit the job. For example, some gloves are
designed to protect against specific chemical hazards. What is good to protect against one chemical might be totally ineffective against another. Permitted Clothing/Work Attire Denim,
blue jean pant or khaki pants are permitted provided they are free of tears, holes or disfigured appearance. Shorts are not permitted on any interior project. Shirts must be collared
and free of tears, holes and any type of advertisement deemed offensive or non-professional. St. Vincent Hospitals reserve all rights to determine appropriate attire and may remove the
contractor from the facility until acceptable attire is obtained by the contractor. Foot Protection Contractor/Vendor Orientation and Reference Manual/August 2007 9 Use of protective
footwear is required when working in areas where there is danger of foot injuries due to falling and rolling objects, or objects piercing the sole, and where feet are exposed to electrical
hazards. Contractors are responsible for providing appropriate protective footwear when working in conditions that require it. Footwear in which the protective properties have been compromised
should be replaced. This could include footwear that has holes, cuts, rips or is soaked with chemicals. Footwear that has worn
or cracked soles or has had a heavy object fall on the safety toe should also be replaced. BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS Where potential exposure to blood and body fluids is likely, the contractor's/vendor's
employer is responsible for OSHA bloodborne pathogens training. Contractors/vendors who need additional information on personal protective equipment requirements should contact the unit's/department'
s charge person or bloodborne pathogens trainer. TUBERCULOSIS (TB) Contractors/vendors will not routinely be permitted to enter isoloation, procedure or patient rooms where a suspect
or known TB patient is present and unmasked. If a contractor/vendor is required to enter such an area to fulfill a contractual obligation, the unit charge person must be notified. The
contractor will then be supplied with a positive air-purifying respirator (PAPR) to wear. St. Vincent Hospitals and Health Services Risk Management Department 2001 West 86th Street PO
Box 40970 Indianapolis, Indiana 46240-0970 St. Vincent Carmel Hospital Quality Management Department 13500 N. Meridian Carmel, Indiana 46032 For more than a century, St. Vincent has
kept sight of the Daughters of Charity philosophy, aptly portrayed by the three doves that make up St. Vincent’s guiding symbol. The doves represent the three spheres of care, which
form St. Vincent’s wholistic approach – equal attention to the needs of the body, mind and spirit through patient care, education and research. This philosophy of care is reflected in
St. Vincent’s Core Values: Service of the Poor Generosity of spirit for persons most in need Reverence Respect and compassion for the dignity and diversity of life Integrity Inspiring
trust through personal leadership Wisdom Integrating excellence and stewardship Creativity Courageous innovation Dedication Affirming the hope and joy of our ministry Contractor/Vendor
Orientation and Reference Manual/August 2007 10
Division 01 General Requirements
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00 -1 SECTION 01 11 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Project Identification: Project consists of: 1. Area “B” – New
LDR Rooms, Nurse Station and Nursery with Staff Support Space. 2. Area “C” – New Private NICU Rooms, Nurse Station, LDR Rooms, LDR Room and Support Space Renovation. 3. Project Location:
13500 North Meridian St., Carmel, Indiana 4. Owner: St. Vincent Carmel Hospital B. Architect Identification: The Contract Documents, dated <Insert date indicated on the Contract Documents,
were prepared for Project by BSA LifeStructures Inc. C. Project Coordinator: Mr. Mr. Tom Morlock has been appointed by Owner to serve as Project Coordinator. D. The Work consists of
renovation of the 3rd Floor OB Department. 1. The Work includes selective demolition, doors, frames and hardware, gypsum wallboard assemblies, resilient flooring, carpet, acoustical
panel ceilings, toilet accessories, plumbing fixtures, sheetmetal, electrical power, light fixtures and panels. 2. A renovation of approximately 29,100 GSF of the Hospital’s Third Floor
Obstetrical Unit. 1.3 CONTRACT A. Project will be constructed under a general construction contract. 1.4 WORK SEQUENCE A. The Work shall be conducted in multiple phases. 1. Area “B”
is the first phase of the project. It will be able to completed in it’s entirety in one phase. Due to above ceiling work on the second floor required for plumbing installation. A few
rooms at a time will be turned over for construction. This will be
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00 -2 coordinated in the construction coordination meetings. A short period of time will be required at the completion of this phase for move in. It is the intention
to start work in Area “C” as soon as possible. Area “C” will consist of three main phases. Refer to the phasing plan in the documents for detailed information. B. Actual Construction
Start will be March 2010. Approximate time for construction of Area “B” is estimated to be 9 months. Time for construction of Area “C” is estimated to be 9 months. 1.5 SPECIFICATION
FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 50-division format and numbering system of CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat".
1. Section Identification: The Specifications use section numbers and titles to help crossreferencing in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence;
however, the sequence is incomplete. Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to determine numbers and names of sections in the Contract Documents. B. Specification
Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These
conventions are as follows: 1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate.
Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred, as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable
as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood
are to be performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly
by Contractor or by others when so noted. a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence
or phrase. 1.6 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings indicate the general arrangement and scope of the systems and shall be followed insofar as possible. If deviations from the layout are
necessitated by field conditions, detailed layouts of the proposed departures shall be submitted in writing to the Architect/Engineer for approval before proceeding with the Work.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00 -3 B. The Drawings are not intended to show every vertical or horizontal offset that may be necessary to complete the system or clear obstructions and/or Work
of other Contractors. Contractors shall anticipate during bidding that additional offsets may be required and include same in their proposals. C. The Drawings, Schedules and Specifications
shall be considered to be cooperative and anything appearing in the Specifications that may not be indicated on the Drawings, or vice-versa, shall be considered as part of the Contract
and must be executed by the Contractor the same as though indicated by both. D. Measurements: Contractor shall make all his own measurements in the field and shall be responsible for
correct fitting. He shall coordinate this Work with all other branches in such a manner as to cause a minimum of conflict or delay. Contractor shall coordinate his Work in advance with
all other trades and report immediately any difficulty, which can be anticipated. E. Adjustments to Work in the Field: Refer to Division 01. F. Ownership: All Contract Documents, except
the Contractor's executed set, are and remain the property of the Architect/Engineer or Owner. Such Contract Documents shall not be used on other Work and those sets in usable condition
shall be returned to the Architect/Engineer, upon request, at the completion of or cessation of the Work or termination of the contract. 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES: A. Construction:
1. Labor and materials. 2. Tools, construction equipment and machinery. 3. Temporary facilities, services and protection necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work described
in Section 01 50 00 – “Temporary Facilities and Controls.” B. Taxes: 1. Pay legally required State and Federal Taxes. This Project is tax-exempt under the Indiana State Gross Retail
Tax Act, generally known as the Indiana State Sales Tax, except for unregistered non-resident Contractors. 2. Obtain sales tax exemption certificate number from Owner. 3. Place exemption
certificate number on invoices for materials incorporated in Work. 4. Upon completion of Work, file a notarized statement with the Owner that all purchases made under exemption certificate
were entitled to be exempt. 5. Pay legally assessed penalties for improper use of exemption certificate number. C. Compliance: 1. Comply with all Codes, Ordinances, Rules and Regulations,
Orders, and other legal requirements of public authorities that bear on performance of Work. 2. Promptly submit written notice to Architect/Engineer of observed variance of Contract
Documents from legal requirements.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00 -4 D. Discipline: Enforce strict discipline and good order among employees. E. Safety: Job site safety and all current regulations pertaining thereto are the
responsibility of all Contractors. Certain references to safety within the Contract Documents do not constitute specific instructions to the Contractor, but are included only to highlight
certain aspects of the Project conditions. In no case shall instruction from the Owner or Architect/Engineer make the Owner or Architect/Engineer liable for safety violations. 1. Contractors
employing non-English speaking persons shall provide a minimum of one person capable of speaking in both English and the employee’s language during the entire time employee is on-site.
F. Documentation: Prior to Final Inspection, provide all test and proof of performance data in the proper format as required by the Contract Documents. Maintain current record (as-built)
documents and provide proof of documentation before monthly payment approval. G. Contractor’s Warranty: Contractor warrants, by this acceptance of the Contract, that all Work furnished
and installed will be free from any and all defects in workmanship and/or materials and that all apparatus will develop capacities and characteristics specified. That if, during a period
of one year, or as otherwise specified, from date of certificate of completion and acceptance of Work, any such defects in workmanship, materials or performance appear, he will, without
additional cost, remedy such defects within a reasonable time to be specified in notice from the Architect/Engineer. In default thereof, Owner may have such Work done and charge cost
to the Contractor. H. Permits, Regulation and Licenses: 1. Secure and pay all governmental taxes and fees and other costs for all permits and licenses as necessary for proper execution
and completion of Work. 2. General Contractor shall obtain Building Permits. 3. The Owner has filed the appropriate plan submission with the Department of Fire Prevention and Building
Safety. Contractors shall file all necessary Drawings, prepare all documents, and obtain all necessary approvals of all governmental departments and agencies having jurisdiction. Contractor
shall obtain all required Certificates of Inspection for his Work and deliver same to the Architect/Engineer before requesting for acceptance and final payment for the Work. 4. Inspections
by appropriate agencies shall be scheduled by the General Contractor. 5. All Work for the project must be performed in accordance with all Federal, State and Local Laws, Ordinances and
Rules and Regulations relating to the Work. Where the Contract Documents exceed these requirements, the Contract Documents shall govern. In no case shall Work be installed contrary to
or below the minimum legal standards. 6. All Federal, State and Local Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations, Executive Orders, pertaining to the Work are hereby made a part of this specification,
by reference, the same as if repeated herein in their entirety.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00 -5 PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Contractors shall read and be thoroughly familiar with all the material contained
in the Project Manual and shall ensure that their Subcontractors are also thoroughly familiar with the same. B. Contractors shall be aware, and shall make their Subcontractors aware,
that the requirements in the sections of Division 1 pertain to all the Work, and they are as binding on each section of these Specifications as if they were repeated in each section
in their entirety. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Workmanship: All materials and equipment shall be installed and supported in a first-class workmanlike manner by mechanics skilled in their particular
assigned task or trade. B. Reinstalling existing items: Where existing materials, equipment, equipment, fixtures, devices, and other items are indicated on the Contract Documents to
be removed or received and reinstalled under the Contract, treat such existing items as if they were new and install them in accordance with the best accepted practices of the trades
involved and with all provisions of the Contract Documents for similar new items. C. Refer to Division 01 Section “Execution”, for installation requirement. 3.3 SENSITIVE MEDICAL AREAS
A. Construction personnel shall not use building entries, lobbies, toilet facilities, dining facilities, cafeteria, or gift shop, without approval of the Owner's designated representative.
Due to the nature of healthcare work, caution must be taken when any disruption of services, vibration or loud noise is contemplated. 3.4 POWDER-ACTUATED FASTENING SYSTEMS A. Powder-actuated
fastening systems are not permitted within existing hospital facilities. 3.5 COOPERATION AND COORDINATION A. Superintendent: Each Prime Contractor's primary superintendent shall remain
on the job fulltime after commencement of the work and until all discrepancies in the Work have been corrected.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00 -6 B. The General Contractor shall assume full responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of all Subcontractors. C. The General Contractor shall
make monthly reports to the Owner and Architect/Engineer regarding the performance of each Subcontractor. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00 -1 SECTION 011400 -WORK RESTRICTIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 USE OF PREMISES A. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions
of site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Limits: Confine constructions operations to project limits identified on the drawings. 2. Owner Occupancy: Allow for Owner occupancy
of site and use by the public. 3. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all
times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Limit storage of materials to areas designated on the drawings. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways
and entrances. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. B. Use of Existing Building: Maintain existing building
in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Protect building and its occupants during construction period. C. Access
and Parking: 1. An area for Contractor trailers and breakout will be discussed in the Pre-Bid Meeting. D. Deliveries: 1. Advise all shippers to deliver materials to the actual project
address in care of the Contractor. 2. Do not allow material to be shipped to Owner. The Owner will not receive material nor be responsible for it. E. Limitations on Construction Operations:
1. Confine operations at site to areas indicated on the Contract Documents and/or areas authorized in writing by the Owner. Construction personnel shall not use building toilet facilities
or dining facilities, without approval of the Owner's designated representative.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00 -2 2. Activities of the Contractor, including all subcontractors, material suppliers, employees, and others engaged in the work, shall be strictly limited
to the Owner's property, (i.e. the project area and the designated storage/staging area). 3. Under no circumstances shall parking, material storage, or other uses of adjacent private
property be permitted. F. Seek prior approval of the Owner for locating storage and staging areas, field offices,waste disposal bins and construction parking on the project site. 1.3
OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy site and existing building during entire construction period. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to
minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ALLOWANCES 01 21 00 -1 SECTION 012100 -ALLOWANCES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances. 1. Certain
materials and equipment are specified in the Contract Documents by allowances. In some cases, these allowances include installation. Allowances have been established in lieu of additional
requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when additional information is available for evaluation. If necessary, additional requirements will
be issued by Change Order. B. Types of allowances include the following: 1. Lump-sum allowances. 2. Unit-cost allowances. 3. Contingency allowances. 4. Testing and inspecting allowances.
5. Quantity allowances. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders.
2. Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for procedures for using unit prices. 3. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for procedures governing the use of allowances for testing and
inspecting. 1.3 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES A. Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Architect/Engineer for Owner's purposes and only by Change Orders that indicate amounts to
be charged to the allowance. B. Contractor's overhead, profit, and related costs for products and equipment ordered by Owner under the contingency allowance are included in the allowance
and are not part of the Contract
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ALLOWANCES 01 21 00 -2 Sum. These costs include delivery, installation, taxes, insurance, equipment rental, and similar costs. C. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency
allowance will include Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit margins. D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to
Owner by Change Order. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance No. One: Provide Construction Contingency of 5% of Construction Cost. B.
Allowance No. Two: Provide Owner Contingency of $100,000 for overtime and unforeseen conditions. C. Allowance No. Three: Provide $6,000 for miscellaneous steel and installation of overhead
light supports in Rooms C304, C306, C325. D. Allowance No. Four: Provide $30,000 for floor preparation prior to finish flooring installation. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 -1 SECTION 012900 -PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare
and process Applications for Payment. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Allowances" for procedural requirements governing handling and processing of
allowances. 2. Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements governing use of unit prices. 3. Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative
procedures for handling changes to the Contract. 4. Division 01 Section "Construction Construction Progress Reporting" for administrative requirements governing preparation and submittal
of Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittals Schedule. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's
Construction Schedule. 1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: a. Application for Payment forms
with Continuation Sheets. b. Submittals Schedule. 2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect/Engineer at earliest possible date but no later than seven days before the date scheduled
for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. 3. Subschedules: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased payments, provide subschedules showing values
correlated with each phase of payment.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 -2 B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line
item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect/Engineer.
c. Architect/Engineer's project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate rows and columns to indicate
the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. (column) b. Description of the Work. (column) c. Labor cost (row) d. Material cost (row). e. Change
Orders (numbers) that affect value. (row) f. Dollar value. (column) 1) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 3. Provide a breakdown
of the Contract Sum in accordance with the List of Items at the end of this section. 4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5. Provide a separate
line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed.
a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. Include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing if required. 6. Provide separate line items in the Schedule
of Values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 7. Allowances: Provide a separate line item
in the Schedule of Values for each allowance. Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated
in the Contract Documents to determine quantities. 8. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of
general overhead and profit for each item. a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items
in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. b. General Conditions will be billed proportionately throughout the construction period.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 -3 c. Project Close-out Documents (Record Drawings and Operations and Maintenance manuals) shall be listed as a separate pay item with value equal to lesser
of 3% of the Contract Sum or $25,000. 9. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change
Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. 1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified
by Architect/Engineer and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve
additional requirements. B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work
covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. C. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets as form
for Applications for Payment. D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect/Engineer
will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were
made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. E. Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and
notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect/Engineer by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments
if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application
for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the
payment. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of
an item, submit final or full waivers.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 -4 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded
by final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien. 5. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms,
executed in a manner acceptable to Owner. G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application
for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of Values. 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Products list. 5. Schedule of
unit prices. 6. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final). 7. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 8. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 9. Copies of building permits.
10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 11. Initial progress report. 12. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
13. Performance and payment bonds. 14. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. 15. Initial settlement survey and damage report if required. H. Application for Payment at Substantial
Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially
complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application
shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. I. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application
Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project
closeout requirements including completion of incomplete work item. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar
obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payments of Debits and Claims."
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 -5 5. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 6. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 7. Evidence that claims
have been settled. 8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and
assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 9. Final, liquidated damages settlement statement. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 LIST OF PAYMENT ITEMS
A. General Conditions B. Insurance C. Close-Out Documents D. Performance Bond E. Building Permits F. Separate labor and materials costs for Work described in each Section of the Specifications,
listed by Specification Section. 1. 06 05 73 Wood Treatment 2. 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 3. 06 40 00 Architectural Woodwork 4. 06 61 16 Solid Surfacing Fabrications 5. 07 21 00 Thermal
Insulation 6. 07 81 16 Cementitious Fireproofing 7. 07 84 00 Firestopping 8. 07 92 00 Joint Sealants 9. 07 95 13 Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies 10. 08 12 13 Hollow Metal Frames 11.
08 14 16 Flush Wood Doors 12. 08 31 00 Access Doors And Panels 13. 08 35 13.23 Folding Fire Doors 14. 08 71 00 Door Hardware 15. 08 71 13 Automatic Door Operators 16. 08 81 00 Glass
Glazing 17. 09 05 60 Common Work Results For Flooring Preparation 18. 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies 19. 09 30 00 Tiling
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 -6 20. 09 51 00 Acoustical Ceilings 21. 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring 22. 09 68 00 Carpeting 23. 09 72 00 Wall Coverings 24. 09 84 33 Sound-Absorbing Wall Units
25. 09 91 00 Painting 26. 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings 27. 10 11 00 Visual Display Surfaces 28. 10 21 23 Cubicles 29. 10 26 00 Wall And Door Protection 30. 10 28 13 Toilet Accessories
31. 10 44 00 Fire Protection Specialties 32. 10 51 13 Metal Lockers 33. 12 22 00 Curtains And Drapes 34. 12 24 13 Roller Window Shades 35. 21 05 00 Common Work Results For Fire Suppression
36. 21 13 13 Fire-Suppression Piping 37. 22 05 00 Common Work Results For Plumbing 38. 22 05 19 Meters And Gages For Plumbing Piping 39. 22 05 23 General-Duty Valves For Plumbing Piping
40. 22 05 29 Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 41. 22 05 05 53 Identification For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 42. 22 07 00 Plumbing Insulation 43. 22 11 16 Domestic
Water Piping 44. 22 13 16 Storm, Sanitary Waste And Vent Piping 45. 22 13 19 Plumbing Specialties 46. 22 42 00 Plumbing Fixtures 47. 22 63 13 Medical Gas Piping 48. 23 05 00 Common Work
Results For Hvac 49. 23 05 13 Motors 50. 23 05 23 Valves 51. 23 05 29 Hangers And Supports For Hvac Piping And Equipment 52. 23 05 48 Vibration And Seismic Controls 53. 23 05 53 Identification
54. 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For Hvac 55. 23 07 00 Hvac Insulation 56. 23 09 01 Environmental Control System 57. 23 21 13 Hydronic Piping 58. 23 31 13 Metal Ducts 59.
23 33 00 Air Duct Accessories 60. 23 34 23 Hvac Power Ventilators 61. 23 36 00 Air Terminal Units 62. 23 37 13 Diffusers, Registers, And Grilles 63. 23 82 16 Air Coils 64. 26 05 00 Common
Work Results For Electrical 65. 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors And Cables 66. 26 05 26 Grounding And Bonding 67. 26 05 29 Hangers And Supports Supports For Electrical
Systems
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 -7 68. 26 05 33 Raceways And Boxes 69. 26 05 36 Cable Trays 70. 26 05 53 Electrical Identification 71. 26 24 16 Panelboards 72. 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 73.
26 28 13 Fuses 74. 26 28 16 Enclosed Switches And Circuit Breakers 75. 26 29 13 Enclosed Controllers 76. 26 51 00 Interior Lighting 77. 27 05 00 Common Work Results for Communications
78. 27 41 33 Master Antenna Television System 79. 27 51 16 Public Address And Mass Notification Systems 80. 27 52 23 Nurse Call/Code Blue Systems 81. 27 60 00 System Rough-In Requirements
82. 28 05 00 Common Work Results for Electronic Safety and Security 83. 28 31 00 Fire Alarm END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -1 SECTION 013300.13 -SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES (without DocuNet® version) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the
Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and
procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 00 Section “Communication
Technology Requirements” for computer hardware and software equipment necessary for electronic submittal process. 2. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications
for Payment. 3. Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting Coordination Drawings. 4. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting
schedules and reports, including Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule. 5. Division 01 Section "Photographic Documentation" for submitting periodic construction
photographs. 6. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports and Delegated-Design Submittals. 7. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for
submitting warranties . 8. Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 9. Division 01 Section "Operation
and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect/Engineer's responsive
action. B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect/Engineer's approval. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. requirements.
1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -2 A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the plan Drawings may be provided by Architect/Engineer for Contractor's use in preparing submittals
if electronic submittal drawings are provided the Owner and Architect/Engineer at project completion for operations and maintenance manuals. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and
processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities
that requires sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review
submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect/Engineer reserves the right to to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals
are received. C. Electronic Submittal Processing (ESP) Methodology: Submit product data and drawings as described below: 1. See Division 00 Section “Communication Technology Requirements”
for computer hardware equipment and software necessary for electronic submittal process. 2. It is highly recommended and encouraged that submittals be submitted electronically. 3. Electronic
Submittal Processing (ESP) is limited to those submittals in one of three electronic formats, TIF files, PDF files, version 5.0 or earlier or DWF files. With proper software, all documents
can be electronically submitted. Those formatted 11-inch by 17-inch or smaller must be submitted electronically. 4. Electronic submittal process is required of Prime Contractors, Subcontractors
and Suppliers. 5. Submittals are compiled by the originating contractor, subcontractor or supplier and sent to the Prime Contractor for review. 6. Limit each electronic submittal to
a single specification section of the contract documents. Compile all sheets of each submittal into a single electronic file, if possible. 7. Each submittal shall use the transmittal
coversheet provided by the Architect/Engineer. Use the electronic version where possible. 8. Contractors receiving the submittal from lower tier (Sub) Contractors shall review the submittal
and add their approval mark or stamp on the submittal and forward the submittal to the upper tier Contractor, Prime Contractor or Architect/Engineer. 9. The Architect/Engineer will review
the electronic submittal, making any comments necessary, mark the submittal with the appropriate approval or rejection, and distribute to appropriate Prime Contractor, Subcontractor
or Supplier. a. Comments will consist of annotations applied electronically to the file or transmittal form. b. Re-submittals are processed using the same procedure as the original submittal.
c. Copies of submittals required for the Operations and Maintenance Manuals (OMM) shall consist of a printed copy of the approved electronic submittal or an electronic copy of the file.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -3 10. This process shall be used for all documents including Subcontractor and Material Listing, Schedules of Values, Requests for Information (RFI)
and Cash Flow documents. 11. Contractors that do not submit files (those smaller than 11-inch by 17-inch) via electronic processing will be backcharged through their retainage for the
costs of scanning documents. a. Cost for documents smaller than 11-inch by 17-inch is $0.25 per sheet. b. Cost for documents larger than 11-inch by 17-inch is $2.00 per sheet. D. Large
Format Submittal Processing Methodology: Submit drawings as described below: 1. Large Format Submittal Processing (LFSP) is limited to those submittals formatted larger than 11-inch
by 17-inch that cannot be submitted as an electronic file or CD-ROM (these will generally be hand-drawn documents). Even large format submittals created electronically can be processed
electronically. See Division 00 Section “Communications Technology Requirements” for electronic file formatting. 2. Large Format Submittals are compiled by the originating contractor,
subcontractor or supplier and sent to the Prime Contractor for review via normal shipping modes. 3. Limit each large format submittal to a single specification section of the contract
documents. 4. The submittal coversheet of each large format submittal shall use the transmittal coversheet provided by the Architect/Engineer. 5. Contractors receiving the submittal
from lower tier (Sub) Contractors shall review the submittal and add their approval mark or stamp on the submittal prior to forwarding it to the upper tier Contractor Prime Contractor
or Architect/Engineer. a. The large format submittal shall consist of at least one hard copy of the actual large format submittal, plus a submittal coversheet. The hard copy may be bond
paper or a reproducible medium such as vellum or sepia. Provide multiple copies if necessary for distribution to lower tier Subcontractors. 6. The Architect/Engineer will review the
submittal, making any comments necessary, mark the submittal with the appropriate approval or rejection, scan the marked up original documents as a record and distribute the original(s)
to the appropriate Prime Contractor, Subcontractor or Supplier for distribution to lower tier Subcontractors or for insertion in the Operations and Maintenance Manuals (OMM). a. Comments
will consist of annotations applied manually to the document. b. The scanned file copy shall be the only copy of the reviewed document on file with the Architect/Engineer. c. Resubmittals
shall be processed in the same manner as the original submittal. 7. The receiving Prime Contractor, Subcontractor or Supplier shall then take the required action noted on the submittal.
8. Copies of submittals required for the Operations and Maintenance Manuals (OMM) are also available from Design Media Communications, Inc. (DMC) for the charges noted above. E. Common
practices for both submittal methodologies:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -4 1. All submittals shall be clearly labeled as to equipment being proposed and shall be for this specific project. 2. Data of a general nature will
not be accepted. 3. Periodic submittals of individual components within a specified section will be returned to the Contractor unapproved. 4. All submittals shall contain complete data
on each section at the time of submission for approval. 5. Arrange product data, drawings and information for submission in complete and separate sets for each Project Manual section
listed. a. When more than one product is specified in a specific section, a complete set of literature shall be collated into a single brochure containing information on each product.
b. When only one product is specified in a given section, a brochure is not necessary. c. The first page of each brochure shall contain an index of the products enclosed in addition
to all the required information. d. Submit number of samples specified in each of Project Manual sections. 6. Architect/Engineer will review these instructions to Contractors, Subcontractors
and Suppliers on the detailed use of this process during the Pre-construction meeting. F. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress
Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related construction activities. G. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review,
including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect/Engineer's receipt of submittal. 1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each
submittal. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. Architect/Engineer will advise Contractor when a submittal must be delayed
for coordination. 2. If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Allow 15 days for processing each resubmittal. 4. No extension of the
Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing. H. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block
on each submittal for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Retain space on the Submittal Cover Sheet to record
Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect/Engineer. 3. Include the following information on for each submittal: a. Project name and Architect/Engineer’s
project number. b. Date and revision date. c. Name and address of Architect/Engineer. d. Name and address of Prime Contractor. e. Name and address of Subcontractor.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -5 f. Name and address of Supplier. g. Name of separate detailer when appropriate. h. Name of manufacturer. i. Unique identifier, including revision
number. j. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section as described in the Project Manual. k. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. l. m. Quantity of each Shop
Drawing, Project Data and Sample submitted. n. Notification of deviations from Contract Documents. o. Other necessary identification. I. Deviations: Encircle or otherwise identify deviations
from the Contract Documents on submittals. J. Additional Copies: If additional copies are required, they may be obtained from Design Media Communications, Inc. (DMC) for the charges
noted above.. K. Transmittal Form: Package each submittal and large format submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using the transmittal
form (Submittal Cover Sheet) provided by the Architect/Engineer. 1. Architect/Engineer will return submittals, without review if the proper transmittal is not used. 2. Architect/Engineer
will discard submittals received from sources other than Contractor. 3. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for
data, revisions other than those requested by Architect/Engineer on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations.
Include the same label information as the related submittal. 4. Include Contractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with requirements of the Contract Documents.
5. Transmittal Form: See Division 01 Section, “Submittal Cover Sheet” for the form. L. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, subcontractors,
suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. M. Use
for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect/Engineer in connection with construction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -6 A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections in accordance with submittal procedures above. B. Product
Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because
standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Where possible, use manufacturer’s standard electronic printed data for submittals. 3.
Mark each submittal to show which products and options
are applicable. 4. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Manufacturer's installation
instructions. d. Standard color charts. e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. f. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. g. Printed performance curves. h. Operational range diagrams.
i. Mill reports. j. Standard product operating and maintenance manuals. k. Compliance with recognized trade association standards. l. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
m. Application of testing agency labels and seals. n. Notation of coordination requirements. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not
base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Include the following information, as applicable: a. Dimensions. b. Identification
of products or materials. c. Fabrication and installation drawings. d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams. e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and
control wiring. f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions. g. Templates and patterns. h. Schedules. i. Design calculations. j. Compliance with specified standards. k. Notation of coordination
requirements. l. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. m. Relationship to adjacent structure or materials. n. Applicable standards, such as ASTM number or Federal
Specification.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -7 2. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. 3. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar
full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches (215 by 280 mm) but no larger than 30 by 40 inches (750 by 1000 mm). a. Preferred electronic submittal
size is 11 by 17 inches (280 by 330 mm). 4. Number of Copies: a. A single electronic submittal file. b. Submit one black-line or print of each submittal larger than 11 by 17 inches (280
by 330 mm). Architect/Engineer will return the marked up print. D. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." E. Samples:
Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following: 1. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for mockups. 2. Samples for Verification:
Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from the same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with the
product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured
or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components
used for independent testing and inspection. 3. Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match
Architect/Engineer's sample where so indicated. Attach label on unexposed side that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name or name of manufacturer.
c. Sample source. 4. Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, provide the following: a. Size limitations. b. Compliance with recognized
standards. c. Availability. d. Delivery time. 5. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and for
a comparison of these characteristics between final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. a. If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is
inherent in the product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of the variations.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -8 b. Refer to individual Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly,
connections, operation, and similar construction characteristics. 6. Number of Samples for Initial Selection: Submit one full set of available choices where color, pattern, texture,
or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect/Engineer will return submittal with options selected. 7. Number of Samples for Verification:
Submit three sets of Samples. Architect/Engineer will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. a. Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques,
connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 8. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for qualitycontrol comparisons
throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into
the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated
as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. F. Delegated-Design Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." G. Contractor's Construction
Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for Construction Manager's action. H. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in
Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation." I. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." J. Schedule of Values: Comply
with requirements in Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." K. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work,
including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of
entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate,
covered by subcontract.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -9 2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections. Use electronic submittal
process (ESP) for all documents where possible for Architect/Engineer review. Paper originals are required in OMM Manuals. Refer to Article SUBMITTAL PROCESS above. 1. Number of Copies:
Submit one copy of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect/Engineer will not return copies. 2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes
signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf
of that entity. 3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements in Division 01 01 Section "Quality Requirements." B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements
in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation." C. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include
lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. D. Product Certificates: Prepare written
statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements. E. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel
comply with requirements. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.
F. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements and, where required, is authorized for this specific
Project. G. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements. Include evidence of manufacturing
experience where required. H. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements. I. Material Test Reports:
Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements. J. Preconstruction
Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of
product, for compliance with performance requirements.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -10 K. Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting
results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. L. Field Test Reports:
Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product
or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements. M. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer
complies with requirements. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified
testing agency. N. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building
code in effect for Project. Include the following information: 1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. 4. Product and manufacturers'
names. 5. Description of product. 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use. O. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and
normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures and Operation and Maintenance Data." P. Design Data: Prepare written
and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other
performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.
Q. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product
or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable: 1. Preparation of substrates. 2. Required substrate
tolerances. 3. Sequence of installation or erection. 4. Required installation tolerances. 5. Required adjustments. 6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -11 R. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include
the following, as applicable: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability
for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements
and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether
conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. S. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written
information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term
of the coverage. Signed originals must be submitted to Architect/Engineer. T. Material Safety Data Sheets: Submit information directly to Owner. If submitted to Architect/Engineer, Architect/Engineer
will not review this information but will return it with no action taken. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract
Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect/Engineer. B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp.
Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal
has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S ACTION A. General: Architect/Engineer will not review submittals that do
not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: Architect/Engineer will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications
required, and return it. Architect/Engineer will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -12 1. Final Unrestricted Release: Where the submittal is marked “FURNISH AS SUBMITTED,” the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies
with the Contract Documents. Final acceptance will depend on that compliance. 2. Final-but-Restricted Release: Where the submittal is marked “FURNISH AS CORRECTED (RESUBMITTAL REQUIRED),”
the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with both the Architect/Engineer’s notations and corrections on the submittal and the Contract Documents. Final acceptance
will depend on that compliance. Prepare a new submittal that incorporates the Architect/Engineer’s notations and corrections on the submittal. 3. Rejected: Where the submittal is marked
“REVISE AND RESUBMIT,” do not proceed with the Work covered by the submittal. Prepare a new submittal that complies with the Contract Documents. 4. As stated on the submittal stamp,
all submittals are “Checked only for compliance with design concept of Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with requirements of Contract Documents, Quantities,
dimensional suitability for installation, coordination with other trades, and performing work in a safe, workmanlike and satisfactory manner.” C. Informational Submittals: Architect/Engineer
will review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect/Engineer will forward each submittal to appropriate party. D.
Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded. END OF SECTION 01330
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-1 SECTION 01 35 33 -INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including
General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes policies and procedures required of the Contractor
to prevent transmission of infectious agents to vulnerable patient populations, health care workers and visitors within the Hospital environment. B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for additional procedures and construction of temporary barriers. 2. Division 15 Sections for cleaning heating, ventilation
and air-conditioning systems and ductwork prior to operation. C. Alternates: Refer to Division 1 Section "Alternates" for description of Work in this Section affected by alternates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Aspergillus: A thermotolerant fungus that causes significant disease among immunocompromised hosts that will disseminate to other organs including the skin and the
brain. These fungi are ubiquitous, found in soil, water, dust and decaying material. Aspergillus have been cultured from unfiltered air, ventilation systems, contaminated dust dislodged
during hospital renovation and construction, horizontal surfaces, food, and ornamental plants. Aspergillus spores are easily suspended in the air and survive for prolonged periods. Because
of their size, they are easily inhaled, which can lead to invasive infection of both the upper and lower respiratory tracts in a susceptible host. B. Biocide: A physical or chemical
agent that is capable of killing microorganisms. C. Immunocompromised: A condition where a patient’s immune response is reduced or absent. Because defense mechanisms are limited in immunocompromised
patients, they are susceptible to infections by microorganisms that are present everywhere, but do not cause disease in healthy people.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-2 D. Nosocomial: An infection that is acquired in a hospital or as a result of medical care. E. Negative Pressure: The relative air pressure difference
between two areas in a healthcare facility. A space that is at negative pressure has a lower pressure than adjacent areas, ensuring that any directional air movement is from the clean
air environment into the contained area and preventing contaminated air from escaping into adjacent rooms or areas through doors, openings and cracks. F. HEPA: An acronym that stands
for high efficiency particulate air. A HEPA filter is an air filter capable of capturing 99.97% of particles as small as .3 microns. G. Multi-Stage Filtering: Successive, filtering that
prevents early loading of filters with contaminants and thereby delaying reduced airflow. Typical multi-stage filters might consist of a large particulate filter (10 microns), a smaller
particulate filter (5 microns), an activated charcoal filter (odors) and a HEPA filter (.3 microns). H. Negative Pressure Machine: Freestanding, portable device that creates a negative
air pressure within a space. It does so by removing air via flexible ductwork from the containment area. The units can also be placed remotely from the containment area and use ductwork
to remove air from the controlled environment. I. Portable Air Scrubber: Freestanding, portable device that removes airborne contaminants by recirculating air through a HEPA filter.
Portable air scrubbers can also serve as negative pressure machines by exhausting the recirculated air from the containment area. J. Containment: The process of isolating a contaminated
area from the rest of the facility. Depending on the work to be done and the equipment required, airlocks, pass throughs, and equipment rooms may be necessary. Full containment always
requires that negative pressure be maintained inside the containment area. 1. Containment Requiring Activities include, but are not limited to the following: a. Demolition and removal
of walls, floors, ceilings and other building finish materials. b. Demolition of plumbing, mechanical and electrical systems and equipment. c. Finish operations such as sanding, painting
and application of special surface coatings. d. All routine construction activity that can generate dust. e. Sitework operations. 2. Source containment can also be used with localized
negative pressure if a very small area is involved. A small piece of plastic sheet can be taped around the area to be removed. A small HEPA vacuum is used for this purpose by inserting
the inlet nozzle inside this small containment to create a negative pressure and to vacuum up released particles. K. Containment Area: The construction activity area, adjacent staging
and storage areas, passages for construction personnel to access the project site and delivery and removal of supplies and waste. It includes the entire volume of the project area including
ceilings spaces above and
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-3 adjacent to the construction area. Containment areas are determined by the Owner’s Representative and the Hospital’s Infection Control Committee.
L. Pressure Differential: The difference in magnitude between a reference pressure and a variable pressure. M. Source containment can also be used with localized negative pressure if
a very small area is involved. A small piece of poly sheet can be taped around the area to be removed. A small HEPA vacuum is used for this purpose by inserting the inlet nozzle inside
this small containment to create a negative pressure and to vacuum up released particles. N. Air changes per hour is equal to the air filtered (in cubic feet) in one hour divided by
the containment area size (in cubic feet), or Air Changes Per Hour (AC/H) = Cubic Feet of Air Air filtered in 1 Hour Containment Area Size in Cubic Feet O. Protection Area: The designated
project limits, hospital areas adjacent to containment area, either occupied or used for passage and areas connected to construction areas by mechanical system intake, exhaust and ductwork.
Protection areas are determined by the Owner’s Representative and the Hospital’s Infection Control Committee. P. Minor Ceiling Access: Removal of limited ceiling or access panels for
visual observation, minor adjustments or other activities that do not disturb dust. All acoustical and access panels shall be closed immediately upon leaving the worksite. Q. Major Ceiling
Access: Removal of ceiling panels or systems that is not defined as “minor”. R. Thorough Cleaning: Cleaning of surfaces that become exposed to dust shall be accomplished by the use of
either a HEPA-filtered vacuum cleaner or a wet mop. S. Infection Control Risk Assessment (ICRA): A broad, long-range involvement of a Hospital’s infection control/epidemiology leadership
to assess the risk to patients and the Hospital environment to airborne contamination. 1.4 POLICY A. The intent of this policy is to minimize nosocomial infections in patients that may
arise as a result of exposure to organisms released into the environment during construction and renovation activities. Controlling the dispersal of airborne or waterborne infectious
agents concealed within building components is critical in all St. Vincent Carmel Hospital facilities. B. Patient Care Objectives: All construction and renovation activities shall be
defined and managed in such a way that patients’ and occupants’ exposure to dust, moisture and their accompanying hazards is limited.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-4 1. Aspergillosis and related nosocomial fungal infections are caused through inhalation by immunocompromised patients of aspergillus spores, or
other related spores, that can be present in the construction environment. The spores are known to be prolifically present in construction dust, debris and earthwork excavation dust.
Outbreaks are associated with unfiltered air, contaminated ventilation systems at intake and exhaust ducts, and dust that is dislodged by renovation and construction. Control of construction
dust, debris and excavation dust is imperative to help prevent outbreaks of aspergillosis or related nosocomial fungal infections in immunocompromised patients. a. Inhalation of aspergillus
spores or other fungal spores by immunocompromised patients can lead to serious complications and death. b. Aspergillus and other related spores are present in the natural environment
and are not a risk to healthy construction workers. 2. Airborne contaminant control is critical in all Hospital areas. Contractor shall limit dissemination of airborne contaminants produced
by construction-related activities, in order to provide protection of immunocompromised patients, other patients, staff, diagnostic operations and sensitive procedures and medical equipment
from possible undesirable effects of exposure to such contaminants. 3. Dust in ceilings and construction debris contains fungus spores. Construction activities causing disturbance of
existing dust, or creating new dust, or other airborne contaminants, must be conducted in tight enclosures cutting off any flow of particles into patient areas. 4. Ceilings and walls
in protected areas and other areas within the Hospital as indicated on Drawings must be secure from airborne transmissions at all times. If access into the ceiling in occupied areas
is required, procedures described within this Section shall be followed. 5. Enclosed carts must be used when transporting construction debris and materials throughout the Hospital environment.
The Owner Representative and Infection Control Committee shall approve the transportation path and destination terminus prior to commencing the project. 1.5 PROCEDURES A. The Owner’s
Representative in conjunction with the Hospital’s Infection Control Committee will: 1. Determine the infection control project classification using the matrices (located below). 2. Coordinate
the relocation of affected patients and pedestrian traffic routes to areas where there is less potential for exposure to airborne contaminants with the responsible departments. 3. Coordinate
the preparation of the project area, including the removal of medical supplies, waste, and equipment, prior to the commencement of project activities with the responsible departments.
B. Infection Control Risk Assessment Guidelines
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-5 1. STEP 1: Identify the Type of Construction Project Activity (Types A-D) by selecting the construction activity type from the table below. Construction
activity type is determined by the amount of dust that is generated, the duration of the activity and the involvement with HVAC systems. Construction Project Activity by Type A Non-invasive
activities, including, but not limited to: a. Removal
of ceiling tiles where no dust is expected b. Painting, but not sanding c. Wall covering, electrical trim work, minor plumbing, and activities which do not generate dust or require cutting
of walls or access to ceilings other than for visual inspection B Small scale, short duration activities which create minimal dust, including but not limited to: a. Installation of telephone
and computer computer cabling b. Access to chase spaces c. Cutting of walls or ceiling where dust migration can be controlled. C Work that generates a moderate to high level of dust
or requires demolition or removal of any fixed building components or assemblies, including but not limited to: a. Sanding of walls for painting or wall covering b. Removal of floor
coverings, ceiling tiles, and casework c. New wall construction d. Minor duct work or electrical work above ceilings e. Major cabling activities f. Any type A, B or C activity that cannot
be completed within a single work shift. D Major demolition and construction projects, including but not limited to: a. Activities requiring heavy demolition, removal of ductwork or
removal of a complete engineering system b. New construction C. STEP 2: Identify the Patient Risk Group that will be affected by selecting the appropriate Patient Risk Group from the
table below. The Patient Risk Groups defined are based on project location and occupancy. If more than one risk group will be affected, select the higher risk group. For all construction
classes, patients must be removed from the room while work is performed. Patient Risk Group Low (L) Medium (M) High (H) Maximum (X)
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-6 Patient Risk Group Low (L) Medium (M) High (H) Maximum (X) All outpatient clinics and offices, except outpatient transplant clinics and outpatient
cancer center clinics Cardiology Echocardiography Endoscopy Nuclear Medicine Physical Therapy Radiology/MRI Respiratory Therapy CCU Emergency Room Labor & Delivery Laboratories (specimen)
Newborn Nursery Outpatient Surgery Pediatrics Pharmacy Post Anesthesia Care Unit (PACU) Surgical Units Any area caring for immunocompromised patients Burn Unit Cardiac Cath Lab Central
Sterile Intensive Care Units Medical Unit Negative pressure isolation rooms Oncology Surgery ORs, including C-Section D. STEP 3: Match the Patient Risk Group (L, M, H, X) with the Construction
Project Type (A, B, C, D) to find the Class of Precautions (I – IV). Using the Construction Activity Type and the Patient Risk Group selected from the tables above, use the matrix below
to determine Construction Classification (Class). Construction Classification (Class) determines the procedures to be followed during construction and renovation projects. Patient Risk
Group/Construction Project Type Comparison Patient Risk Group Type A Type B Type C Type D Low Risk I II II III/IV Medium Risk I II III IV High Risk I II III/IV IV Maximum Risk II III/IV
III/IV IV E. STEP 4: Description of Required Infection Control Precautions by Class. Implement the appropriate Construction Guideline based on the project classification selected from
the Construction Activity matrix (listed above) in STEP 3. Construction Classification (Class) Guidelines are procedures to control release(s) of airborne contaminants resulting from
construction, demolition, or renovation activities.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-7 Required Infection Control Precautions by Class Class During Construction Project Upon Completion of Project Class I 1. Execute work by methods
to minimize raising dust from construction operations. 2. Immediately replace ceiling panel if displaced. 3. Place a small plastic sheet immediately underneath the work area (about 5
feet by 5 feet). Temporarily tape to the floor with duct tape. 4. For ceilings, cover the floor immediately under the work area with plastic. 5. Keep all doors closed and do not let
patients or other unauthorized employees or occupants into the area. 6. If visible dust has the potential to be generated outside of the immediate work area, cover all air return or
exhaust vents if within 5 feet of the work area with plastic sheeting and duct tape. 7. Complete construction/renovation task minimizing dust production. Lightly mist with water in a
spray bottle to minimize dust. 8. High Risk patients must remain out of room for one hour after completion of work. 1. When the work is completed, wetwipe the plastic sheeting and, if
necessary, other areas close by with a damp rag. 2. Place rags on the plastic sheeting and tightly roll from the corners to the middle. Seal the rolled plastic sheeting and wet rags
with duct tape. See Step #10 for disposal guidelines. 3. Visually inspect the area for any remaining dust and wet-wipe as necessary. 4. If installed, remove the plastic sheeting from
all air returns and exhausts. Roll-up for disposal. 5. Transport debris to the outside storage area using the following guidelines; • Seal all waste in plastic bags or use a debris cart
to transport waste to the storage area. • Transport debris during the hours of least activity in the building and along the most direct, but least congested route. • If using a debris
cart, ensure the lid is tightly secured and the wheels are clean prior to exiting the work area. • If removing rolled plastic sheeting that cannot fit into the cart, ensure that the
ends are sealed so no debris will fall out during transport to the storage area. This may be a two-person operation. • If any debris is spilled outside of the work area, immediately
wetwipe the debris and seal in a bag. Contact Environmental Services if necessary for assistance or if required for sanitation. 6. Clean all tools and equipment before
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-8 Required Infection Control Precautions by Class Class During Construction Project Upon Completion of Project removal from the work area. Class
II 1. Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust. 2. Immediately replace ceiling tile if displaced 3. Provide active means to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into atmosphere.
4. Water-mist work surfaces to control dust while cutting. 5. Seal unused doors with duct tape. 6. Block off and seal HVAC diffusers and return grills. 7. Place dust mat at entrance
and exit of work area. 9. Place a small plastic sheet immediately underneath the work area (about 5 feet by 5 feet). Temporarily tape to the floor with duct tape. 10. For ceilings, cover
the floor immediately under the work area with plastic. 11. Keep all doors closed and do not let patients or other unauthorized employees or occupants into the area. 12. If visible dust
has the potential to be generated outside of the immediate work area, cover all air return or exhaust vents if within 5 feet of the work area with plastic sheeting and duct tape. 13.
Complete construction/renovation task minimizing dust production. Lightly mist with water in a spray bottle to minimize dust. 14. Cover construction waste before transport in covered
containers. 1. When the work is completed, wetwipe the plastic sheeting and, if necessary, other areas close by with a damp rag. 2. Place rags on the plastic sheeting and tightly roll
from the corners to the middle. Seal the rolled plastic sheeting and wet rags with duct tape. 3. Visually inspect the area for any remaining dust and wet-wipe as necessary. 4. If installed,
remove the plastic sheeting from all air returns and exhausts. Roll-up for disposal. 5. Transport debris to the outside storage area using the following guidelines; • Seal all waste
in plastic bags or use a debris cart to transport waste to the storage area. • Transport debris during the hours of least activity in the building and along the most direct, but least
congested route. • If using a debris cart, ensure the lid is tightly secured and the wheels are clean prior to exiting the work area. • If removing rolled plastic sheeting that cannot
fit into the cart, ensure that the ends are sealed so no debris will fall out during transport to the storage area. This may be a two-person operation. • If any debris is spilled outside
of the work area, immediately wetwipe the debris and seal in a bag. Contact Environmental Services if necessary for assistance or if required for sanitation. 6. Clean all tools and equipment
before
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-9 Required Infection Control Precautions by Class Class During Construction Project Upon Completion of Project removal from the work area. 7. Wet
mop and/or vacuum with HEPA-filtered vacuum before leaving work area. 8. Open previously sealed HVAC diffusers and return grills. 9. Hospital Environmental Services to wipe work surfaces
with disinfectant. Class III 1. Install plastic dust barriers to seal area from non-work area or implement Kontrol Kube method (cart with plastic covering and sealed connection to work
site with HEPA vacuum for vacuuming prior to exit) before construction begins. 2. Should work above ceiling in an occupied area need to occur, the area must be tented prior to removing
any ceiling tiles or ceiling access panels. A dust control tent must be utilized that is is adjustable up to the ceiling height. 3. Isolate HVAC system in areas where work is being performed
to prevent contamination of duct system. 4. Maintain negative pressure within work site utilizing HEPA-equipped air filtration units. Maintain the unit in accordance with manufacturer’s
instructions. 5. Place dust mat at entrance and exit of work area. 6. Cover construction waste before transport in covered containers. 1. Cover construction waste before transport in
covered containers following guidelines above. 2. Do not remove barriers from work area until Owner’s Representative and Infection Control person inspects completed project. 3. Remove
barrier materials carefully to minimize spread of dirt and debris associated with construction. 4. Wet mop and vacuum with HEPAfiltered vacuum before leaving work area. 5. Remove isolation
of HVAC system in areas where work was being performed. 6. Hospital Environmental Services to wipe work surfaces with disinfectant. Class IV 1. Construct gypsum board/metal stud dust
partition, extend and seal to ceiling. Consider performing after hours and isolate the area from the rest of the building, if possible, following established procedures. 2. Post “DO
NOT ENTER: CONSTRUCTION AREA” signs. 1. Cover construction waste before transport in covered containers following guidelines above. 2. Do not remove barriers from work area until Owner’s
Representative and Infection Control person inspects completed project. 3. Remove barrier materials carefully
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-10 Required Infection Control Precautions by Class Class During Construction Project Upon Completion of Project Do not let unauthorized employees
or other personnel into the area. 3. Wear approved construction coveralls while in Containment Area. 4. Remove all objects from the room or work area to a storage area. Prior to removal,
wet-wipe any excessively dusty items with a rag misted with water. Cover large items or immovable objects remaining in the work area with plastic sheeting. Seal the rags in a zip-lock
bag for disposal. 5. Isolate HVAC system within work areas to prevent contamination of duct system. 6. Seal doors opening to adjacent areas with duct tape. 7. Block off and seal HVAC
diffusers, return grills and any openings in ductwork to remain. 8. Maintain negative pressure within work site utilizing HEPA equipped air filtration units. Maintain the unit in accordance
with manufacturer’s instructions. 9. Place dust mat at entrance and exit of work area. 10. Cover construction waste before transport in covered containers. to minimize spread of dirt
and debris associated with construction. 4. Wet mop and vacuum with HEPAfiltered vacuum before leaving work area. 5. Remove isolation of HVAC system in areas where work was being performed.
6. Hospital Environmental Services to wipe work surfaces with disinfectant. F. Infection Control Risk Assessment (ICRA) has categorized the project as follows: 1. Construction Project
Activity Type: D. 2. Patient Risk Group Type: X. 3. Infection Control Precautions Class: IV. 1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Owner’s Representative Responsibilities:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-11 1. Determine that the Containment and Protection Areas are properly defined and adequately enclosed by the Contractor. 2. Issue a Statement of
Requirements in both graphic and written form to communicate the above, based upon an evaluation of the construction area and the impact of the project on patient care. 3. Approve all
enclosures constructed by the Contractor. B. Owner’s Responsibilities: 1. Assist Owner’s Representative to determine the Containment and Protection Areas. C. Contractor’s Responsibilities:
1. Comply with applicable codes and referenced controls and to use installation procedures and methods that satisfy code requirements and referenced infection control procedures. 2.
Determine specific means and methods of achieving and maintaining control of airborne contaminants during construction. 3. Propose work plan and procedures for control of airborne contaminants.
4. Submit Contractor’s work plan for control of contamination for review in advance of performing any construction activities, following procedures established for product shop drawing
submittal. a. Owner’s Representative and Architect/Engineer shall review work Plan Submittal for general compliance. 5. Provide notification in conformance with requirements in Quality
Assurance Article. 6. Provide and maintain all dustproof enclosures, measurement devices, warning signs and warning lighting to protect the patients, Hospital staff and public. Contractor
shall remain responsible for compliance with all contamination control requirements. 7. Verify using sign-in methods that all construction personnel have reviewed infection control procedures.
1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Progress Schedule: Submit work and procedure schedules for temporary containment construction. Incorporate infection control milestones within the master project schedule
as described in Division 1 Section, “Project Management And Coordination.” B. Work Plan: Submit drawings and construction details of temporary barriers, descriptions of procedures to
be used to achieve and maintain control of construction-related airborne contaminants. C. Product Data: Include standard specifications, material descriptions, furnished specialties
and accessories, rated capacities and capabilities of individual components for achieving containment. D. Special Reports:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-12 1. Provide written report of Infection Control procedures, including locations, exit routes, details of dust barriers, and means of creating
negative pressure prior to commencing the project. 2. Provide written report confirming specified air velocity whenever enclosure is erected or modified in designated Protection Area.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified for testing indicated. B. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to
test air quality and pressure for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods. 1. Air samples: Test weekly and prior and after each modification in the enclosure.
2. Air pressure differential testing: A pressure differential of .02-inches of water column shall be maintained between the containment area and the surrounding area to achieve the necessary
negative pressure for containment areas. Test weekly and prior and after each modification in the enclosure. C. Information in specification and indicated on the drawings establishes
requirements for enclosure's performance characteristics. Drawings indicate locations of enclosure assemblies as they relate to adjoining construction. Performance characteristics of
air quality are indicated by criteria subject to verification by one or more methods including preconstruction testing, field testing, and in-service performance. D. Notification: Contractor
shall provide 24 -hour notification to Owner’s Representative of construction activity causing possible airborne contaminants in Protection Area. 1. Schedule work in ceiling spaces above
occupied rooms after hours . E. Contingency Plan: Prepare a contingency plan for emergencies including fire, accident, power failure, negative air system failure, supplied air failure,
or any other event that may require modification or abridgement of decontamination or work area infection control procedures. Include in the plan specific procedures for decontamination
of work area. Nothing shall impede safe exiting or providing of adequate medical attention in the event of an emergency. F. Pre-Construction Conference: Conduct conference at Project
site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to Infection Control Risk Assessment (ICRA) including,
but not limited to, the following: 1. Review infection control policy. 2. Identify Infection Control Risk Assessment. 3. Review infection control procedures.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-13 G. Attendees shall include the Owner’s Representative, the Hospital’s Infection Control Coordinator, the Architect/Engineer, the Contractor,
the major Subcontractors and any other parties involved with the project. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Provide products and materials that comply with stated requirements
for each type of products and materials specified. B. Products identified below are recommended as appropriate to the task at hand. Other manufacturers than those listed may be submitted
for approval, but it is the Contractor’s responsibility to provide effective documentation that adequately supports a substitute product and material. 2.2 INFECTION CONTROL PRODUCTS
A. Walk-Off Mats: Sanitary walk-off mat consisting of multi-layered, disposable, 2 mil, nonallergenic, non-odorous, polyethylene sheets with non-drying solid adhesive and anti-microbial
germicide. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Controlled Environment Equipment Corporation; Cleanline® Sticky Mats. 2. Curtainwall.Com; CleanStep®
Contamination Mat. 3. Liberty Industries, Inc.; Tacky Mat®. B. Polyethylene Sheet: Provide 6 mil, internally reinforced polyethylene laminate, fire-retardant sheet, UL listed, sealed
with fire-retardant tape at joints and penetrations above the ceiling. 1. Reef Industries, Inc.; Griffolyn® T55 FR. 2. Raven Industries; DURA-SKRIM® 2FR. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Biocide or
Fungicide: Morton International Inc.; Cunilate 2002. B. Spray Adhesive: Aramsco; Ram-Tack Adhesive. C. Disinfectant Wipes: Provide one of the following: 1. Clorox® Disinfecting Wipes.
2. CiDecon® Wipes. 3. RobinsonCare Wipe Downs.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-14 4. TriGene® Surface Disinfecting Wipes. D. Protective Clothing: The Owner will provide disposable paper jumpsuits, head and shoe coverings for
use by construction personnel in the Containment Area. E. Respiratory Gear: Provide respiratory gear as required by OSHA regulation 29 CFR 1926 (Construction Safety Regulations). 2.4
EQUIPMENT A. Hospital will provide the Portable Air Scrubbers and Negative Air Machines for Contractor installation and use during the project. B. Portable Air Scrubbers and Negative
Air Machines: 1. Product[s]: Multi-filtered, including 99.9% efficient HEPA filter, variable-speed motor, static pressure-monitored, equipped with electrical or mechanical lockout to
prevent fan from operating without a HEPA filter, powered mechanical equipment utilized to create a dust-free environment. Subject to compliance with infection control requirements,
provide one of the following: a. Abatement Technologies, Inc.; HEPA-AIRE® Portable Air Scrubbers. b. Micro-Trap Inc.; Micro Trap™ 2000 Negative Air Filtration Unit. c. Mintie Technologies,
Inc.; MiniforceII Negative Air Machine (350-425 CFM). C. Hospital will provide the HEPA-filtered vacuum for Contractor use during the project. D. HEPA-Filtered Vacuum: 1. Product[s]:
Multi-stage, 99.9% efficient HEPA filtration system, grounded, interference suppressed, 110/120V or 220/240V motor, minimum 4-gallon 120 CFM capacity or Contractor’s option, powered
mechanical equipment utilized to negative pressurize small temporary dust enclosures to create a dust-free environment or in use to clean surfaces or construction personnel. . Subject
to compliance with infection control requirements, provide one of the following: a. Nilfisk-Advance Group, Inc.; Model GM 810. b. Nilfisk-Advance Group, Inc.; CFM 127. c. Mintie Technologies,
Inc.; Alto SQ 10 (120 CFM). d. Miele, Inc.; Model S558i Silver Moon Canister. E. Air Pressure Monitor: 1. Product[s]: Differential switch/gauge to monitor differential pressure between
the containment area and the protection area. Diaphragm type with dial and pointer in metal case, vent valves, black figures on white background and front recalibration adjustment with
a range of plus/minus 0-to .50-inches water gauge and high-low adjustable set
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-15 points. Subject to compliance with infection control requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dwyer Instruments, Inc.; Model #3000-0. 2.
Install the differential pressure switch/gauge in a NEMA-rated enclosure. Provide all necessary power wiring, transformers and relays to operate the system. Provide a switch that will
enable activation of audio, visual, or both alarms that activates upon sensing pressure differences beyond the range set points. Provide a manual reset gauge after an alarm condition.
PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine containment area and protection area, with Owner Representative present, for compliance with Infection Control requirements. 1. For the record,
prepare written report, endorsed by Owner Representative, listing conditions detrimental detrimental to Infection Control performance. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected. B. Notify the Owner’s Representative according to time line requirements identified previously before commencing work. 3.2 MONITORING A. Before commencing
any demolition or construction in occupied areas, a complete review of all airborne contaminant control policies will be conducted. The Owner’s Representative and Infection Control Representative
will confirm that the area is ready for work to begin. B. Owner will monitor conditions in the vicinity of project in Protection Areas. Such areas are identified by the Owner’s Representative.
Whenever unsafe conditions are observed, Contractor will be notified to correct conditions immediately to avoid work stoppage. 1. All work shall be stopped immediately whenever a hazardous
containment control deficiency exists on the project. 2. The Contractor shall take immediate action to correct all deficiencies. 3.3 PROTECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-16 A. Contractor shall install dust proof enclosures for work as as directed by the Owner’s Representative and when required to protect areas occupied
by the Owner from dust, debris, and damage. B. Provide a temporary work surface to provide a safe working platform and protect the ceiling and the spaces below from falling objects and
materials. Construction must be conducted in tight enclosures cutting off any flow of dust particles into patient areas. 1. Airborne contaminant control requirements: Floor to structure,
airtight enclosures, drywall barriers, using tape and foam padding to seal all joints and penetrations. 2. Keep enclosure door closed at all times. 3. Traffic between Containment Area
and open areas shall be kept to a minimum. 4. Transport materials and refuse into an an area from an external site without violating patient care areas by transporting in covered containers.
5. Provide negative pressure in construction area. 6. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas to cure installed materials, to prevent excessive humidity, and to prevent
hazardous accumulations of dust fumes, vapors, or gases. 7. Ductwork Dust Caps: Block off all existing ventilation ducts within the construction area. Method of capping ducts shall be
dust-tight and withstand airflow pressures. C. Dust Proof Enclosures: 1. Full height, noncombustible construction with minimum 5/8” gypsumboard both sides with 3-1/2 inch R-11 insulation
batts to reduce noise. Use tape to tightly seal top, bottom, penetrations and seams, to prevent spread of dust to occupied areas, including above ceiling. Secure all tape with spray
adhesive. Dust proof enclosures adjacent to or in public areas shall be taped and painted on the side exposed to public view. 2. Enclosure Doors: 4’-0” minimum width, unless shown otherwise,
solid core wood with metal frame and hardware, closer and tightly weatherstripped to prevent flow of dust. Locate as indicated on drawing and swing out of the construction area. Keep
enclosures locked outside of working hours. Coordinate with the Owner for access. 3. Install disposable, multi-layered floor mats on both sides of construction entrance prior to commencing
demolition or construction. Remove old tacky surface as needed to prevent tracking, daily as minimum. 4. Obtain Owner’s approval of exact location and details of enclosure construction.
5. Materials for enclosure shall be precut in unoccupied areas before delivering to project site. No explosive or pneumatic drive fasteners permitted. 6. Provide entrance vestibules
as described. Provide floor mats inside vestibule and inside enclosures at door to vestibule. D. Enclosure outside of work area (including spaces above ceilings): Whenever work is necessary
outside of the construction enclosures, the space where work is being done, including ladders, shall be contained within a full-height portable enclosure. At Contractor’s option, a prefabricated
unit may be used.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-17 1. All work performed outside the construction enclosure shown on drawings, including all work in corridors and lobbies, shall be performed outside
of normal working hours and shall be scheduled in advance with Owner, except where specified otherwise. 2. At no time shall any construction equipment
or material be stored outside the construction enclosure. 3. Any dust tracked outside of construction area shall be cleaned up immediately. Contractor shall have the necessary personnel
and equipment (HEPA-filtered vacuum, dust and wet mops, brooms, and clean wiping rags) to keep adjacent occupied areas clean at all times. E. Power and Lighting: Provide sufficient temporary
lighting and power ventilating equipment to ensure proper workmanship and safety. F. Access Provisions: Provide ramps, stairs, ladders and similar temporary access elements as reasonably
required to perform the work and facilitate its inspection during installation. G. Airborne dust generation of significant quantities of dust will not be tolerated. Clean the work area
prior to starting work to minimize existing dust becoming airborne during construction. Provide drop cloths and dust partitions as necessary to contain dust and debris generated by the
work. H. Demolition material, dust and dirt shall be removed in covered, tightly sealed, rubber tired, polyethylene dump carts. Containers shall be fitted with clean polyethylene covers,
completely sealed at perimeter by wire tying or taping. Before leaving area, all containers shall be wiped clean with biocide to prevent tracking of dust. Provide debris chutes if required.
I. If work is being performed above an accessible ceiling and if work must be performed while the space below is occupied, spray top of ceiling panels to be removed and surrounding affected
panels, with fine detergent/water mist to settle dust prior to removal. J. A portable vinyl tunnel or a polyethylene enclosure for larger openings shall be used for each single ceiling
access outside of the Containment Area. The enclosure’s opening shall have a 3-foot overlap of polyethylene to decrease risk of airborne dust. The portable vinyl tunnel, or portable
enclosure, shall remain in place until the ceiling is secured (all accesses closed). In patient care areas, the apparatus (tunnel or enclosure) shall be dismantled and access panels
replaced or remodeling of access completed at the end of each day. K. If the contractor needs to crawl about pipes, ducts, or other building infrastructure to investigate a condition,
the Contractor shall use additional procedures, (i.e., put on a mask, disposable coverall and disposable shoe covers) before going into the access. The surfaces that will be disturbed
shall be vacuumed with a HEPA-filtered vacuum before proceeding. Afterwards the contractor shall strip off the coverall, and shoe covers carefully, turning the coverall “insideout” and
deposit the mask, coverall, and shoe covers into a plastic trash bag inside the enclosure. This plastic trash bag shall be secured (tied off) and discarded as directed by Owner’s Representative
and may not be discarded within any patient care area.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-18 L. Exercise caution when handling fluids, or piping systems, in the space above ceilings and other Hospital operations. When working with fluids,
provide a watertight barrier beneath the work area to catch and retain all spillage before it reaches the ceiling below. M. Water leaks must be cleaned up and repaired as soon as possible,
but within 72 hours to prevent mold proliferation in floor and wall coverings, ceiling panels and cabinetry in patient care areas. If cleanup and repair are delayed more than 72 hours
after the water leak, the involved materials must be assumed to contain fungi and handled accordingly. Use of a moisture meter to detect water penetration of walls should be used whenever
possible to guide decision-making. If the wall or other component does not have less than 20% moisture content more than 72 hours after water penetration, it shall be removed. N. Contractor
is responsible for determining when a dust proof enclosure is required to protect any adjoining area; however, the Contractor shall provide a dust proof enclosure where indicated and
whenever requested by the Owner’s Representative or Architect/Engineer . Take all necessary precautions to protect the people and spaces below from injury or damage due to Contractor’s
operations. O. Notify department manager so that patient room doors near ceiling work will be kept closed while the work is in progress. 3.4 CONTAINMENT AREA A. Maintain levels of airborne
contaminants within Containment Area and Protective Area limits as defined. B. Portable Air Scrubbers and Negative air machines shall remove airflow from construction area at not less
than 100 FPM at enclosure entrances with all doors fully open. As an alternative, provide adequate exhaust air volume to provide 6 air changes per hour. C. Dust Control: The The Contractor
shall take appropriate steps throughout the term of the Project to prevent airborne dust due to work under this contract. Water shall be applied wherever practical to settle and hold
dust to a minimum, particularly during demolition and moving of materials. Care must be taken to prevent the accumulation of standing water or the saturation of any materials. No chemical
palliatives shall be used without permission of the Owner’s Representative. 1. Spray surfaces with water during dust-producing interior demolition activities. Hard surface floors in
work area, adjacent hallways and passage areas require vacuuming with HEPA-filtered vacuum cleaners and frequent wet-mopping during demolition and construction; protect adjacent carpeted
areas with plastic and plywood and vacuum with HEPA-filtered vacuum cleaners. 2. Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means
to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. 3. Any dust tracked outside enclosure shall be removed immediately, using HEPA-filtered vacuum.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-19 4. All cleaning outside enclosure shall be by HEPA-filtered vacuum or other approved method. D. The following procedure shall be implemented
when construction personnel are required to pass through a Protected Area to enter the Containment Area: 1. Provide airlock entry vestibules to dustproof enclosures when shown on Drawings
or required by Owner’s Representative or Architect/Engineer . 2. Construction personnel shall wear protective clothing when passing through the Protective Area or when directed by the
Owner’s Representative. The protective clothing shall be removed in the airlock vestibule prior to entering the Containment Area and stored for reuse. a. When exiting the Containment
Area the protective clothing shall again be worn when passing through the Protective Area. 3. Construction personnel shall wear protective clothing at all times when passing through
the Protective Area and while working in the Containment Area. E. Construction Personnel: Instruct personnel to refrain from tracking dust into adjacent Hospital areas or opening windows
or doors allowing airborne contaminants into the adjacent Hospital area. F. Exterior Work: Direct exhaust from equipment away from building air intakes; assure that filters on building
air intakes are operational and protected from excessive amounts of airborne contaminants. G. Any ceiling panels opened for investigation beyond sealed areas shall be replaced immediately
when unattended or covered with an appropriate temporary barrier. H. Removal of construction barriers and ceiling protection shall be done carefully. 3.5 EQUIPMENT A. Connect portable
air scrubbers and negative air machines to emergency power and run continuously. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting
agency to perform air quality tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Testing Services: Testing and inspecting of completed phases of the work shall take place in successive
stages, in areas of extent and using methods described in Quality Assurance article. Do not proceed with removal or construction of each enclosure for the next area until Owner’s Representative
is satisfied that work is completed and clean up procedure has been performed.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-20 C. Repair or replace construction enclosures where test results indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. D. Additional testing
and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of repaired or replaced work with specified requirements. 3.7 CLEANING A. Provide thorough cleaning
of existing surfaces that become exposed to dust each day. Thoroughly clean each temporary access when work is completed or at the end of each work shift, using approved methods. B.
Provide thorough cleaning of existing surfaces that become exposed to dust, before turning space over to Owner for final cleaning. C. Final cleaning of construction (to medically clean
standards) shall be performed by the Owner’s own housekeeping forces. 3.8 ENFORCEMENT A. Failure to maintain containment areas will result in issuance of a written warning. If the situation
is not corrected within (8) eight hours of receipt of warning, Owner will have cause to stop the work as provided in the General Conditions. 1. Failure of Contractor to correct deficiencies
in containment will result in corrective action taken by Owner and all costs deducted from the Contractor. B. The Owner’s Representative will perform periodic inspections to determine
compliance with infection control procedures. Written documentation will be flied as part of the project documentation. Photographs may be taken to document work site conditions. END
OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 -1 SECTION 01 40 00 -QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality
assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor
of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections
that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's
quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required by Architect/Engineer,
Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Allowances" for testing and
inspecting allowances. 2. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Reporting" for developing a schedule of required tests and inspections. 3. Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching"
for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by testing and inspecting activities. 4. Divisions 02 through 16 Sections for specific mock-up, test and inspection requirements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure
that proposed construction complies with requirements.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 -2 B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction
complies with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect/Engineer. C. Mockups: Full-size, physical example assemblies to illustrate
finishes and materials. Mockups are used to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution,
and to review construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples. Mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. D. Testing Agency: An entity engaged
to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. 1.4 DELEGATED DESIGN A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional
design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance
and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect/Engineer.
1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design
professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance
with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. B. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular
form and include the following: 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Description of test and inspection. 3. Identification of applicable standards. 4. Identification of test
and inspection methods. 5. Number of tests and inspections required. 6. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 7. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections.
8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service. C. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following:
1. Date of issue.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 -3 2. Project title and Architect/Engineer number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests
or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section.
8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.
11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations
on retesting and reinspecting. D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional
settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance
of the Work. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful
in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. B. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative
of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for
this Project. C. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for
this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. D. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products
or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is
legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined
as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. F. Specialists: Certain
sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy
qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 -4 1. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and similar regulations governing the Work, nor interfere with local trade-union jurisdictional
settlements and similar conventions. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM
E 548, and that specializes in types of tests and inspections to be performed. H. Preconstruction Testing: Testing agency shall perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified
requirements for performance and test methods. 1. Contractor responsibilities include the following: a. Provide test specimens and assemblies representative of proposed materials and
construction. Provide sizes and configurations of assemblies to adequately demonstrate capability of product to comply with performance requirements. b. Submit specimens in a timely
manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. c. Fabricate and install test assemblies using installers who will perform the same tasks
for Project. d. When testing is complete, remove assemblies; do not reuse materials on Project. 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection,
and similar quality-assurance service to Architect/Engineer, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies
with or deviates from the Contract Documents. I. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to
comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect/Engineer.
2. Notify Architect/Engineer seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 4. Obtain
Architect/Engineer's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. 5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging
the completed Work. 6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated. 1.7 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated
as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 -5 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of the types of testing and
inspecting they are engaged to perform. 2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspecting allowances, as authorized by Change Orders. 3. Costs for retesting and
reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless
otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and required by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage
a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ the same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 2. Notify
testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's
responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents
are Contractor's responsibility. 5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Special Tests and Inspections:
Owner will engage a testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner. 1. Testing agency will notify
Architect/Engineer and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Testing agency will submit a certified written
report report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Architect/Engineer with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Testing agency will
submit a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 4. Testing agency will interpret tests and inspections
and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 5. Testing agency will retest and reinspect corrected work. D. Manufacturer's
Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report
results in writing. E. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting
and reinspecting, for construction that revised or replaced Work that failed to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 -6 F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect/Engineer and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform
required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect/Engineer and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Interpret
tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 3. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each
test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor. 4. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any
portion of the Work. 5. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. G. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services,
and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the
Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting.
Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field-curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use
for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. H. Coordination: Coordinate
sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to
to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of
tests, inspections, and similar qualitycontrol services required by the Contract Documents. Submit schedule within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. 1. Distribution:
Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect/Engineer, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required. PART 2 -PRODUCTS
(Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 -7 3.1 ACCEPTABLE TESTING AGENCIES A. Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc., 4105 W 99th St, Carmel, Indiana 46032, (317) 875-7000, FAX (317) 876-3705. B. Arsee
Engineers, Incorporated, 9715 Kincaid Drive, Fishers, Indiana 46038, (317) 594-5152. C. ATEC Associates, Inc., 8665 Bash Street, Indianapolis, Indiana 46256, (317) 577-1761, FAX (317)
842-7308. D. Patriot Engineering, 39 E 9th St, Indianapolis, Indiana 46204, (317) 624-0614. E. PSI, 5362 West 78th Street, Indianapolis, IN 46268, (317) 876-7723. F. Hanson Professional
Services, Inc., 1525 South Sixth Street, Springfield, Illinois 62703-2886, (217) 788-2450, FAX (217) 788-2503. 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting,
sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other
Sections of these Specifications. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching. 2. Comply with the Contract Document
requirements for Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility,
regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -1 SECTION 01 42 00 -REFERENCES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved":
When used to convey Architect/Engineer's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests,
"approved" is limited to Architect/Engineer's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect/Engineer.
Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic
representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same
meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction
industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install":
Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting,
cleaning, and similar operations. H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities.
The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -2 J. "Installer": Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation,
including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 1. Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited
or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespeople of the corresponding
generic name. K. "Experienced": When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project;
being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. L. “Concealed” refers to installations that are hidden from
sight in walls, chases, crawl spaces, furred spaces, above ceilings or embedded within construction. M. “Exposed” refers to installations that are not hidden from sight. N. “Day”: Unless
otherwise defined in the Contract Documents, shall refer to a calendar day or period of 24 hours. O. “Working Day”: Unless otherwise defined in the Contract Documents, shall refer to
a normal business working day, consisting of the days Monday through Friday, excluding recognized business holidays, including: New Year’s Eve and New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence
Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and the day after Thanksgiving, Christmas Eve and Christmas Day. P. "OFCI" (Owner Furnished -Contractor Installed) refers to equipment delivered FOB to project
site by the Owner. Contractor shall receive, rig, unload, store, uncrate, set in place and connect complete ready for operation. All labor and materials necessary for final connections
shall be by the Contractor. The Owner will supply necessary framing, anchorage, utility services and rough-in details to accommodate such installation to Contractor. Contractor shall
coordinate with the Owner to determine suitable time for submittal of such construction information and suitable time for delivery of equipment, and shall be responsible for damage from
time of receipt. Owner furnished equipment shall be placed in operation in its final location only by a representative of the Owner in the presence of a representative of the Contractor,
and after inspection of equipment and installation by Owner's representative and subsequent acceptance. Q. "OFCR" (Owner Furnish -Contractor Relocate) refers to existing equipment that
is to be relocated and Contractor shall disconnect, store, place, and reinstall such equipment. Owner will identify equipment by its present and planned location and Contractor shall
be responsible for all necessary framing, anchorage utility services and rough-in details taken and/or adapted with Owner's approval from existing installation. Contractor and Owner
shall agree on a statement of condition of each piece of such equipment before Contractor starts Work on removal, and Contractor shall be responsible for change in agreed condition after
start of removals. Owner furnished equipment shall be placed in operation in its final location only by
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -3 a representative of the Owner in the presence of a representative of the Contractor, and after inspection of equipment and installation by Owner's representative
and subsequent acceptance. R. "OFOI" (Owner Furnish -Owner Installed) refers to the equipment delivered to the Project Site and installed by the Owner. S. "CFCI" (Contractor Furnished
-Contractor Installed) refers to equipment furnished and installed by the Contractor. T. “Work” refers to any equipment, systems and installations required for the Project. 1.3 INDUSTRY
STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect
as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply
with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated. C. Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the
standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that
are different, but apparently equal, to Architect/Engineer for a decision before proceeding. D. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall
be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits.
To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect/Engineer for a decision
before proceeding. E. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of
applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication
source. F. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized
name of the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web-site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and upto-date as of
the date of the Contract Documents. PRIVATE tbl1 ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) (800) 872-2253
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -4 Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (202) 272-0080 Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov CFR Code of Federal Regulations (888) 293-6498
Available from Government Printing Office (202) 512-1530 www.access.gpo.gov/nara/cfr CRD Handbook for Concrete and Cement (601) 634-2355 Available from Army Corps of Engineers Waterways
Experiment Station www.wes.army.mil DOD Department of Defense Military Specifications and Standards (215) 697-6257 Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point www.dodssp.daps.mil
DSCC Defense Supply Center Columbus (See FS) FED-STD Federal Standard (See FS) FS Federal Specification (215) 697-6257 Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point www.dodssp.daps.mil
Available from General Services Administration (202) 501-1021 www.fss.fss.gsa.gov Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202) 289-7800 www.nibs.org FTMS Federal Test
Method Standard (See FS) IAC Illinois Accessibility Code www.ilga.gov/commission/jcar/admincode/071/07100400sections .html MIL See MILSPEC MS MIL See MILSPEC MILSPEC Military Specification
and Standards (215) 697-6257 Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point www.dodssp.daps.mil OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -5 U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, NW (202) 693-1707 Washington, D.C. 20210 www.osha.gov UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253
Available from Access Board (202) 272-0080 www.access-board.gov 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications
or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional
Associations of the U.S." PRIVATE tbl2 AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (202) 862-5100 www.aluminum.org AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333 www.aaadm.com
AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202 www.aabchq.com AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664 www.aamanet.org AASHTO American Association of
State Highway and (202) 624-5800 Transportation Officials www.transportation.org AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549-8141 www.aatcc.org ABMA
American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155 www.abma-dc.org ACI ACI International (248) 848-3700 (American Concrete Institute) www.aci-int.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe
Association (972) 506-7216 www.concrete-pipe.org AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -6 www.aeic.org AFPA American Forest & Paper Association (See AF&PA) AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878 www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700 AGA American
Gas Association (202) 824-7000 www.aga.org AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118 www.agc.org AHA American Hardboard Association (Now part of CPA) AHAM Association
of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955 www.aham.org AI Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960 www.asphaltinstitute.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837 www.aia.org
(202) 626-7300 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400 www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100 www.steel.org AITC American
Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559 www.aitc-glulam.org ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (800) 395-2522 www.alca.org (703) 736-9666 ALSC American Lumber Standard
Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700 www.alsc.org AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150 www.amca.org ANSI American National Standards Institute
(202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts (505) 522-1437
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -7 www.aosaseed.com APA APA -The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600 www.apawood.org APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989 www.archprecast.org
API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000 www.api.org ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800 www.ari.org ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202)
207-0917 www.asphaltroofing.org ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org (703) 295-6300 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) 527-4723
Air-Conditioning Engineers www.ashrae.org (404) 636-8400 ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763 (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (212) 591-7722 www.asme.org
ASRE American Society of Refrigeration Engineers ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040 www.asse-plumbing.org ASTM ASTM International (610) 832-9585 (American Society
for Testing and Materials International) www.astm.org AWCI AWCI International (703) 534-8300 (Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industries International) www.awci.org AWCMA American
Window Covering Manufacturers Association (See WCSC) AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449-8811 www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -8 AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association (334) 874-9800 www.awpa.com AWS American Welding Society (800) 443-9353 www.aws.org (305) 443-9353 AWWA American Water
Works Association (800) 926-7337 www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122 www.buildershardware.com BIA Brick Industry Association (The)
(703) 620-0010 www.bia.org BICSI BICSI (813) 979-1991 www.bicsi.org BIFMA BIFMA International (616) 285-3963 (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association International)
www.bifma.com CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203) 637-1312 www.carpetcushion.org CCFSS Center for Cold-Formed Steel Structures (573) 341-4471 www.umr.edu/~ccfss CDA Copper Development Association
Inc. (800) 232-3282 www.copper.org (212) 251-7200 CEA Canadian Electricity Association (613) 230-9263 www.canelect.ca CFFA Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc. (216) 241-7333 www.chemicalfabrics
andfilm.com CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700 www.cganet.com CGSB Canadian General Standards Board (800) 665-2472 www.pwgsc.gc.ca/cgsb (819) 956-0425 CIMA Cellulose Insulation
Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462 www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462 CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -9 www.cisca.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137 www.cispi.org CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583 www.chainlinkinfo.org
CPA Composite Panel Association (301) 670-0604 www.pbmdf.com CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772 www.cppa-info.org (202) 462-9607 CRI Carpet & Rug Institute
(The) (800) 882-8846 www.carpet-rug.com (706) 278-3176 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200 www.crsi.org CSA CSA International (800) 463-6727 (Formerly: IAS -International
Approval Services) (416) 747-4000 www.csa-international.org CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900 www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300 CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau
(604) 820-7700 www.cedarbureau.org CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087 4087 (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute) www.cti.org DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010
www.dhi.org EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500 www.eia.org EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800) 294-3462 www.eima.com (770) 968-7945 EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract
Documents Committee (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org (703) 295-6300 EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040 www.ejma.org
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -10 ESD ESD Association (315) 339-6937 FCI Fluid Controls Institute (216) 241-7333 www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org FIBA Federation Internationale de Basketball Amateur
41 22 545 00 00 (The International Basketball Federation) www.fiba.com FIVB Federation Internationale de Volleyball 41 21 345 35 35 (The International Volleyball Federation) www.fivb.ch
FM Factory Mutual System (See FMG) FMG FM Global (401) 275-3000 (Formerly: FM -Factory Mutual System) www.fmglobal.com FRSA Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors
Association, Inc. (407) 671-3772 www.floridaroof.com FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971-4850 www.fluidsealing.com FSC Forest Stewardship Council 52 951 5146905 www.fscoax.org GA
Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440 www.gypsum.org GANA Glass Association of North America ((785) 271-0208 www.glasswebsite.com GRI Geosynthetic Research Institute (See GSI) GS Green Seal
(202) 872-6400 www.greenseal.org GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522-8440 www.geosynthetic-institute.org HI Hydraulic Institute (888) 786-7744 www.pumps.org (973) 267-9700
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -11 HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200 www.gamanet.org HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (See NAAMM) HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703)
435-2900 www.hpva.org HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550 www.hpwhite.com IAS International Approval Services (See CSA) IBF International Badminton Federation (441-24) 223-4904
www.intbadfed.org IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiator Manufacturers ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369 www.icea.net ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute,
Inc. (847) 827-0830 www.icri.org IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11 www.iec.ch IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900
www.ieee.org IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248-5000 www.iesna.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.igcc.org IIA Incinerator
Institute of America IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (The) (613) 233-1510 www.igmaonline.org ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426 www.iliai.com
ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -12 www.iso.ch ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (702) 567-8150 www.issfa.net ITS Intertek (800) 345-3851 www.intertek.com (607) 753-6711
ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11 www.itu.int/home KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264-1690 www.kcma.org LMA Laminating Materials Association
(201) 664-2700 www.lma.org LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488-6864 www.lightning.org (847) 577-7200 MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333 www.mbma.com
MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association (847) 480-9138 www.maplefloor.org MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (312) 644-6610 www.metalframingmfg.org MH Material Handling
Industry of America (See MHIA) MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345-1815 www.mhia.org (704) 676-1190 MIA Marble Institute of America (440) 250-9222 www.marble-institute.com
MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674-8937 www.paintinfo.com MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and (703) 281-6613 Fittings Industry Inc. www.mss-hq.com NAAMM National
Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332-0405 www.naamm.org
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -13 NACE NACE International (281) 228-6200 (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) www.nace.org NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202)
737-2926 www.nadca.com NAFM National Association of Fan Manufacturers NAGWS National Association for Girls and Women in Sport (800) 213-7193, ext. 453 www.aahperd.org/nagws/NAIMA North
American Insulation Manufacturers Association (The) (703) 684-0084 www.naima.org NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800)
557-2848 www.nbgqa.com NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222 www.ncaa.org NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900 www.ncma.org NCPI National
Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094 www.ncpi.org NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775-3550 www.ncta.com NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698
www.nebb.org NEC National Electrical Code (see National Fire Protection Association) NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110 www.necanet.org NEII National Elevator
Industry, Inc. (518)-854-3100 www.neii.org NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901 www.nelma.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703)
841-3200
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -14 www.nema.org NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association (303) 697-8441 www.netaworld.org NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317)
972-6900 www.nfhs.org NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555 www.nfpa.org (617) 770-3000 NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776 www.nfrc.org NGA National Glass Association (703)
442-4890 www.glass.org NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318 www.natlhardwood.org (901) 377-1818 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393 www.nlga.org
NOFMA Wood Flooring Manufacurers Association, (901) 526-5016 Formerly: National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association www.nofma.org NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800)
323-9545 www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070 NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622 www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400 NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275 (National Sanitation
Foundation International) (734) 769-8010 www.nsf.org NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415 www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788 NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association,
Inc. (800) 323-9736 www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930 NTRMA National Tile Roofing Manufacturers Association (See RTI) NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association (See WDMA)
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -15 OPL Omega Point Laboratories, Inc. (800) 966-5253 www.opl.com (210) 635-8100 PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786-0300 www.pci.org PDCA Painting
& Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322 www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322 PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956 www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720 PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute
(217) 333-3929 www.pgi-tp.ce.uiuc.edu PTI Post-Tensioning Institute (602) 870-7540 www.post-tensioning.org RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644-2400 www.boltcouncil.org
(312) 670-2400 RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580 www.rfci.com RIS Redwood Inspection Service (888) 225-7339 www.calredwood.org (415) 382-0662 RTI Roof Tile Institute
(312) 670-4177 (Formerly: NTRMA -National Tile Roofing Manufacturers Association) www.ntrma.org SAE SAE International (724) 776-4841 www.sae.org SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 462-1930
www.sdi.org SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010 www.steeldoor.org SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (516) 294-5424 www.sefalabs.com SFBC South Florida Building
Code SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -16 www.sgcc.org SIA Security Industry Association (703) 683-2075 www.siaonline.org SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (See IGMA) SJI Steel Joist
Institute (843) 626-1995 www.steeljoist.org SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991 www.smacentral.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980
National Association www.smacna.org SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100 www.smpte.org SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154 (Formerly:
SPI/SPFD -The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.; Spray Polyurethane Foam Division) www.sprayfoam.org SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434-2611 www.spib.org SPI/SPFD
Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc. (The) Spray Polyurethane Foam Division (See SPFA) SPRI SPRI (781) 647-7026 (Single Ply Roofing Institute) www.spri.org SSINA Specialty Steel Industry
of North America (800) 982-0355 www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630 SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772 www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331 STI Steel Tank Institute (847)
438-8265 www.steeltank.com SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241-7333 www.steelwindows.com
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -17 SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974 www.swrionline.org TCNA Tile Council of North America, Inc. (864) 646-8453 www.tileusa.com
TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic (703) 907-7700 Industries Alliance www.tiaonline.org TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700 www.masonrysociety.org TPI Truss
Plate Institute, Inc. (608) 833-5900 www.tpinst.org TPI Turfgrass Producers International (800) 405-8873 www.turfgrasssod.org (847) 705-9898 UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (800) 285-4476
www.ul.com (847) 272-8800 UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902 www.uni-bell.org USAV USA Volleyball (888) 786-5539 www.usavolleyball.org (719) 228-6800 USGBC U.S. Green Building
Council (202) 828-7422 www.usgbc.org USITT United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc. (800) 938-7488 www.usitt.org (315) 463-6463 WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association
(800) 424-2869 www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700 WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (800) 283-1486 www.wclib.org (503) 639-0651 WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association (See
WCSC) WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636 (Formerly: WCMA -Window Covering Manufacturers (212) 661-4261 Association) www.windowcoverings.org
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -18 WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301 (Formerly: NWWDA -National Wood Window and (847) 299-5200 Door Association) www.wdma.com WI Woodwork
Institute (Formerly: WIC -Woodwork Institute of California) (916) 372-9943 www.wicnet.org WIC Woodwork Institute of California (See WI) WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association
(800) 550-7889 www.wmmpa.com (530) 661-9591 WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725-0333 www.wsrca.com (650) 548-0112 WWPA Western Wood Products
Association (503) 224-3930 www.wwpa.org B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name
of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web-site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract
Documents. PRIVATE tbl3 BOCA BOCA International, Inc. (See ICC) CABO Council of American Building Officials (See ICC) IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
(909) 472-4100 www.iapmo.org ICBO International Conference of Building Officials (See ICC) ICBO ES ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc. (See ICC-ES) ICC International Code Council (703) 931-4533
(Formerly: CABO -Council of American Building Officials) www.iccsafe.org
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -19 ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587 www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543 SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. (See ICC) C. Federal
Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.
Names, telephone numbers, and Web-site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. PRIVATE tbl4 CE Army Corps
of Engineers www.usace.army.mil CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772 www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-6816 DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000 www.commerce.gov DOE Department
of Energy (202) 586-9220 www.eren.doe.gov EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167 www.epa.gov FAA Federal Aviation Administration (202) 366-4000 www.faa.gov FDA Food and Drug
Administration (888) 463-6332 www.fda.gov GSA General Services Administration (800) 488-3111 www.gsa.gov (202) 501-1888 HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708-1112
www.hud.gov LBL Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory (510) 486-4000 www.lbl.gov NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB) NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology
(301) 975-6478 www.nist.gov
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -20 OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321-6742 www.osha.gov (202) 693-1999 PBS Public Building Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health
and Science (202) 690-7694 //phs.os.dhhs.gov RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540 (See USDA) SD State Department (202) 647-4000 www.state.gov TRB Transportation Research Board
(202) 334-2934 www.nas.edu/trb USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720-2791 www.usda.gov USPS Postal Service (202) 268-2000 www.usps.com D. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations
and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web-site
addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. PRIVATE tbl5 CBHF State of California, Department of Consumer
Affairs (800) 952-5210 Bureau of Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation (916) 574-2041 www.dca.ca.gov/bhfti CPUC California Public Utilities Commission (415) 703-2782 www.cpuc.ca.gov
SFBC South Florida Building Code Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. (205) 591-1853 www.sbcci.org TFS Texas Forest Service (936) 639-8180 Forest Products Laboratory www.txforestservic
e.tamu.edu
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -21 PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01420
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -1 SECTION 01 50 00 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,
including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities
and controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Telephone
service. C. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Field offices. 2. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities. D. Security and protection
facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Temporary partitions. 2. Fire protection. E. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures"
for procedures for submitting copies of implementation and termination schedule and utility reports. 2. Division 1 Section "Execution" for progress cleaning requirements. 3. Division
1 Section "Infection Control Procedures" for infection control procedures during construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect/Engineer, permanent
or temporary roofing is complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight; and all openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary
closures. 1.4 USE CHARGES A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner or Architect/Engineer and shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow
other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, the following:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -2 1. Owner's construction forces. 2. Occupants of Project. 3. Architect/Engineer. 4. Testing agencies. 5. Personnel of authorities having
jurisdiction. B. Sewer Service: Use Owner’s existing sewer system without use charges for sewer usage, by all parties engaged in construction, at Project site. C. Water Service: Use
water from Owner's existing water system without metering and without payment of use charges. D. Natural Gas Service for space heating use: Use gas from Owner's existing system without
metering and without payment of use charges. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6, NECA's "Temporary Electrical Facilities," and NFPA 241. 1. Trade Jurisdictions:
Assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary utilities are not intended to interfere with trade regulations and union jurisdictions. 2. Electric Service: Comply
with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer
who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are
defined as those performed for the design of temporary and permanent protection installations that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design and extent. C.
Architect/Engineer’s Review: 1. Review by the Architect/Engineer of the Contractor’s proposed construction to protect existing construction shall not relieve the Contractor of the full
responsibility for this work. 2. The purpose of the Architect/Engineer’s review of the Contractor’s shop drawings and calculations shall be only to protect the Owner from installation
of inadequate and insufficient protection for existing construction. By reviewing the design and calculations, the Architect/Engineer assumes no responsibility for the design or its
adequacy. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to Owner, change over from use of temporary service to use of permanent service.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -3 1. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and
protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. B. Conditions of Use: The
following conditions apply to use of temporary services and facilities by all parties engaged in the Work: 1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat. 2. Relocate temporary
services and facilities as required by progress of the Work. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable condition
may be used if approved by Architect/Engineer. Provide materials suitable for use intended. B. Gypsum Board: Minimum 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick by 48 inches (1219 mm) wide by maximum available
lengths; regular-type panels with tapered edges. Comply with ASTM C 36. C. Vinyl-faced Gypsum Board: Minimum 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick by 48 inches (1219 mm) wide by maximum available
lengths; regular-type panels with eased edges; vinyl film facing. Comply with ASTM C 960. 1. Fire Resistance Characteristics: ASTM E 84 a. Flame Spread: Less than 25 b. Smoke Developed:
Less than 250 D. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively.
E. Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 9 Section "Painting." F. Tarpaulins: Fire-resistive labeled with flame-spread rating of 15 or less. G. Water: Potable. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A.
General: Provide equipment suitable for use intended. B. Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent as indicated or a combination of
extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -4 1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure. C.
Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110-to 120-V plugs into higher-voltage outlets; equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters,
reset button, and pilot light. D. Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 125-V ac, 20-A rating,
and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum
interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required.
Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. Telephone Service: Provide
temporary telephone service throughout construction period for common-use facilities used by all personnel engaged in construction activities. Install separate telephone line for each
field office and first-aid station. 1. Provide additional telephone lines for the following: a. In field office with more than two occupants, install a telephone for each additional
occupant or pair of occupants. b. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine and computer with modem in each field office. c. Provide a separate telephone line for
Owner's use. d. Install a telephone on every second or third story of construction. 2. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. a. Police and fire departments.
b. Ambulance service. c. Contractor's home office. d. Architect/Engineer's office. e. Owner's office. f. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -5 3. Provide an answering machine, voice-mail service or messaging service on superintendent's telephone. 4. Furnish superintendent with electronic
paging device or portable two-way radio for use when away from field office. 5. Provide a portable cellular telephone for superintendent's use in making and receiving telephone calls
when away from field office. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary
construction and support facilities for easy access. 2. Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet (9 m) of building
lines. Comply with NFPA 241. 3. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion
will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Common-Use Field Office: Provide an insulated, weathertight, air-conditioned field office for
use as a common facility by all personnel engaged in construction activities; of sufficient size to accommodate required office personnel and meetings of 10 persons at Project site.
Keep office clean and orderly. 1. Furnish and equip offices as follows: a. Desk and four chairs, four-drawer file cabinet, a plan table, a plan rack, and bookcase. b. Water cooler and
private toilet complete with water closet, lavatory, and medicine cabinet with mirror. c. Coffee machine and supplies, including regular and decaffeinated coffee, filters, cups, stirring
sticks, creamer, sugar, and sugar substitute. d. Provide a room of not less than 240 sq. ft. (22.5 sq. m) for Project meetings. Furnish room with conference table, 12 folding chairs,
and 4-foot-(1.2-m-) square tack board. C. Existing Elevator Usage: Use of Owner's existing elevators will be permitted, as long as elevators are cleaned and maintained in a condition
acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore elevators to condition existing before initial use, including replacing worn cables, guide shoes, and similar items of limited
life. 1. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect elevator car and entrance doors and frame. If, despite such protection, elevators become
damaged, engage elevator Installer to restore damaged work so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in field to the shop, make required repairs
and refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -6 D. Existing Stair Usage: Use of Owner's existing stairs will be permitted, as long as stairs are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable
to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore stairs to condition existing before initial use. 1. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect
stairs and to maintain means of egress. If, despite such protection, stairs become damaged, restore damaged areas so no evidence remains of correction work. 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION
FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and
noise. 1. Construct dustproof partitions of not less than nominal 3 5/8-inch metal studs, 5/8-inch (16-mm) gypsum wallboard with joints taped on both sides or vinyl-faced gypsum board
with edges butted. Where ductwork, conduit and other services make wall construction impossible, provide 2 layers of 3-mil (0.07-mm) polyethylene sheets, inside and outside temporary
enclosure above the ceiling line. 2. Insulate partitions to provide noise protection to occupied areas. 3. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security
locks. 4. Protect air-handling equipment. B. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire-protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities, install and maintain temporary fire-protection
facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241. 1. Provide fire extinguishers, installed on walls on mounting
brackets, visible and accessible from space being served, with sign mounted above. a. Field Offices: Class A stored-pressure water-type extinguishers. b. Other Locations: Class ABC dry-chemical
extinguishers or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures. c. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose; provide
not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stairwell. 2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations. 3. Maintain unobstructed access to
fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fireprotection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire-exposure areas. 4. Supervise
welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition. 5. Permanent Fire Protection: At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete
installation of permanent fire-protection facility, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -7 6. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and first-aid fire-protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with
local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 7. Provide hoses for fire protection of sufficient
length to reach construction areas. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size
and equip with suitable nozzles. 8. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only
and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. 3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use
of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating
condition until removal. Protect from damage caused by freezing temperatures and similar elements. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. 2. Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. .
C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Except for using permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent
facilities until Substantial Completion. D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of
a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials
and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -1 SECTION 01 60 00 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection
of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; product substitutions; and comparable products.
B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified. 2. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures"
for submitting warranties for Contract closeout. 3. Divisions 02 through 34 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and installations specified to be warranted.
1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the
terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation
shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated
into another project or facility, except that products consisting of recycled-content materials are allowed, unless explicitly stated otherwise. Products salvaged or recycled from other
projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through substitutionprocess Prior to bidding, or where indicated as an approved,
acceptable product on the Documents, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics
that equal or exceed those of specified product.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -2 B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by
Contractor. C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number
or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics
for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product List: Submit a list, in tabular form, showing specified products. Include generic
names of products required. Include manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each product. 1. Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals
Schedule. 2. Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following column headings: a. Specification Section number and title. b. Generic name used in the Contract Documents.
c. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations. d. Manufacturer's name and address. e. Supplier's name and address. f. Installer's name and address. g. Projected delivery
date or time span of delivery period. h. Identification of items that require early submittal approval for scheduled delivery date. 3. Initial Submittal: Within 24 hours after bid, submit
3 copies of initial product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contract requirements. Architect/Engineer and Owner can reject any suppliers
and manufacturers not listed in the Documents. 4. Completed List: Within 10 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of completed product list. Include a written
explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contract requirements. 5. Architect/Engineer's Action: Architect/Engineer will respond in writing to Contractor within 15 days
of receipt of completed product list. Architect/Engineer's response will include a list of unacceptable product selections and a brief explanation of reasons for this action. Architect/Engineer's
response, or lack of response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement to comply with the Contract Documents. B. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration.
Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -3 1. Substitution Request Form: Use form provided by Architect/Engineer. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the
following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided. b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed
to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant
qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific
features and requirements indicated. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested.
f. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. g. Material test reports from a qualified testing
agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. h. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project,
from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. i. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed substitution with products specified
for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer,
on manufacturer's letterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery. j. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. k. Contractor's certification
that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated. l. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment
or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. Architect/Engineer's Action: If necessary, Architect/Engineer
will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 5 days of receipt of request. a. Form of Acceptance: Change Order. b. Use product specified if Architect/Engineer
cannot
make a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. C. Substitution Product Requests (after bid date): Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify
product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Architect/Engineer's Action: If necessary,
Architect/Engineer will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect/Engineer will notify Contractor
of approval or rejection of
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -4 proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever
is later. a. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for any claims made against the Owner by the Architect/Engineer for review of Contractor requested substitutions. Reimbursement
shall be made by Change Order for the direct costs incurred by the Owner. The Architect/Engineer may make claims for substitutions requested by the Contractor for any reason except inability
to obtain a specified product or material within the contract time, due to no fault of the Contractor. b. Form of Approval: As specified in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures."
c. Use product specified if Architect/Engineer cannot make a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. D. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal:
Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option
of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.
1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors. 2. If a dispute arises between
contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect/Engineer will determine which products shall be used. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver,
store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and
Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure
minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged
condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4.
Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -5 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project
structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Store
cementitious products and materials on elevated platforms. 5. Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 6.
Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 7. Protect stored products from damage
and liquids from freezing. 8. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with
Owner. 1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's
disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written
warranty published by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated
into the Contract Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that
contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific
information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using appropriate form properly executed.
3. Refer to Divisions 02 through 34 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements
in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents,
that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -6 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.
2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully
in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where
products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect/Engineer will make selection. 5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is Architect/Engineer's.
6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish "salient characteristics" of products. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Product: Where
Specifications name a single product and manufacturer, provide the named product that complies with requirements. 2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer
or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. 3. Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers,
provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. 4. Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers
listed that complies with requirements. 5. Available Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed, or
an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 6. Available Manufacturers:
Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions
in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 7. Product Options: Where Specifications indicate that sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements
on Drawings are based on a specific product or system, provide the specified product or system. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product Substitutions" Article for consideration of
an unnamed product or system. 8. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified product or a comparable product
by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with
provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by the other named manufacturers. 9. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require
matching an established Sample, select a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect/Engineer's sample. Architect/Engineer's decision will be final on whether a proposed
product matches.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -7 a. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product
Substitutions" Article for proposal of product. 10. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures"
or a similar phrase, select a product that complies with other specified requirements. a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range of colors, patterns,
textures" or similar phrase, Architect/Engineer will select color, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that does not include premium items. b. Full Range: Where
Specifications include the phrase "full range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect/Engineer will select color, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's
product line that includes both standard and premium items. 2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Timing: Architect/Engineer will consider requests for substitution if received 10 days prior
to commencement of the. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect/Engineer. B. Conditions: Architect/Engineer will consider Contractor's
request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect/Engineer will return requests without action, except to
record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting
additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect/Engineer for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost
of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. 2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. 3. Requested substitution is consistent
with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. 4. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. 5. Requested substitution will not adversely affect
Contractor's Construction Schedule. 6. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. 7. Requested substitution is compatible with other
portions of the Work. 8. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. 9. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. 10. If requested substitution
involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable
to all contractors involved.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -8 2.3 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions: Architect/Engineer will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are
satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect/Engineer will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence
that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and
that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities
include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified
warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested.
PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION 01 73 00 -1 SECTION 01 73 00 -EXECUTION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but
not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. General installation of products. 3. Coordination of Owner-installed products. 4. Progress cleaning. 5. Starting and adjusting.
6. Protection of installed construction. 7. Correction of the Work. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for procedures
for coordinating field engineering with other construction activities. 2. Division 01 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3. Division 01 Section “Special Project
Procedures for Clean Room Construction” for procedural requirements for clean room construction and cleaning. 4. Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" for procedural requirements
for cutting and patching necessary for the installation or performance of other components of the Work. 5. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey
with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION 01 73 00 -2 PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other construction
indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting
the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services. B. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer
or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Written Report:
Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: a. Description of the Work. b. List of detrimental
conditions, including substrates. c. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. d. Recommended corrections. 2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility
with existing finishes or primers. 3. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 4.
Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 5. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by
Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner
not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission. B. Field Measurements: Take field
measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION 01 73 00 -3 other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress
to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions:
Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect/Engineer. Include a detailed description of problem encountered,
together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. Use RFI form provided by Architect/Engineer. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out
the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect/Engineer promptly. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components
of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to
maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Secure work true to
line and level, and within recognized industry tolerances. Allow for expansion and building movement. Provide uniform joint width in exposed work. Arrange joints in exposed work to obtain
the best visual effect. Refer questionable visual effect choices to the Architect/Engineer for final decision. 5. Adjustments to Work in Field: a. The Architect/Engineer reserves the
right to make minor adjustments (maximum of 10’-0”) in location of switches, blocking, ductwork, conduit, drains, piping, outlets, and/or equipment at no additional charge if so directed
prior to their installation. b. Where the drawings show equipment, casework, or the like, Contractors shall layout the work to prevent conflicts.l c. Where offsets in piping, additional
fittings, necessary drains, minor valves, traps and devices are required to complete the installation, to clear obstructions[ or the Work of other Contractors], or for the proper operation
of the system, these shall be deemed to be included in the Contract and shall be furnished and installed complete by the Contractor at no additional charge. B. Comply with manufacturer's
written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated, to the extent that these instructions and recommendations are more explicit or more stringent
than requirements indicated on the contract documents. Inspect each
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION 01 73 00 -4 item of material or equipment immediately prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will
ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Accessibility: 1. All installations shall be made to maintain
maximum headroom and clearance around equipment. When space and/or headroom appear inadequate, Contractor shall notify Architect/Engineer prior to proceeding with installation. No claims
for additional compensation shall be approved due to failure of the Contractor or his Subcontractor to comply with this requirement. 2. The Contractor shall locate all equipment, which
must be serviced, operated or maintained in fully accessible positions. Minor deviations from the contract drawings may be made to allow for better accessibility, but changes of magnitude
or which involve extra cost shall not be made without approval. 3. Ample space shall be allowed for removal of all parts that may require replacement or service in the future. 4. The
Contractor shall extend all grease fitting to an accessible location. E. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess
of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. G. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors
and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. 1. Allow for building movement, including thermal
expansion and contraction. H. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections
together to form hairline joints. I. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. J. Coordinate enclosure of the work with
required inspections and tests, so as to minimize the necessity of uncovering work for that purpose. K. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount individual units
of work at industry recognized standard mounting heights for the particular application indicated as required to comply with the provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
1. Confirm mounting heights with Architect/Engineer. 3.5 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction forces and Owner's subcontracted
services not within this contract.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION 01 73 00 -5 B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction forces and Owner's subcontracted services not within
this contract. 1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually
agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress. 2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction
forces and Owner's subcontracted services not within this contract at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend preinstallation
conferences conducted by Owner's construction forces and Owner's subcontracted services not within this contract if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction. 3.6 PROGRESS
CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce
requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold materials more than
7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C). 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other
waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where
work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work,
broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or
fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous
to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed
surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Cutting and Patching: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and
patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION 01 73 00 -6 1. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
H. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted. I. During handling and
installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration
at Substantial Completion. J. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate
operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. K. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or
in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. L. It is a requirement for supervision and administration of
the work that construction operations be carried out with the maximum possible consideration given to conservation of energy, water and materials. In addition, maximum consideration
shall be given to salvaging materials and equipment involved in performance of the work but not incorporated therein. 3.7 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating components
to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for
proper operation. C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Manufacturer's
Field Service: If a factory-authorized service representative is required to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, comply with qualification requirements in
Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements." 3.8 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain
conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative
humidity.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION 01 73 00 -7 1. Construction personnel shall exercise care and shall provide whatever protective measures are required to assure that their particular portions of the Work do
not damage or alter portions of the Work that have been previously installed, either partially or completely. 2. All Work so damaged or altered shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction
of the Architect/Engineer by the party whose Work has been affected, and expense thereof shall be borne by the party who caused the damage or alteration. 3. Water infiltration and mold
control: a. In the event of water or moisture infiltration, the Prime Contractor shall immediately take actions necessary to stop the infiltration at its source, remove the water or
moisture and thoroughly dry any affected materials, in accordance with The Institute Institute of Inspection, Cleaning and Restoration Certification (IICRC) S500, Standard and Reference
Guide for Professional Water Damage Restoration. This action must be taken no later than 24 hours after the occurrence of the infiltration. All damaged material shall be replaced with
new material unless otherwise agreed to by the Owner and Architect/Engineer in writing. b. If water or moisture results in the development of mold or fungal growth on an exposed or unexposed
material surface, the material shall be fully replaced with new material. Attempting to eliminate or contain the mold or fungal growth by applying products to the mold, covering over
the mold, or otherwise “removing” the mold from the surface is not acceptable. c. In the event of the occurrence of mold, the Prime Contractor shall employ the services of a qualified
environmental firm or industrial hygienist specializing in mold remediation and indoor air quality to determine the cause of the problem, recommend a program for remediation, confirm
that the problem has been remediated and that the mold has been removed entirely. 1) Firms specializing in water damage and mold remediation and indoor air quality include: a) Micro
Air, Inc., 317-293-1533, email-microair@microair.com, b) Bolden’s Cleaning and Restoration, Noblesville, IN, 317-773-7683 c) Clean Air Management, 877-449-7470 or 765-449-7470 d) Paul
Davis Restoration, Springfield, IL, (217) 544-4667, emaile) J. C. Restoration, Inc., Bensenville, IL, (630) 773-6699, emailf) Multi-Maintenance Cleaning and Restoration, Grays Lake,
IL, (847) 548-1911, emailg) Multi-Maintenance Cleaning and Restoration, Lake Forest, IL, (847) 295-0911, email-4. Mold discovered on existing materials during construction: If mold or
fungus growth is discovered on existing materials during construction activities, the Contractor shall: a. Notify the Owner and Architect/Engineer immediately, and in writing, detailing
the location, apparent extent and potential moisture source. b. Defer Work in the area of contamination until an abatement plan is formulated and implemented.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION 01 73 00 -8 c. Assist the Owner and Architect/Engineer in creating and implementing a remediation plan. The plan shall conform to the New York City Guidelines on Assessment
and Remediation of Fungi in Indoor Environments (available at ). C. Limit Exposures of the Work: To the extent possible through reasonable control and protection methods, supervise performance
of the work in such a manner and by such means which will ensure that none of the work, whether completed or in progress, will be subjected to harmful, dangerous, damaging or otherwise
deleterious exposure during the construction period. Such exposures include, where applicable, but are in no way limited to the following: 1. abrasion 2. air contamination 3. bacteria
4. chemicals 5. combustion 6. destructive testing 7. electrical current 8. excessive excessive weathering 9. excessive static loading 10. improper shipping or handing 11. incompatible
interface 12. excessive internal or dynamic loading 13. excessively high or low external pressures 14. heavy traffic 15. high speed operation 16. humidity 17. improper lubrication 18.
insect and/or vermin infestation 19. light 20. misalignment 21. pollution 22. puncture 23. radiation 24. soiling 25. solvents 26. temperatures 27. theft 28. thermal shock 29. unprotected
storage 30. unusual wear or other misuse 31. vandalism 32. water or ice 3.9 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates
and finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching."
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION 01 73 00 -9 1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.
B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired
without visible evidence of repair. D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. E. Remove and replace chipped,
scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 -1 SECTION 01 73 29 -CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B.
The Contractor or trade responsible for cutting or damaging existing work shall patch the Work to match its unaltered condition. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division
01 Section "Selective Demolition" for demolition of selected portions of the building for alterations. 2. Division 07 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for patching fire-rated
construction. 3. Divisions 02 through 31 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting:
Removal of existing construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions
after installation of other Work. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least 10 days before the time cutting and patching will
be performed, requesting approval to proceed. Include the following information: 1. Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate why they cannot
be avoided.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 -2 2. Changes to Existing Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes
in building's appearance and other significant visual elements. 3. Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work. 4. Dates: Indicate when cutting
and patching will be performed. 5. Utilities: List utilities that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List utilities that will be relocated and those that will be
temporarily out of service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted. 6. Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit
details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with original structure. 7. Architect/Engineer's Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal
before cutting and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and
patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related
components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. C. Miscellaneous
Elements: Do not cut and patch the following elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform
as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 1. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. 2. Membranes and flashings. 3. Exterior curtain-wall
construction. 4. Equipment supports. 5. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. 6. Noise-and vibration-control elements and systems. D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction
in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect/Engineer's
opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. E. Cutting and Patching Conference:
Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict.
Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 -3 1.6 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations,
by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications.
B. Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of existing materials. PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which which cutting and patching are to be performed. 1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility
with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide
protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining
areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Existing Services: Where existing services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services before
cutting to minimize or avoid interruption of services to occupied areas.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 -4 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time,
and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore
surfaces to their original condition. 2. Costs for cutting and patching due to ill-timed or defective work shall be the responsibility of party responsible for ill-timed, rejected or
non-conforming work. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely
to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In
general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum
disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3.
Concrete: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections where
required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining
portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.
C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible
as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched
areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining
construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another,
patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace
with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and
apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 -5 containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as
necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition. 6.
Fire Separation: Patched areas shall maintain original or proposed fire separation ratings. END OF SECTION 01731
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -1 SECTION 01 77 00 -CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract
closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Occupancy notification of authorities with jurisdiction. 3. Project Record Documents. 4. Operation
and maintenance manuals. 5. Warranties. 6. Instruction of Owner's personnel. 7. Final cleaning. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures"
for requirements for Applications for Payment for Substantial and Final Completion. 2. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Reporting" for submitting Final Completion construction
photographs and negatives. 3. Division 01 Section "Photographic Documentation" for submitting Final Completion construction photographs and negatives. 4. Division 01 Section "Execution"
for progress cleaning of Project site. 5. Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 6. Division 01
Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 7. Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instruction of Owner's
personnel. 8. Divisions 2 through 33 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for products of those Sections. 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -2 A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that
are incomplete in request. 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. Proceed to
complete all incomplete items on list. 2. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents in the Operation
and Maintenance Manuals. 3. Complete all systems testing, obtain and submit releases/certifications permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities.
Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases, including but not limited limited to the following: a. Medical gas system certification of testing & operation.
b. Fire Protection system certification of testing & operation. c. Fire alarm system certification of testing & operation. d. Elevator permits from state agency. e. Approval certificate
from local Fire Marshal or Agency having jurisdiction. f. Certificate of Occupancy from local government agency. g. Generator certification of testing and operation. h. Fire proofing
material test reports for thickness and density required by the contract documents. 4. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of
changeover in security provisions. 5. Complete startup testing of systems. 6. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and
similar elements. 7. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 8. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion when noted incomplete items are complete. On receipt of request, Architect/Engineer will either proceed
with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect/Engineer will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor
of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect/Engineer, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request
reinspection when all Work items identified in previous inspections as incomplete are completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for
Final Completion. C. Substantial Completion Inspection Report: The following items may be included in the Inspection Report attached to the Certificate of Substantial Completion: 1.
Minor items that require completion and/or repair for the Work to comply with the Contract Documents.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -3 2. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, Final Completion construction photographs [and photographic negatives],
damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner.
Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. Obtain Owner’s signed receipt for delivered items. 4. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 5. Advise Owner of changeover
in heat and other utilities. 6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. 1.4 FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting
final inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." 2.
Submit certified copy of Architect/Engineer's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect/Engineer. The
certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with
insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and
systems. B. Final Inspection: When all items have been completed, submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance and stating that all work is complete. 1.5 LIST OF INCOMPLETE
ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Preparation: Submit three copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items
needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior
areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors,
equipment, and building systems. 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -4 A. General: Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Protect Project Record Documents from deterioration and loss. Provide access
to Project Record Documents for Architect/Engineer's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain and submit one set of black-line white prints of Contract Drawings
and Shop Drawings. 1. Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data,
whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements
that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. b. Accurately record information in an an understandable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it.
Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. d. Mark Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely
and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on Contract Drawings. 2. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between
changes for different categories of the Work at the same location. 3. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 4.
Note Construction Change Directive numbers, Change Order numbers, alternate numbers, and similar identification where applicable. 5. Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the
designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. Organize into manageable sets; bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. C.
Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. Mark copy to indicate the actual product installation where installation
varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be
readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options
selected. 3. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Product Data, where applicable. D. Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal. Mark one set to
indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products
and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -5 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related
Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Record Specifications, where applicable. E. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections
for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.
1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating the operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment
not part of a system. Include operation and maintenance data required in individual Specification Sections and as follows: 1. Operation Data: a. Emergency instructions and procedures.
b. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions, including operating standards. c. Operating procedures, including startup, shutdown, seasonal, and weekend operations. d. Description
of controls and sequence of operations. e. Piping diagrams. 2. Maintenance Data: a. Manufacturer's information, including list of spare parts. b. Name, address, and telephone number
of Installer or supplier. c. Maintenance procedures. d. Maintenance and service schedules for preventive and routine maintenance. e. Maintenance record forms. f. Sources of spare parts
and maintenance materials. g. Copies of maintenance service agreements. h. Copies of warranties and bonds. B. Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable
size. Bind and index data in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, with pocket inside the covers to receive folded oversized
sheets. Identify each binder on front and spine with the printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," and the following: 1. Project name 2. Building name 3. Floor 4. Trade/Specification
division
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -6 1.8 WARRANTIES A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect/Engineer for designated portions of the Work where commencement of
warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated. B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the
Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor. C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based
on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents,
and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch (115-by-280-mm) paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product
or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each
binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation
and maintenance manuals. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned.
Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. Instruction:
Instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. 1. Provide instructors experienced in operation and maintenance procedures.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -7 2. Provide factory-authorized service instruction at mutually agreed-upon times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction
at the start of each season. 3. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days' advance notice. 4. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length
of instruction, and course content. B. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and equipment not part of a system,
as required by individual Specification Sections. For each training module, develop a learning objective and teaching outline. Include instruction for the following: 1. System design
and operational philosophy. 2. Review of documentation. 3. Operations. 4. Adjustments. 5. Troubleshooting. 6. Maintenance. 7. Repair. 3.2 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Provide final cleaning.
Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced
workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with
manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for
a portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter,
and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to
a smooth, even-textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building.
f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -8 weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces,
including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar
soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing
compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch
surfaces. k. Remove labels that are not permanent. l. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily
repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. 1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint
so applied. m. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, [elevator equipment,] and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign
substances. n. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. o. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure.
p. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. q. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated
without filters during construction. r. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by
hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. s. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous
materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 -1 SECTION 01 78 23 -OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,
including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural
requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory. 2. Emergency manuals. 3. Operation manuals
for systems, subsystems, and equipment. 4. Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of products, materials, and finishes and systems and equipment. B. Related Sections include
the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for
submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 3. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for preparing Record Drawings for operation and maintenance manuals. 4. Divisions 2 through
16 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual requirements for products in those Sections. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems
united by regular interaction. B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Initial Submittal: Submit 2 draft copies of each manual
at least 15 days before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion. Include a complete operation and maintenance
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 -2 directory. Architect/Engineer will return 1 copy of draft and mark whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable. B. Final Submittal:
Submit 1 copy of each manual in final form at least 15 days before final inspection. Architect/Engineer will return copy with comments within 15 days after final inspection. 1. Correct
or modify each manual to comply with Architect/Engineer's comments. Submit 3 copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect/Engineer's comments. 1.5 COORDINATION
A. Where operation and maintenance documentation includes information on installations by more than one factory-authorized service representative, assemble and coordinate information
furnished by representatives and prepare manuals. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY A. Organization: Include a section in the directory for each
of the following: 1. List of documents. 2. List of systems. 3. List of equipment. 4. Table of contents. B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references
to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system. C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces
of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list. D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual. E. Identification:
In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with the same designation used in the Contract Documents.
If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." 2.2 MANUALS, GENERAL
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 -3 A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section
for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B.
Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address
of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor. 6. Name and address of Architect/Engineer. 7. Architect/Engineer’s project number. 8. Cross-reference
to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume,
and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive
table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment.
If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. 1. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in
thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch (115-by-280-mm) paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets
inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related
components. Crossreference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. b. Identify each binder on front and
spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. 2. Dividers: Heavy-paper
dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each
divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 -4 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software diskettes or CD-ROMs for computerized electronic
equipment. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch (115-by-280-mm), 20-lb/sq. ft. (75-g/sq. m) white bond paper. 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings
and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and
place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents,
and drawing locations. 2.3 EMERGENCY MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following: 1. Type of emergency. 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency
procedures. B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and
component: 1. Fire. 2. Flood. 3. Gas leak. 4. Water leak. 5. Power failure. 6. Water outage. 7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure. 8. Chemical release or spill. C. Emergency Instructions:
Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer,
supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties. D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Instructions on stopping. 2. Shutdown instructions for each type
of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and
procedures. 2.4 OPERATION MANUALS
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 -5 A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following
information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating
procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and
renewal dates. B. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4.
Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation
and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic
systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. E. Piped Systems:
Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification. 2.5 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 -6 A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information,
maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product
name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference
Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color,
pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations
and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services.
F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to
follow and required notifications for warranty claims. 2.6 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system,
include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance
service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below. B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in the manual, identified
by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and
cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following
information for each component part or piece of equipment:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 -7 1. Standard printed maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly
and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. D. Maintenance
Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against
improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and
training videotape, if available. E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules
for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual,
and annual frequencies. 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance. F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement
and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. G. Maintenance
Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists
of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1
MANUAL PREPARATION A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 -8 B. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating
personnel for types of emergencies indicated. C. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and
finish incorporated into the Work. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system,
subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece
of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. E. Manufacturers'
Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component
incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable
to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. 1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is
necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. F. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component
parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Record Drawings to ensure correct illustration
of completed installation. 1. Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared Record Drawings
in Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents." G. Comply with Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for the schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. END
OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39 -1 SECTION 01 78 39 -PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project
Record Documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Multiple
Contract Summary" for coordinating Project Record Documents covering the Work of multiple contracts. 2. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 3. Division
1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 4. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record Documents
of products in those Sections. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit copies of Record Drawings as follows: a. Submit one sets of marked-up
Record black-line drawings. b. When submitting any portion of the Record Drawings using electronic media, submit in AutoCAD, version 2000 or 2007 on CD-ROM. Reference Division 01 Section
”Submittal Procedures” for Record shop drawing requirements. B. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. C. Record
Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39 -2 1. Where Record Product Data is required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit marked-up Product Data as an insert in the manual instead
of submittal as Record Product Data. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of black-line white prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1.
Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual
or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult
to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check
the markup before enclosing concealed installations. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations below first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order. k. Changes
made following Architect/Engineer's written orders. l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on
the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions,
completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish
between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39 -3 6. Note Alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Record Drawings: Immediately before inspection
for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up Record Prints with Architect/Engineer. 2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual
product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products
and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including
substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of the manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. For
each principal product, indicate whether Record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as Record Product Data. 5. Note related Change
Orders, Record Drawings, and Product Data where applicable. 2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies
substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and
recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders,
Record Drawings, and Product Data where applicable. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record
keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39 -4 A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project Record Document purposes. Post changes and modifications
to Project Record Documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project. B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the field office
apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible
condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect/Engineer 's reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 79 00 -1 SECTION 01 79 00 -DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including
General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements
for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following: 1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems,
subsystems, and equipment. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Allowances" for administrative and procedural requirements for demonstration and training
allowances. 2. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements for preinstruction conferences. 3. Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation" for preparing
and submitting demonstration and training videotapes. C. Allowances: Furnish demonstration and training instruction time under the Demonstration and Training Allowance as specified in
Division 1 Section "Allowances." D. Unit Price for Instruction Time: Length of instruction time will be measured by actual time spent performing demonstration and training in required
location. No payment will be made for time spent assembling educational materials, setting up, or cleaning up. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Instruction Program: Submit two copies of outline of
instructional program for demonstration and training, including a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include
learning objective and outline for each training module. 1. At completion of training, submit one complete training manual for Owner's use. B. Qualification Data: For firms and persons
specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 79 00 -2 names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. C. Attendance Record: For each training module,
submit list of participants and length of instruction time. D. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and documentation of performance-based test.
E. Demonstration and Training Videotape: Submit two copies at end of each training module. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training
or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a
record of successful learning performance. B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements,"
experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training. C. Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project
Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspect and discuss locations and other
facilities required for instruction. 2. Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of educational materials, instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and
facilities needed to avoid delays. 3. Review required content of instruction. 4. For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures
to follow if conditions are unfavorable. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations.
B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content. C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of
approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 79 00 -3 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each
system and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections, and as follows: 1. Motorized doors, including folding accordion fire rated doors. 2. Fire-protection
systems, including fire alarm and fire-extinguishing systems. 3. Medical equipment, including medical gas equipment and piping. 4. Heat generation, including pumps and water distribution
piping. 5. Refrigeration systems, including pumps and distribution piping. 6. HVAC systems, including air distribution systems and terminal equipment and devices. 7. HVAC instrumentation
and controls. 8. Electrical service and distribution, including panelboards, uninterruptible power supplies and motor controls. 9. Lighting equipment and controls. 10. Communication
systems, including intercommunication, surveillance, clocks and programming ,voice and data and televisionequipment. B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline
for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following: 1. Basis of System
Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following: a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated
design responsibility. c. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves. 2. Documentation:
Review the following items in detail: a. Emergency manuals. b. Operations manuals. c. Maintenance manuals. d. Project Record Documents. e. Identification systems. f. Warranties and bonds.
g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments. 3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 79 00 -4 a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. c. Shutdown instructions for each
type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and
procedures. 4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable: a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation
and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Safety procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures for emergencies. j. Operating
procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating
instructions and procedures. 5. Adjustments: Include the following: a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.
6. Troubleshooting: Include the following: a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures. 7. Maintenance: Include the following: a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of
cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning e. Procedures for preventive
maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools. 8. Repairs: Include the following: a. Diagnosis instructions.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 79 00 -5 b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying
parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including
documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a combined training manual. B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location. 3.2 INSTRUCTION A. Facilitator:
Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants,
instruction times, and location. B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of
a system. 1. Architect will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operational requirements, criteria, and regulatory requirements. 2. Owner will furnish an instructor
to describe Owner's operational philosophy. 3. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants. C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times.
For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season. 1. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days' advance notice. D. Evaluation:
At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's mastery of module by use of an oral performance-based test. E. Demonstration and Training Videotape: Record
each training module separately. Include classroom instructions and demonstrations, board diagrams, and other visual aids, but not student practice. 1. Comply with requirements in Division
1 Section "Photographic Documentation." 2. At beginning of each training module, record each chart containing learning objective and lesson outline.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 79 00 -6 F. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and give to Owner. Remove instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to
condition existing before initial training use. END OF SECTION
Division 06 Wood, Plastics, and Composites
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WOOD TREATMENT 06 05 73 -1 SECTION 06 05 73 — WOOD TREATMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Fire-retardant treatment for wood products furnished under other sections.
B. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Rough Carpentry” 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Lumber Standards Committee (ALSC): 1. Treated Wood Program B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. E
84 – Methods of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2. E 136 – Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C C. American
Wood Preservers Association (AWPA): 1. C 20 – Structural Lumber -Fire-Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes 2. C 27 – Plywood -Fire-Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes 3. C
31 – Lumber Used Out of Contact with the Ground and Continuously Protected From Liquid Water -Treatment by Pressure Processes 4. E 12 – Standard Method of Determining Corrosion of Metal
in Contact with Treated Wood D. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): 1. UL-723 – Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.
Fastener corrosion: AWPA E 12; products shall not promote increased rate of corrosion over untreated wood. B. Preservatives shall not be more toxic or irritating to humans or animals
than untreated wood. C. Structural properties: 1. Wood treatment shall not reduce structural properties of wood less than 65 percent of untreated wood of the same species.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WOOD TREATMENT 06 05 73 -2 2. Span rating for plywood products: wood treatment shall not reduce span ratings of plywood Span-Rated Sturd-I-Floor and Sheathing products. 1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit the following for each type of wood treatment specified: 1. Product data 2. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) information 3. Storage, handling, and disposal instructions
B. Material Certificates: For dimension lumber, indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer qualifications: provide products manufactured in compliance with the ALSC Treated Lumber Program. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Fire retardant treated wood products:
1. Provide manufacturer’s standard 40-year minimum warranty against structural failure due to the affects of heat or humidity. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide wood products
treated with the treatment products of one of the following manufacturers: 1. Arch Wood Protection 2. Chemical Specialties, Inc. 3. Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc. 4. Osmose, Inc.
2.2 FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT A. General: Comply with performance requirements in AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). 1. Use Interior Type A, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Comply
with requirements of UL 753 or ASTM E 84, when tested for 30 minutes: a. Flame spread: less than 25, travel less than 10.5 feet.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WOOD TREATMENT 06 05 73 -3 b. Smoke developed: less than 25 B. Moisture content: 1. Lumber products: Kiln-dry after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent. 2. Panel products:
Kiln-dry after treatment to maximum moisture content of 18 percent. C. Identification: 1. Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of testing and
inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Fire retardant treatment shall include a distinctive color dye, shaded from pink to red, except for wood exposed to
view in occupied areas. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Furring, blocking & framing: 1. All concealed wood within ceilings, interior partitions, etc., shall have fire retardant
treatment. 2. Work within exterior veneers, walls, or roof assemblies shall have fire retardant treatment. B. Work in contact with grade, below grade, and/or subject to contact with
moisture shall have preservative treatment. 3.2 FABRICATION A. Comply with manufacturer’s instructions for handling, fabricating and disposing of treated wood products. B. Fire retardant
treated wood members shall not be milled or ripped. C. Fire retardant treated products may be cut or drilled in accordance with treatment manufacturer’s written instructions. END OF
SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-1 SECTION 06 10 00 — ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Rough carpentry 2. Wood blocking and nailers. 3. Wood furring and grounds.
4. Wood overlayment 5. Telecommunications back boards 6. Plywood backing panels. 7. Coordinate locations and install concealed wood blocking for items included in other Sections of the
Specifications. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Wood Treatment” 2. Division 06 Section “Finish Carpentry” 3. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Assemblies” 4. Division 10 Section
“Toilet Accessories” 5. Division 12 Section “Manufactured Plastic-Laminated-Clad Casework” 1.2 REFERENCES A. Publications of the following institutes, associates, societies, and agencies
are referenced in this section. 1. AF&PA/AWC – American Forest & Paper Association //AWC – American Wood Council a. NDS – National Design Specification for Wood Construction b. Details
for Conventional Wood Frame Construction 2. ALSC – American Lumber Standard Committee 3. APA – The Engineered Wood Association 4. U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards
and Technology a. DOC PS 1 – U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood b. DOC PS 2 – Performance Standard for Wood-Based Structural-Use Panels c. DOC PS 20 – American
Softwood Lumber Standard 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Forest Certification: For the following wood products, provide materials produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited
certification body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria":
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-2 1. Dimension lumber framing. 2. Laminated veneer lumber. 3. Miscellaneous lumber. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMBER A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of
grading agencies indicated. Provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency
certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber
indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece or omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency.
3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Grounds, furring, and blocking: Kiln dried, 15% M.C., No. 2 Southern Pine in accordance with SPA grading rules a. Manufactured
blocking for metal stud walls: At Contractor’s option, provide manufactured wood blocking system: 1) Acceptable products: Dietrich Metal Framing, Danback Wood Backing Plate 5. Species:
Locally available, or as indicated. 2.2 PLYWOOD A. General: 1. DOC PS1, of type, veneer grade, and glue type indicated. 2. Thickness: As required for span rating or as indicated on Drawings.
3. Species: Locally available, or in accordance with grade and performance requirements. B. Plywood for blocking or interior wall use: 1. APA C-C plugged Interior, Exposure 1 C. Plywood
for telecommunications back boards: 1. APA A-C Interior, with exterior glue 2.3 FASTENERS A. Fasteners used for anchorage of wood blocking, framing and sheathing shall consist of nails,
screws, bolts and nuts, toggle bolts, expansion anchors, powder-actuated anchors, and the like of types and sizes best suited for each particular condition
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-3 B. Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified. C. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272. D. Bolts: Steel bolts complying
with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, unless otherwise indicated, flat washers. 2.4 TREATMENT A. Fire retardant treatment
application: Treat all rough carpentry, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Concealed blocking. 2. Plywood backing panels. 3. Telecommunications back boards PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Prior to all Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of all other trades and verify that all Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly
commence. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Selection of lumber pieces: 1. Carefully select all members; select individual pieces so that knots and obvious defects will not interfere with placing
bolts or proper nailing or making proper connections. 2. Cut out and discard all defects which will render a piece unable to serve its intended function; lumber may be rejected by the
Architect/Engineer, whether or not it has been installed, for excessive warp, twist, bow, crook, mildew, fungus, or mold, as well as for improper cutting and fitting. B. Installation:
1. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA/AWC "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. 2. Fastening Standard: Comply with AF&PA/AWC "National Design
Specification for Wood Construction" 3. Utilize materials and workmanship techniques in accordance with the best acceptable practices of the trade. 4. Framing shall be cut square and
produce joints true, tight and securely anchored with all members assembled in accordance and with all pertinent codes, regulations, and standards. 5. Blocking shall be kerfed as required
to to fit flush with face of stud when installed. 6. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-4 7. Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. 8. Use wood members of sizes indicated on the
Drawings or of adequate sizes to provide adequate anchorage or support for each particular condition. 9. Take care not to split or otherwise damage materials or weaken anchorage. a.
Anchor materials directly; do not "clench" or bend fasteners around materials for purposes of anchorage 10. Fastening and anchorage: a. Provide all metal fastenings required to secure
items in place and to each other. b. Typical anchorage of wood items shall be with flat-head wood or general purpose screws, unless otherwise indicated. 1) Use No. 8 screws for 2x3 lumber
and smaller and for plywood panels. 2) Fully countersink all screws, except toed screws in in concealed locations. 3) Use screws of size and type required for installation of sheathing,
in accordance with panel manufacturer’s recommendations c. Bolting of wood items, where not otherwise indicated, shall be minimum 1/2 inch diameter at 48 inches on center. 1) Recess
heads of bolts to be flush or slightly below surface. d. Use toggle bolts in hollow masonry and expansion anchors in solid masonry and concrete, 1/4 inch diameter minimum. e. No fasteners
shall be exposed in the completed work. 11. Refer to Division 06 Section “Wood Treatment” for treatment of cut edges of treated wood. Treat cut edges prior to assembly. 3.3 APPLICATION
A. Blocking, Grounds and Screeds: 1. Blocking locations, include, but are not limited to: a. Door wall stops b. Toilet partitions c. Wall mounted toilet accessories d. Casework e. Stair
and safety handrails mounted to stud framed walls. f. Wall protection bump rails g. Where required by other Sections of this Specification. 2. Blocking shall be installed the full width
of stud space at height to center on attached item anchorage, kerfed at metal stud flanges to fit flush with studs, and be anchored with a minimum of 2 fasteners at each stud. 3. Where
toilet partitions are supported at walls by continuous brackets, provide 2x blocking full height of partition to ceiling of sufficient width to receive bracket fasteners, kerfed to nest
flush in studs, and anchored at 16 inches on center, minimum. 4. Furnish sufficient blocking to support ceiling mounted I.V. tracks, cubicle curtains, drapery tracks and miscellaneous
items. Coordinate with installation of ceiling framing, grid and ceiling panels. B. Grounds: 1. Install where indicated.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-5 2. Grounds shall be of thickness indicated and of sufficient width for the purpose intended. C. Screeds: 1. Screeds shall be set where alignment of
surfaces is necessary. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -1 SECTION 06 40 00 — ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Standing and running trim 2. Wood paneling 3. Custom
wood casework a. Manufactured casework is permissible if constructed to conform to these specifications and casework matches elevations and details. 4. Countertops installed on wood
casework 5. Countertops installed on wall brackets 6. Plastic laminate fabrications 7. Open shelving 8. Solid surface tops 9. Tack surfaces installed on casework 10. Finishing of woodwork
B. Related sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Finish Carpentry” 2. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies”, for tile backer board 3. Division 09 Section “Resilient Flooring” 4.
Division 09 Section “Carpeting” 5. Division 09 Section “Painting” 6. Division 12 Section “Manufactured Plastic-Laminate-Clad Casework” 7. Division 23 – Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning
8. Division 26 – Electrical 1.2 REFERENCES A. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI): 1. Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated, Eighth Edition 2. Quality Certification
Program B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): LD-3 – High-Pressure Decorative Laminates 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -2 1. For manufactured casework, submit manufacturer's catalogs showing their complete line of casework, including their standard specifications. 2. Submit
manufacturer’s literature, including installation instructions, for all products furnished under this Section. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings, in plan, elevation, and section,
of all woodwork and custom casework showing materials, methods of construction, and methods of attachment to adjacent work. a. Indicate product manufacturers, model numbers and colors
on shop drawings. b. Show details full size for ornate or complex work. 2. Show casework in complete elevations showing all interconnected units, corresponding base and upper units,
tops, casework supported equipment, and building elements on same elevation. 3. Show centerlines of all cutouts, locating them from adjacent finished walls or floors, or both. 4. Show
locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, including concealed blocking and reinforcing specified in other Sections. C. Samples: 1. Custom Casework: a. Submit plastic
laminate samples for cabinet panels and countertops. b. Submit color samples for edge moldings c. Submit samples of all cabinet hardware items in selected colors. d. Submit solid surface
material samples; 6 inch by 6 inch. 2. Woodwork: a. Lumber with or for transparent finish: 6 x 3/4” x 18” (300 x 19 x 450 mm) for each species and cut, finished on one side and one edge.
b. Wood-veneer-faced panel products, with or for transparent finish, 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm), for each species and cut. Include at least one face-veneer seam and finish one-half
of face as specified. 1) Step finish materials on sample to show and clearly define each coat. 2) Provide separate samples of unfaced panel product used for core. D. Test Reports: Fire-test-response
characteristics as determined by testing identical products per ASTM test method indicated by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction. E. Fabricator qualifications: 1. Provide copy of current AWI Quality Certification Program Certification letter. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm
experienced in producing architectural woodwork similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity
to produce required units. 1. AWI Quality Certification Program (QCP) Certified
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -3 B. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed architectural woodwork similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated
for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. C. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural
Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated" for indicated grades of interior architectural woodwork, casework, construction, installation, finishes, and other requirements. 1. Provide AWI
Quality Certification Program certificate indicating that woodwork, including finishing and installation, complies with requirements of grades specified. a. Contractor shall register
the Work under this section with the AWI Quality Certification Program (phone 800-449-8811) b. Certify work under AWI “Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated” sections
400, 500, 1500, 1600, 1700 D. Custom casework and countertops: 1. General Fabrication Quality: a. AWI Premium Grade: Factory assembled 1) Work may be sectionalized for a job site reconnection
b. Follow AWI standards unless the requirements of this section are more stringent. 2. Plastic Laminate: a. International Organization of Standardization (ISO) 3. Solid Surface Materials:
a. Fabricators and installers of these materials must comply with manufacturer's certification program. E. Woodwork: 1. In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations,
comply with "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, Guide Specification and Quality Certification Program," published by the Architectural Woodwork Institute. 2. Work shall comply
with Premium Grade, unless otherwise indicated. F. Forest Certification: Provide interior architectural woodwork produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited
certification body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria." 1. Dimension lumber framing. 2. Laminated veneer lumber. 3. Miscellaneous lumber. G. Surface-Burning Characteristics:
Finished products shall not exceed values indicated below, tested per ASTM E 84 for standard time period (10 minutes). 1. Flame Spread: 75. 2. Smoke Developed: 450. 3. Identify fire-retardant-treated
material with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency in the form of separable paper label or, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, imprint on
surfaces of materials that will be concealed from view after installation.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -4 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Protection: 1. Store materials in fabricator’s protective packaging or covered with tarps or covers
suitable to prevent damage from incidental moisture, abrasion, or other mechanical damage. a. Tarps shall permit the passage of water vapor and shall not accumulate moisture beneath
them. 2. Store materials indoors at temperatures between 60° F and 80° F and less than 60 percent relative humidity. a. Provide temporary heating, cooling or humidity control if necessary
to maintain required conditions. B. Before installing woodwork, permit it to reach room temperature and stabilized moisture content. C. Handle products carefully to avoid damaging edges
or units in any way. 1. Replace damaged materials with new materials prior to installation in the Work. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install
woodwork until building is enclosed, wetwork is completed, work above ceilings is complete, and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at occupancy
levels during the remainder of the construction period. 1. Maintain temperature and humidity, so that woodwork will be within plus or minus 1.0 percent of optimum moisture content from
date of installation through remainder of construction period. B. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other construction, check actual dimensions of other
construction by accurate field measurements before fabrication, and show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid
delaying the Work. C. Verify locations of concealed framing, blocking, reinforcements, and furring that support woodwork by accurate field measurements before being enclosed. Record
measurements on final shop drawings. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Mechanical and electrical provisions: 1. Sinks, trim, traps, drain lines, and foot control valves shall be integrated into casework
construction. 2. Lights, film viewers, outlets, switches, communications, and alarms shall be integrated into casework construction.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -5 a. Lamps and ballasts shall comply with the requirements of Division 26 Section “Interior Lighting”. B. Blocking: 1. Coordinate location of blocking
behind all casework mounting. 2. Provide all blocking required for anchorage or support of all woodwork items where such blocking is not to be installed concealed in walls or bulkheads.
3. Coordinate all concealed blocking to be provided under Division 06 Section ”Rough Carpentry”. 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENT A. Responsibility: 1. Measure actual room dimension at the site,
prior to fabrication, to assure proper fit and installation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 FABRICATORS: A. Available Fabricators: Subject to compliance with requirements, fabricators offering
millwork that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Advanced Cabinet Systems 765 677-8000 2. Antreasian Design 317 546-3234 3. American
Commercial Cabinetry 317 788-9533 4. Cabinets Plus By Patrick Geer 765 642-0329 5. Fredericks, Inc. 765 778-7588 6. Indianapolis Woodworking, Inc. 317 841-7800 7. Laminique 317 263-0172
8. Marc Woodworking, Inc. 317 635-9663 9. Midwest Cabinet Solutions 765 664-3942 10. Möbelwerks, Inc. 317 299-6000 11. P. R. Bean Co. LLC 812 254-3761 12. Sims Cabinet Company, Inc.
317 634-1747 13. Southeastern Supply Co., Inc. 317 359-9551 14. Southern Indiana Millwork, Inc. 812 346-6129 B. AWI Certified Fabricators: For Work specified to comply with the AWI Quality
Certification Program, fabricator shall be currently listed as an AWI Certified Fabricator for the type of work specified. C. Available manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
modular casework manufacturers offering woodwork that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Advanced Cabinet Systems
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -6 2. Case Systems, Inc. 3. LSI Corporation of America, Inc. 4. Stevens Industries, Inc. 5. TMI 2.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims,
and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Screws: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply
with ASME B18.6.1 for applicable requirements. 1. For metal framing supports, provide screws as recommended by metal-framing manufacturer. C. Nails: Select material, type, size, and
finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF-N-105 for applicable requirements. D. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage.
Provide nonferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed steel or lead
expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. 2.3 STANDING & RUNNING TRIM A. Interior: 1. AWI quality grade: Premium grade for clear finish 2. Solid wood: Cherry 2.4 FLUSH PANELING/WOOD
VENEER A. Hardwood veneer finished wall panels: 1. AWI quality grade: Premium grade for clear finish 2. Panel thickness: nominal 3/4 inch 3. Core: Medium density overlay (MDO), Class
A rated per ASTM E84 4. Face: Plain sliced cherry 5. Book match between veneer leaves 6. Balance match assembly of veneer leaves on panel faces. 7. Continuous match veneers at vertically
adjacent panels. a. Panel match using premanufactured sets, full width 8. Jointing: a. Panel joints: Butt joint with hardwood spline.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -7 2.5 ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS A. Adhesives, General: 1. Do not use adhesives that contain urea formaldehyde. 2. Acceptable types: a. Polyvinyl Acetate:
white glue b. Contact cements c. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Unpigmented contact cement, Contact cement, PVA, Resorcinol. B. VOC Limits for Installation Adhesives, Glues,
and Sealants: Use installation adhesives and sealants that comply with SCAQMD Rule 1168 limits for VOC content, calculated in accordance with Rule 1168, less water and exempt compounds:
1. Wood Glues: 30 g/L. 2. Contact Adhesive: 250 g/L. 3. Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L 4. Plastic Cement Welding: 250 g/L 5. Adhesive Primer for Plastic: 550 g/L 6. Aerosol
Adhesives: Comply with GreenSeal GS-36 -Standard for Commercial Adhesives, VOC content by weight, minus water: a. General Purpose Mist Spray: 65 percent b. General Purpose Web Spray:
55 percent c. Special Purpose Aerosol Adhesives, all types: 70 percent 7. Sealants and Sealant Primers: a. Sealants: 250 g/L b. Sealant primers, non-porous substrates: 250 g/L c. Sealant
primers, porous substrates: 775 g/L 2.6 COUNTERTOPS AND PLASTIC LAMINATE FABRICATIONS A. Plastic laminate: 1. Description: Melamine impregnated surface papers pressed over phenolic-resin
impregnated kraft paper layers at high pressure and temperature, manufactured by one of the following manufacturers: a. Formica b. Laminart c. Wilsonart d. Nevamar e. Pionite 2. Types
and uses: a. General purpose: 1) Grade 10/HGS (ISO), GP50 (NEMA) 2) Thickness: 0.048 inches 3) Finish: Matte b. Colors: As noted on Drawings. Provide only the product indicated. 3. Postformed
plastic laminate:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -8 a. Grade 12/HGP (ISO), PF42 (NEMA) b. Thickness: 0.038 inches c. Finish: Matte d. Colors: As noted on Drawings. Provide only the product indicated.
4. Core board: a. Description: Unless noted otherwise on Drawings, all cabinet components shall be constructed of three-ply fine surfaced, Industrial Grade particleboard. 1) Provide
panels complying with ANSI A208.1 M3, Industrial Grade 2) Density: 45 lbs. per cubic foot, minimum 3) Thickness: 3/4", unless noted otherwise 4) Seal all faces and edges prior to lamination.
b. Special construction: 1) Plastic laminate finished sink base cabinets shall be constructed of water resistant particleboard. 2) Plastic laminate finished countertops at locations
with sinks, ice machines, or other water producing appliances shall be constructed of water water resistant particleboard. c. Flexible-core board: 1) Manufacturer kerfed particle board
panel with treated face paper suitable for use with plastic laminates and contact adhesives. 2) Reference standard: a) Interior Products Incorporated; Kerfkore 3) Thickness: 3/4 inch
4) Use with postformed plastic laminate B. Solid surface material: 1. Description: A solid non-porous homogeneous surfacing material composed of natural material and high-performance
acrylic or polyester. 2. Products: Refer to the Interior Finish Schedule on the Drawings for indication of product. 3. Thickness: 1/2 inch minimum for horizontal application, 1/4 inch
minimum for vertical application a. Colors: As noted on Drawings. Provide only the product indicated. 2.7 CUSTOM CASEWORK A. Plastic laminate: 1. Description: Melamine impregnated surface
papers pressed over phenolic-resin impregnated kraft layers at high pressure and temperature. 2. Manufacturers: Refer to the Interior Finish Schedule on the Drawings for indication of
product product manufacturer. 3. Types and uses: a. General purpose: 1) Grade 10/HGS (1SO), GP50 (NEMA) 2) Thickness: 0.048" 3) Finish: Matte 4) Colors: As indicated on the Drawings.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -9 b. Vertical surfacing: 1) Grade 55/HGS (1SO), GP28 (NEMA) 2) Thickness: 0.028" 3) Finish: Matte 4) Colors: As indicated on the Drawings. c. Cabinet
liner: 1) Factory applied melamine 2) Colors: Neutral; color to be approved by the Interior Designer. 4. Laminate edge banding: Apply edge band after face laminates. B. Coreboard: 1.
Description: Unless otherwise indicated, all cabinet components shall be constructed of three-ply fine surfaced, particleboard or no-added formaldehyde particle board of at least 45
lbs. per cubic foot, complying with ANSI A208.1, Grade M-3 or M-2. a. Formaldehyde Emission Level for Particleboard: Not to exceed 0.02 ppm.Formaldehyde Emission Level for particleboard:
Comply with requirements of NPA 9. b. Plastic laminate finished casework or cabinets at locations with sinks, ice machines, or other water producing appliances shall be constructed of
water resistant particleboard. c. Plastic laminate finished casework or cabinets at locations with sinks, ice machines, or other water producing appliances shall be constructed of A-C
plywood with waterproof type glues. 2. Typical thickness shall be 3/4 inch; 1/2 inch for cabinet backs and drawer bottoms unless noted otherwise. 3. Shelves over 36 inches but under
48 inches in unsupported length shall have a minimum thickness of 1 inch. All shelving shall be supported at 48" O.C. maximum. 4. Drawer bottoms in file drawers and drawers over 36 inches
wide shall be 3/4 inch thick. 5. Seal all faces and edges prior to lamination C. Special construction: 1. Casework indicated to receive ceramic or porcelain tile: Provide 1/2 inch tile
backer board over 1/2 inch plywood. D. Laminate edging: 1. Match face sheet laminate grade and thickness. 2. Apply after face laminates. 3. Apply to cabinet doors before face laminate.
E. Adhesive: Non-flammable contact cement F. 3mm PVC edging: 1. 3mm thick solid, high impact, through-color, acid resistant PVC 2. Apply on exposed edges of doors, drawers, countertops,
and exposed shelving 3. Color shall match plastic laminate. 4. Machine-apply edging with hot melt adhesives. a. Machine and buff corners and edges to a consistent 3mm radius
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -10 G. 1mm PVC edging: 1. 0.018-0.020 inch (1mm) thick solid, high-impact, through-color, acid resistant PVC 2. Apply on cabinet face and edges of interior
shelving 3. Color shall match plastic laminate 4. Machine-apply edging with hot melt adhesives. 2.8 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and
accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets, except as otherwise indicated. B. Hardware Standard: Comply with BHMA A156.9 for items indicated by reference to BHMA numbers
or referenced to this standard. C. Cabinet Hardware Schedule: Refer to schedule at end of this Section for cabinet hardware required for architectural cabinets. D. Exposed Hardware Finishes:
For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA code code number indicated. 1. Satin Chromium Plated: BHMA 626 for brass or bronze base; BHMA 652 for steel
base. 2. Satin Stainless Steel, Stainless-Steel Base: BHMA 630. 3. For concealed hardware, provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements of BHMA
A156.9. E. Door bumpers: Self-adhesive applied clear or coordinating color polyurethane bumper, hemispherical or cylindrical shape. 1. Reference Standard: 3M; Bumpon Quiet Clear Protective
Products 2.9 CLOSET AND UTILITY SHELVING A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 600. B. Shelving with High Pressure Plastic Laminate Finish 1. Grade: Custom 2. All surfaces, except
edges against walls, covered with GP-50 plastic laminate. C. Hardware: 1. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Related Supports: Provide standards and supports of type indicated which comply
with ANSI/BHMA A156.9, extra heavy duty rating. a. Vertical Slotted Type Standards: Vertical slots spaced 2” on center, 7/8” wide x 11/16” high x length indicated, BHMA NO. B84102, satin
chrome finished steel. b. Shelf Brackets: Size required to support shelving widths indicated, BHMA No. B84112, satin chrome finished steel. D. Clothes Poles and Supports: Provide steel
pipe or tubing cut to lengths required, with standard wrought steel flanges (one with open top), unless otherwise indicated, any of the following:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -11 1. Size: 1.05” O.D., 0.113” wall thickness (3/4”) 2. Size: 1.315” O.D., 0.1333” wall thickness (1”). 3. Size: 1.660” O.D., 0.14” wall thickness (1-1/2”)
E. Finish: Satin chrome plated, BHMA 652. 1. Center Brackets: Combination shelf and closet pole support wrought steel with manufacturer’s standard enamel finish; complying with ANSI
A156.16, Type B84051. Provide center brackets to limit spans of three pole sizes above to 42”, 54” and 66” respectively. 2.10 RIGID INSULATION: A. Install 1/2" rigid insulation on the
bottom surface of casework where light fixtures are used. 2.11 FINISHES A. Factory finishing: Shop finish woodwork to the greatest extent possible. 1. Finish materials: Provide transparent
stain wood finish specified in Division 09 Section “Painting”. a. Provide with clear Conversion Varnish topcoats. 2. Finish in accordance with AWI Section 1500 B. Field finishing and
touch-up: 1. Use same or compatible materials as used for shop finishing. 2. Use application methods that minimize differences in appearance between field and shop finishing. 2.12 SHOP
FINISHING OF INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 1500, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Grade: Provide finishes of same grades as items to be finished.
B. General: The entire finish of interior architectural woodwork is specified in this Section, regardless of whether shop applied or applied after installation. 1. Shop Finishing: To
the greatest extent possible, finish architectural woodwork at the fabrication shop. Defer only final touch up, cleaning, and polishing until after installation. C. Volatile Organic
Compound (VOC) content: Materials shall conform to current federal requirements for content of lead, zinc and volatile organic compounds (VOC’s). 1. VOC Limits for clear wood finishes,
finishes, stains and shellacs applied on the interior of the building: Use materials that comply with California South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1113 limits
for VOC content, calculated in accordance with Rule #1113, less water and exempt compounds: a. Clear wood finishes: Varnish, 350 g/L; Lacquer 550 g/L
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -12 b. Sealers: 1) Waterproofing sealers: 250 g/L 2) Sanding sealers: 275 g/L 3) All other sealers: 200 g/L c. Shellacs: Clear, 730 g/L; pigmented 550
g/L d. Stains: 250 g/L D. Preparations for Finishing: Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations
for finishing architectural woodwork, as applicable to each unit of work. 1. Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer compatible with finish coats to concealed surfaces of woodwork,
including backs of trim, cabinets, paneling, and ornamental work and the underside of countertops. 2. Apply 2 coats to back of paneling. 3. Concealed surfaces of plastic laminate-clad
woodwork do not require backpriming when surfaced with plastic laminate or thermoset decorative overlay. E. Open Finish for Open-Grain Woods: Do not apply filler to open-grain woods.
F. Transparent Finish: Comply with requirements indicated below for grade, finish system, staining, and sheen, with sheen measured on 60-degree gloss meter per ASTM D 523. 1. Grade:
Premium. 2. AWI Finish System TR-4: Conversion varnish. 3. Staining: Match color indicated. 4. Sheen: Satin 30-50 gloss units. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Field measurements:
1. Take all necessary measurements in the field to ensure proper fitting for the work of this section. 2. Verify floors are flat and level within 1/4 inch in 10 feet. a. Determine high
point of floor before installation of base cabinets. B. Cleaning: 1. Sweep areas to receive custom casework clean before installing base cabinets. 2. Clean any spilled or dried liquids
in areas to receive base cabinets prior to setting cabinets. 3.2 CUSTOM CASEWORK FABRICATION A. Design: 1. Details shall generally conform to FLUSH OVERLAY design.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -13 2. Apply edge band after surface laminate. 3. Provide backing or balance sheet for all panels. a. Backing sheet must match face laminate on doors.
B. Cabinets: 1. Construct each cabinet as an individual unit, completely integral and equipped with its own sides, back, bottom and top (separate from countertop). 2. Where cabinet ends
are exposed to view, provide finished end panels. 3. Conceal nailing, screwing, and other methods of fastening wherever possible or practical. Install such nails, screws, and other fasteners
to securely join members together and neatly and uniformly arrange them. 4. Use method of joinery that will permit easy removal of a panel should it be damaged. 5. Predrill system holes
for hinge attachment only into cabinet sides. 6. Trim rabbets for cabinet mounted shelf standards with plastic laminate before installing shelf standard and brackets . Exposed wood is
not permitted. a. Install standards flush with inside face of cabinet. 7. Make neat and accurate cutouts in cabinet backs and bottoms in order to accommodate piping and other work extending
into or through, or both, cabinets. 8. Construct all wall cabinets 14 inches deep, with flush finished bottoms; no recess will be permitted unless specifically detailed or: a. Where
under-cabinet light fixtures are indicated, provide 3-inch high recessed bottom. 9. Sink base units shall have provisions for adequate ventilation. 10. Seal all base construction prior
to installing laminate. 11. Provide wood base to receive 4" vinyl base, furnished and installed under Division 09 Section “Resilient Flooring”. 12. Provide removable panels with four
stainless steel screws and grommets at all sink base cabinets and where necessary for access to service. 13. Provide door bumpers at both corners of doors, opposite hinge side. C. Hardware:
1. Adjustment: a. Keep items straight, vertical, and horizontal and so that all items operate freely and smoothly without binding. Adjust items so that tops and bottoms of doors and
drawers line up and so that vertical spaces between doors and drawers are even. D. Plastic laminate countertops: 1. Tops,
back and end splashes shall be fabricated as single, integral units complete with balance sheet. 2. Fabricate tops to dimensions that will permit 1/8” sealant joints between tops and
walls that they will abut. 3. Provide cutouts in tops to accommodate sinks, trim, accessories and the like, which occur in tops. a. Seal cut edges around cutouts with silicone sealant.
4. Provide relieved corners on tops where shown on the Drawings. 5. The joint between countertop and backsplash shall be fully bedded with sealant prior to installation of the backsplash.
The vertical joint between back and end splashes shall also
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -14 be bedded with sealant. Remove any excess sealant from the surface of the plastic laminate. E. Solid surfacing material: 1. Factory fabricate components
to greatest extent practicable to sizes and shapes indicated in accordance with approved shop drawings. 2. Form joints between components using manufacturer's standard joint adhesive;
without conspicuous joints. 3. Provide factory cutouts for plumbing fittings and bath accessories as indicated on the drawings. 4. Cut and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns.
Route radii and contours to template. Repair or reject defective inaccurate work. a. Coved backsplashes; Field fabricate 1/2" (13 mm) radius cove at intersection of counters and backsplashes.
Form backsplashes using 1/2” (13mm) material. F. Insulation: 1. Apply insulation to underside of casework with an adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer. Apply insulation to the
entire bottom of upper cabinetry directly above undercabinet light fixtures. G. Application: 1. Apply plastic laminate finish to all surfaces except those surfaces abutting walls and
underside of countertops. 3.3 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Field measurements: 1. Take all necessary measurements in the filed to ensure proper dimensions for the work of this section. 3.4
CUSTOM CASEWORK INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with AWI QSI Section 1700, premium grade installation requirements. 2. Install casework before installation of finish flooring. B.
Cabinets: 1. Anchor cabinets securely and rigidly in place by using screws or bolts. 2. Perfectly align cabinets and doors and anchor them securely and rigidly together so that exposed
joints are "hairline" tight. 3. Keep all cabinets, shelves, doors, and hardware plumb and level. 4. Provide scribe molds or fillers where items abut walls and in accordance with the
Shop Drawings. 5. Conceal anchorage wherever possible or geometrically arrange as approved by Owner and Architect/Engineer. 6. Provide positive swing limiting control for cabinets doors
that swing against obstructions.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -15 a. Provide 95 degree opening hinges b. Provide chain stop where necessary to limit swing. C. Countertops, backsplashes, and endsplashes: 1. Plastic
Laminate: a. Install countertops with concealed clips, screws, or other hidden fasteners. b. Seal joints with a clear, transparent silicone sealant; remove all excess sealant c. Install
so that backsplashes and endsplashes are within 1/8" of walls to accommodate sealant. d. Surfaces around sink shall not slope away from sink recess. Dead level installation is required.
e. Install a full bed of clear silicone sealant in the joint where the countertop abuts the backsplash or endsplash, in joints between endsplash and backsplash, as well as between individual
backsplash sections. Remove all excess sealant. 2. Solid Surfacing Material: a. Install components plumb and level, scribed to adjacent finishes, in accordance with approved shop drawings
and product installation data. b. Countertops, stools, and shelves: 1) Countertops supported by casework: a) Provide fire retardant treated 1x4 slats secured top perimeter of the countertop
and base cabinets, at joint between base cabinets, and 18 to 24 inches on center. Slats shall extend full depth of countertop. b) Where indicated, provide 1 inch fire retardant treated
plywood or MDF sub-top secured to bottom of solid surface top. 2) Countertops supported by walls: Provide fire retardant treated 2x wood frame with 3/4 inch fire retardant treated plywood
or MDF sub-top. 3) Provide water resistant sub-top at countertops with sinks or plumbing fixtures. 4) Stools: Adhere stools to 3/4 inch fire retardant treated plywood, secured to stud
wall. 5) Shelves: Provide fire retardant treated plywood or MDF substrate adhered to bottom of shelf, same depth as finished edges. c. Form field joints using manufacturer's recommended
adhesive, with joints inconspicuous in finished work. Keep components and hands clean when making joints. d. Adhere undermount sinks/bowls to countertops using manufacturer's recommended
adhesives and mounting hardware. e. Adhere topmount sinks/bowls to countertops using manufacturer's recommended adhesives and color-matched silicone sealants. f. Provide backsplashes
and sidesplashes as indicated on the drawings. Adhere to countertops using manufacturer's standard color-matched silicone sealant. g. Keep components and hands clean during installation.
Remove adhesives, sealants and other stains. Keep clean until Date of Substantial Completion. Replace stained components. h. Make plumbing connections to sinks in accordance with Division
15, Mechanical. i. Protect surfaces from damage. Repair work or replace damaged work that cannot be repaired to Architect/Engineer's satisfaction.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -16 D. Tack surface installation: 1. Field apply unframed fabric wrapped tackboard material to casework, as shown on Drawings. 2. Anchor with top quality
adhesive, as recommended by tackboard manufacturer. 3.5 WOODWORK WORKMANSHIP A. Jointing and fastening of paneling: 1. Standard: AWI custom grade B. Fabrication of paneling: 1. Standard:
AWI custom grade 3.6 WOODWORK INSTALLATION A. Install per requirements of AWI QSI Section 1700, Premium grade installation requirements. 3.7 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Comply with installation
tolerances listed in AWI standards for type and grade of work indicated. B. Comply with additional installation tolerances as follows: 1. Install woodwork plumb, level, true, and straight
with no distortions. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2400 mm) for plumb and level (including tops). 2. Install standing
and running trim with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch (3 mm in 2400-mm) variation from a straight line. 3. Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch (3 mm in 2400-mm) sag,
bow, or other variation from a straight line. 4. Install countertops with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch (3 mm in 2400-mm) sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 5. Install
flush paneling with no more than 1/16 inch in 96-inch (1.5 mm in 2400-mm) vertical cup or bow and 1/8 inch in 96-inch (3 mm in 2400-mm) horizontal variation from a true plane. 3.8 ADJUSTMENT
AND CLEANING A. Defective materials: 1. Replace all scratched, marred, or otherwise defective materials with new, undamaged materials to match adjacent woodwork. 2. Poor workmanship
of any component shall be sufficient cause for rejection of any fabricated unit. 3. Repair wood finishes using methods recommended by finish manufacturer.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -17 a. Repair using methods that minimize differences in appearance between original and repaired finishes. b. Repair with same materials or compatible
materials to the shop finish. B. Adjusting: 1. Adjust hardware on all doors and drawers so that they operate freely, smoothly, and accurately. 2. Remove and reinstall casework or trim
that is out of plumb, out of square, not level, or misaligned with adjacent casework or trim. Repair or replace adjacent surfaces damaged due to removal and reinstallation. C. Cleaning:
1. Clean all casework items free of dirt, dust, grease, oil, shop identification marks, and other foreign matter. 3.1 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in
a manner acceptable to fabricator and Installer that ensures that woodwork is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. 3.9 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY
SCHEDULE A. Drawer slide: self closing, roller bearing type: 1. Epoxy coated slide: 2. Drawers 6" deep or less: a. Grant Hardware Company; No. 328 b. Knape & Vogt Mfr. Co.; No. 1428
c. Accuride; No. C3800 3. Drawers over 6" deep: a. Grant Hardware Company; No. 329 b. Knape & Vogt Mfr. Co.; No. 1429 c. Accuride; No. C3037 B. Drawer slide: Ball bearing slides: a.
Standard: Accuride Model 7432 b. File Drawers: Accuride 4032 c. Interlocking: Accuride 3641/3642 1) Gang locking system: Accuride 4180-0345-XE d. Length: full extension e. Finish: clear
zinc C. Plastic Shelf Brackets: Dual pin for 32 mm hole mounting, anti-tip shelf-retaining type. D. Metal Shelf standards and Brackets (End Support): 1. Acceptable products: a. Knape
and Vogt Manufacturing Company; Type 255-256
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -18 b. Stanley Hardware; Type 798-799 c. Grant Hardware Co.; Type 120-21 2. Material: Steel with satin chrome finish 3. Mortise mount in cabinet end panels,
one pair per shelf end. E. Hinges 1. Concealed hinge with 170 degree opening (European type hinge): a. Reference Standard: Blum Clip 170 b. Zinc die-cast to press in c. Self closing
d. Finish: BHMA 652 /US 26D, chrome plated over satin nickel 2. Concealed hinge with 95º opening (European type hinge): a. Reference Standard: Blum Clip Thick Door Hinge b. Zinc die-cast
to press in c. Self closing d. Finish: BHMA 652 /US 26D, chrome plated over satin nickel e. Use where door swings against an obstruction 3. Chain stops: steel link chain with bright
zinc finish 4. Hinge requirements by door height: a. 2 hinges -up to 3'-0" b. 3 hinges -up to 5'-0" c. 4 hinges -up to 7'-0" F. Pulls: 1. Wire pulls: a. Type 1: Stanley 4484 1) Finish:
BHMA 652 /US 26D, chrome plated over satin nickel b. No. MC-4024 by Epco c. No. B6208 by National Lock & Cabinet Hardware 2. Decorative pull (use where indicated on elevations): a. Mockett,
DP7B bow pull, finish to be selected. G. Locks: 1. Drawers: Mortised twist cylinder a. Standard: Best 5E7 Series (keyed to system) 2. Cabinets: Mortised twist cylinder-handed function
a. Standard: Best 5E7 Series (keyed to system) 3. Strikes: a. Standard: Best A-451 surface mounted strike, with recessed notch in cabinetry to receive strike. b. Provide one strike for
each lock. 4. Finish: BHMA 626 /US 26D, chrome plated over satin nickel satin finish, stamped with identifying numbers. 5. Keys: minimum 3/32" thick stamped brass. 6. Provide where indicated
on Drawings. 7. Locks shall be keyed alike within each room and masterkeyed. H. Counter brackets:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -19 1. Heavy duty cantilever bracket a. Approved products: 1) Rangine Corporation; Rakks Counter Support Bracket 2) FastCap LLC; SpeedBrace 3) A & M Hardware
Inc.; Workstation Brackets I. Concealed fitting shelf brackets: 1. Reference Standard: Hewi 400.300 J. Division dividers: 1. White Opaque 1/4" or 1/2” acrylic. Refer to drawings. 2.
Reference standard: Rohm & Haas; Plexiglas 3. Polish all exposed edges. K. Wardrobe Rails: 1. Fixed rail: Chrome plated 1 inch diameter welded steel tube with concealed mounting rail
supports. a. Reference standard: 1) Rod: Häfele, 801.12.205 2) End supports: Häfele, 803.53.200 3) Center support, where indicated: Häfele, 802.02.250 L. Grommets for cable passage through
countertops: 1 inch (25 mm) OD, molded-plastic grommets with 3/4-inch (19 mm) hole and plastic cap with slot for wire passage. Color as selected by Architect. M. Paper Slots: 12 inches
(305 mm) long by 1-3/4 inches (45 mm) wide by 1 inch (25 mm) deep; molded-plastic, paper-slot liner with 1/4-inch (6-mm) lip. Color as selected by Architect. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16 -1 SECTION 06 61 16 — SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes fabrication and installation of solid surfacing:
1. Standing and running trim 2. Panels applied to custom casework. 3. Countertops installed on casework 4. Countertops installed on wall brackets 5. Wall panels 6. Countertops with sinks
7. Installation of undermount sinks furnished by Others. 8. Window sills 9. Thermoforming of solid surfacing fabrications 10. Cove backsplashes for countertops 11. Color inlays B. Products
installed but not furnished under this section: 1. Undermount sinks furnished under Division 22 Section “Plumbing Fixtures”. C. Related sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Finish Carpentry”
2. Division 06 Section “Architectural Woodwork” 3. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies”, for blocking and blocking installation. 4. Division 10 Section “Plastic Toilet Compartments”,
for partitions manufactured from solid surfacing materials 5. Division 12 Section “Manufactured Plastic-Laminate-Clad Casework” 6. Division 22 – Plumbing 7. Division 26 – Electrical
1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Solid surface is a nonporous, homogeneous material with a composition of acrylic polymer, aluminum trihydrate filler and pigment, maintaining the same composition
throughout the part. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer’s literature, including installation and maintenance instructions, for all products furnished under this Section.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16 -2 a. Indicate product description, fabrication information and compliance with specified performance requirements. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit
shop drawings, in plan, elevation, and section, of all solid surfacing fabrications, showing materials, methods of construction, and methods of attachment to adjacent work. a. Show locations
and sizes of furring, blocking, including concealed blocking and reinforcement specified in other Sections. b. Show full-size details, edge details, thermoforming requirements, attachments,
etc. c. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixtures, faucets, soap dispensers, waste receptacle and other items installed in solid surface. d. Show centerlines
of all cutouts, locating them from adjacent finished walls or floors, or both. 2. For solid surfacing installed on casework, show casework in complete elevations with all interconnected
units, corresponding base and upper units, tops, casework supported equipment, and building elements on same elevation. C. Samples: 1. For each type of product indicated. a. Submit minimum
6-inch by 6-inch sample in specified gloss. b. Cut sample and seam together for representation of inconspicuous seam. c. Indicate full range of color and pattern variation. d. Approved
samples will be retained as a standard for work. D. Test Reports: 1. Provide test reports indicating compliance with specifications. 2. For fire-retardant products, provide test reports
indicating compliance with ASTM E 84. E. Manufacturer certificates: 1. Signed by manufacturers certifying that they comply with requirements. 2. For products requiring certification
of fabricators by the manufacturer, furnish copies of certification or certification number. 3. NSF/ANSI standards: Provide certification that products comply with requirements of NSF
51 for food contact, all food types. F. Maintenance data and materials: 1. Furnish manufacturer’s care and maintenance data, including repair and cleaning instructions. 2. Provide maintenance
kit for finishes with close-out submittals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: 1. Fabricator that employs skilled workers who custom fabricate products similar to those
required for this project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16 -3 B. Installer Qualifications: 1. An experienced installer who has completed solid surfacing installation similar in material, design, and extent
to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. 2. For work installed as part of casework, installation
shall be performed by the casework fabricator or manufacturer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Protection: 1. Store materials in fabricator’s protective packaging
or covered with tarps or covers suitable to prevent damage from incidental moisture, abrasion, or other mechanical damage. a. Tarps shall permit the passage of water vapor and shall
not accumulate moisture beneath them. 2. Store materials indoors at temperatures between 60° F and 80° F and less than 60 percent relative humidity. a. Provide temporary heating, cooling
or humidity control if necessary to maintain required conditions. B. Handle products carefully to avoid damaging edges or units in any way. 1. Repair or replace damaged materials with
new materials prior to installation in the Work. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install solid surfacing until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in spaces is complete and
dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. 1.7 COORDINATION
A. Mechanical and electrical systems: Coordinate location and rough-in requirements for mechanical and electrical work installed in solid surfacing. 1. Sinks, trim, traps, drain lines,
and foot control valves shall be integrated into solid surfacing construction. 2. Lights, film viewers, outlets, switches, communications, and alarms shall be integrated into solid surfacing
construction. a. Lamps and ballasts shall comply with the requirements of Division 26 Section “Interior Lighting”. B. Blocking: 1. Coordinate location of blocking behind all solid surfacing
mounting. 2. Provide all blocking required for anchorage or support of all solid surfacing items where such blocking is not to be installed concealed in walls or bulkheads.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16 -4 3. Coordinate all concealed blocking to be provided under Division 06 Section “Rough Carpentry”. C. Field measurement: 1. To the greatest extent
possible, measure actual room dimension at the site, prior to fabrication, to assure proper fit and installation. a. Where field measurements cannot be obtained, obtain “firm” dimensions
from Contractor and provide sufficient additional length or depth to permit scribing to walls. 1.8 WARRANTY: A. Provide manufacturer’s warranty against defects in materials. 1. Warranty
shall provide material and labor to repair or replace defective materials. 2. Damage caused by physical or chemical abuse or damage from excessive heat will not be warranted. 3. Warranty
period: 10 years from date of substantial completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide solid surfacing materials from the manufacturers noted on the drawings. 2.2 MATERIALS:
A. Solid Surfacing Materiel: 1. Fire resistance: tested per ASTM E 84, NFPA 255 or UL 723: a. Flame Spread: less than 25 b. Smoke developed: less than 25 2. Thickness: a. Horizontal
surfaces: 1/2 inch, unless indicated otherwise. b. Vertical surfaces: 1/2 inch, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Colors: As noted on Drawings. Provide only the product indicated 4. Finish:
Matte, unless otherwise indicated. a. Matte; gloss range of 5–20. b. Semigloss; gloss range of 20–50. c. Polished; gloss range of 50–80. 2.3 SINKS AND LAVATORIES A. Integral sink: 1.
Single bowl, size indicated on drawings.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16 -5 2. Color: White 2.4 ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS A. Joint adhesive: 1. Manufacturer’s standard one-or two-part adhesive kit to create inconspicuous,
nonporous joints. B. Sealant: 1. Manufacturer’s standard mildew-resistant, FDA-compliant, NSF 51-compliant (food zone — any type), UL-listed silicone sealant in colors matching components.
C. VOC Limits for Installation Adhesives, Glues, and Sealants: Use installation adhesives and sealants that comply with SCAQMD Rule 1168 limits for VOC content, calculated in accordance
with Rule 1168, less water and exempt compounds: 1. Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L 2. Plastic Cement Welding: 250 g/L 3. Adhesive Primer for Plastic: 550 g/L 4. Adhesives,
adhesive bonding primers, applied to substrates not listed above: If an adhesive is used to bond dissimilar substrates together the adhesive with the highest VOC content shall be allowed.
a. Porous Material (except wood): 50 g/L b. Wood: 30 g/L 5. Sealants and Sealant Primers: a. Sealants: 250 g/L b. Sealant primers, non-porous substrates: 250 g/L c. Sealant primers,
porous substrates: 775 g/L 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Sink/lavatory mounting hardware: 1. Manufacturer’s standard bowl clips, panel inserts and fasteners for attachment of undermount sinks/lavatories.
B. Conductive tape: 1. Manufacturer’s standard aluminum foil tape, with required thickness, for use with cutouts near heat sources. C. Insulating felt tape: 1. Manufacturer’s standard
for use with conductive tape in insulating solid surface material from adjacent heat source.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16 -6 2.6 FABRICATION A. Shop assembly: 1. Fabricate components to greatest extent practical to sizes and shapes indicated, in accordance with approved
shop drawings and manufacturer’s printed instructions and technical bulletins. 2. Form joints between components using manufacturer’s standard joint adhesive without conspicuous joints.
a. Reinforce with strip of solid polymer material, 2" wide. 3. Countertops, stools, and shelves: a. Countertops supported by casework: 1) Provide fire retardant treated 1x4 slats secured
top perimeter of the countertop and base cabinets, at joint between base cabinets, and 18 to 24 inches on center. Slats shall extend full depth of countertop. 2) Where indicated, provide
1 inch fire retardant treated plywood or MDF subtop secured to bottom of solid surface top. b. Countertops supported by walls: Provide fire retardant treated 2x wood frame with 3/4 inch
fire retardant treated plywood or MDF sub-top. c. Provide water resistant sub-top at countertops with sinks or plumbing fixtures. d. Stools: Adhere stools to 3/4 inch fire retardant
treated plywood, secured to stud wall. e. Shelves: Provide fire retardant treated plywood or MDF substrate adhered to bottom of shelf, same depth as finished edges. 4. Provide factory
cutouts for plumbing fittings and bath accessories as indicated on the drawings. a. Where recommneded by solid surface material manufacturer, reinforce corners of cutouts with 1/2 inch
solid surface sheet. 5. Rout and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns. a. Rout cutouts, radii and contours to template. b. Smooth edges. c. Repair or reject defective and
inaccurate work. B. Thermoforming: 1. Comply with manufacturer’s data. 2. Heat entire component. a. Heat material uniformly in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, during forming.
3. Form pieces to shape prior to seaming and joining. 4. Cut pieces to finished dimensions. 5. Sand edges and remove nicks and scratches. C. Vertical surfaces with silicone sealant joints:
1. Seal material with 1/8-inch-wide joints, sealed with manufacturer’s color-matching silicone sealant; adhesively applied to solid substrates with matching color. D. Vertical surfaces
with hard seams: 1. 1/4 inch thick, with butt joints between sheets made with manufacturer’s joint adhesive matching color of solid surface material; adhesively applied to solid substrates;
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16 -7 2. Provide 1/8 inch expansion joints at corners and every 10 to 15 feet with matching color silicone. E. Backsplash: Applied F. Sidesplash: Applied
PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with fabricator present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting
performance of work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field measurements: 1. Take all necessary measurements
in the field to ensure proper fitting for the work of this section. 2. Verify floors are flat and level within 1/4 inch in 10 feet. a. Determine high point of floor before installation
of base cabinets. B. Cleaning: 1. Remove debris, dust, contaminants or any spilled or dried liquids from areas to receive solid surfacing prior to installation. 2. Wipe down or vacuum
wall surfaces in manner to remove dust and debris prior to installation of wall panels. 3.3 INSTALLATION: A. Install components plumb and level, scribed to adjacent finishes, in accordance
with approved shop drawings and product installation data. 1. Form field joints using manufacturer's recommended adhesive, with joints inconspicuous in finished work. a. Keep components
and hands clean when making joints. b. Visible joints or seams in like material shall not be permitted 2. Reinforce field joints in wall and horizontal surfaces with solid surface strips
extending a minimum of 1 inch on either side of the seam with the strip being the same thickness as the pieces being joined. 3. Cut and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns.
4. Rout radii and contours to template. 5. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches and clean entire surface.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16 -8 6. Provide backsplashes and side splashes as indicated on the drawings. Adhere to countertops using manufacturer's standard color-matched silicone
sealant. B. Inlays: 1. Fabricate using manufacturer’s approved method. 2. Rout 1/8" deep max. groove for inlay to pattern indicated on designer’s drawings. 3. Fill groove using materials
approved by manufacturer, avoiding air bubbles or voids. 4. Overfill inlay area. 5. Allow area to fully cure. a. Do not overheat inlay while sanding. 6. Finish and touch up to uniform
appearance. C. Sink installation: 1. Adhere undermount sinks/bowls to countertops using manufacturer's recommended adhesives and mounting hardware. 2. Adhere topmount sinks/bowls to
countertops using manufacturer's recommended
adhesives and color-matched silicone sealants. 3. Make plumbing connections to sinks in accordance with Division 15, Mechanical. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Keep components and hands clean during
installation. B. Remove adhesives, sealants and other stains after fabrication. C. Keep clean until Date of Substantial Completion. 3.5 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT A. Replace all scratched,
marred, or otherwise damaged materials which cannot be restored to “like new” appearance with new, undamaged materials to work being replaced. B. Fabrications exhibiting poor workmanship
of any component shall be replaced with fabrications of new material. C. Repair solid surfacing using methods recommended by manufacturer. 1. Repair using methods that minimize differences
in appearance between original and repaired finishes. 2. Repair with same materials or compatible materials. 3. Finish surface to match adjacent surfaces. 3.6 ADJUSTING 1. Adjust hardware
on all doors and drawers so that they operate freely, smoothly, and accurately.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16 -9 2. Remove and reinstall solid surfacing or trim that is out of plumb, out of square, not level, or misaligned with adjacent work or trim. a.
Repair or replace adjacent surfaces damaged due to removal and reinstallation. 3.7 CLEANING: A. Clean all work of dirt, dust, grease, oil, shop identification marks, and other foreign
matter. END OF SECTION
Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00 -1 SECTION 07 21 00 — THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnish and install all insulation as indicated or implied by
the Contract Documents. 2. Sound attenuation batt insulation. 3. Insulation installed as part of a firestopping system (safing insulation). B. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Section
“Firestopping”, for insulation installed as part of a fire-resistive joint system or a through-penetration firestop. 2. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies”, for acoustical
insulation installed in metal stud wall assemblies. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C 272 – Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Core Materials for Structural
Sandwich Constructions 2. C 177 – Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus 3. C 518
– Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus 4. C 578 – Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal
Insulation 5. C 612 – Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation 6. C 665 – Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light
Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing 7. E 84 – Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 8. E 814 – Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of
Through-Penetration Fire Stops 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer’s product data showing compliance with specifications and installation instructions. 2. Furnish
with Operating and Maintenance Manuals. B. Schedules: 1. Provide schedule indicating insulation designation, insulation description, manufacturer, product name, thickness, and locations
where insulation is used.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00 -2 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: 1. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original unopened packing, with all labels intact. 2. Store materials in area
protected from the elements and open flame or sparks. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION A. Sound Attenuation Batts for Fire-rated Walls: 1. Description: Mineral wool sound attenuation
blanket 2. Acceptable products: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Fibrex Sound Attenuation Fire Batt b. Owens Corning: Sound Attenuation Fire Batt Insulation/MW c. Roxul Inc.: Acoustical Fire
Batt d. Thermafiber LLC: Thermafiber Sound Attenuation Fire Blanket SAFB 3. Facing: Unfaced 4. Widths: 16", or as indicated on drawings 5. Thickness: 3", or as indicated on drawings
6. Attachment: Friction fit in studs, using adhesive, wire, or metal straps, as recommended by manufacturer. 7. Compliance: ASTM C665, Type 1 8. Locations: Full height in all fire rated
sound walls and as indicated on drawings. B. Sound Attenuation Batts for Non-Fire-Rated Walls: 1. Description: Flexible glass fiber sound attenuation batts 2. Acceptable products: a.
CertainTeed Corporation: CertaPro AcoustaTherm b. Johns Manville: Sound Control Batts c. Knauf Fiber Glass: QuietTherm d. Owens Corning: Sound Attenuation Batts 3. Facing: Unfaced 4.
Widths: 16", or as indicated on drawings 5. Thickness: 3", or as indicated on drawings 6. Attachment: Friction fit in studs, using adhesive, wire, or metal straps, as recommended by
manufacturer. 7. Density: 2.5 lbs./cu. ft. 8. Compliance: ASTM C665, Type 1 9. Locations: Full height in all non-fire rated sound walls and as indicated on drawings. C. Safing Insulation:
1. Description: Mineral wool semi-rigid blanket 2. Acceptable products: a. Thermafiber LLC: Thermafiber Safing Insulation b. Owens Corning: Safety Insulation
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00 -3 c. Roxul Inc.: RXL Safe 3. Facing: a. Scrim-reinforced aluminum foil faced at exterior wall and floor intersection. b. Unfaced at interior head-of-wall
and poke-through locations. 4. Density: 4.0 lbs./cu. ft. 5. Thickness: 4" 6. Widths: 24" 7. Attachment: a. Compressed 25 percent friction fit, unless noted otherwise b. Uncompressed
with galvanized steel impaling pins as required for the fire-rated assembly test for the floor to wall condition. 8. Compliance: a. ASTM C612, Class 1 b. ASTM E814 (with smoke seal),
hour and temperature rating indicated on Drawings. 9. Locations: a. Exterior wall and floor intersections, and as indicated on Drawings. b. Interior head-of-wall intersections with corrugated
metal deck or as part of a headof-wall firestopping system. c. Interior "poke-thru" locations except where protected by alternative Firestop systems. d. Coordinate with requirements
of systems installed under Division 07 Section “Firestopping”. 2.2 ADHESIVE A. As recommended by insulation manufacturers. 2.3 MECHANICAL FASTENERS A. As recommended by insulation manufacturer.
PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine surfaces to be covered with insulation; ensure preceding work is completed. B. Verify that available space is of sufficient depth
for required insulation thickness. C. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until such conditions are fully resolved.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00 -4 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Unfaced mineral fiber blankets and batts: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's current recommendations. 2. Fit closely around
penetrations. Install a full layer of insulation behind electrical boxes and other partial wall penetrations. 3. Installation of insulation in small pieces to fill holes or gaps is not
acceptable. 3.3 INSPECTION A. At completion of installation, visually inspect each area of work and verify that all insulation is complete and properly installed. B. Replace damaged
insulation with new material of same type. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove adhesive splatters and smears. B. Remove debris from project site. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07 81 16 -1 SECTION 07 81 16 — CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Spray-applied cementitious fireproofing. 2. Preparation
of metal to receive fireproofing. B. Related sections: 1. Division 07 Section “Firestopping” 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. E84 – Standard Test Method for Surface Burning
Characteristics of Building Materials 2. E119 – Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 3. E605 – Standard Test Methods for Thickness and Density
of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members 4. E736 – Standard Test Method for Cohesion/Adhesion of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members
5. E759 – Standard Test Method for Effect of Deflection on Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members 6. E760 – Standard Test Method for Effect of Impact on Bonding
of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members 7. E761 – Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members
8. E859 – Standard Test Method for Air Erosion of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials (SFRMs) Applied to Structural Members 9. E937 – Standard Test Method for Corrosion of Steel by Sprayed
Fire-Resistive Material (SFRM) Applied to Structural Members 10. G21 – Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi B. National Fire Protection
Association (NFPA): 1. 251 – Standard Methods of Tests of Fire Endurance of Building Construction and Materials C. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 1. ANSI/UL 263 – Standard, Fire
Tests of Building Construction and Materials D. Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC): 1. Standard 6-1
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07 81 16 -2 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious fireproofing: factory-mixed, dry formulation of gypsum or Portland cement binders and lightweight mineral or synthetic
aggregates mixed with water at the project site to form a slurry for conveyance and application. The product shall be free of asbestos and mineral wool. B. Primary beams: Beams with
a direct connection to a column. C. Secondary beams: Beams not directly connected to a column. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide UL Design rated systems according to the hourly
fire resistance rating required, manufacturer and product selected, system design indicated on the Drawings, and structural member sizes indicated. B. All beams shall be considered unrestrained
for fire-protection purposes, unless noted otherwise. C. Structural members smaller than U.L. classified assembly: determine the thickness of material for smaller members for the appropriate
hourly rating in accordance with the adjustment formula in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. D. Structural members larger than U.L. classified assembly (oversized members): 1. Provide
mechanical bond reinforcement on primed steel members in accordance with the UL/ANSI 263 requirements or conduct a minimum of 5 bond tests on similarly primed steel plates or existing
members in accordance with UL/ANSI 263 and ASTM E736. 2. Definition of oversized members: a. Beam flange width: 12 inches or greater b. Column flange width: 16 inches or greater c. Beam
or column web depth: 16 inches or greater d. Pipe diameter or tube width: greater than 12 inches 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Manufacturer’s literature indicating product characteristics,
performance and limitation criteria. 2. Manufacturer's application instructions 3. Product MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets) B. Application Schedule: Provide schedule indicating material
to be used, building element or member size to be protected, hourly rating, material thickness provided, and appropriate UL classification design number.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07 81 16 -3 C. Test Reports: Independent laboratory test results for fireproofing shall be submitted for the following performance criteria: 1. Fire resistance:
ASTM E119, ANSI/UL 263 for all hourly ratings indicated a. Submit evidence that the fireproofing has been subjected to full-scale ANSI/UL 263 fire testing at Underwriters Laboratories,
Inc. by the manufacturer. 2. Bond Strength: ASTM E736 3. Compressive Strength: ASTM E761 4. Deflection: ASTM E759 5. Bond Impact: ASTM E760 6. Air Erosion: ASTM E859 7. Corrosion Resistance:
ASTM E937 8. Abrasion Resistance (Test Method developed by City of San Francisco, Bureau of Building Inspection). 9. Impact Penetration (Test Method developed by City of San Francisco,
Bureau of Building Inspection) 10. High Speed Air Erosion: UMC Standard 6-1 and ASTM E859 11. Surface Burning Characteristics: ASTM E84 12. Combustibility per ASTM E84 13. Mold Resistance
per ASTM G21 and UMC Standard 6-1 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator shall be established firm specializing in applying the work of this section with minimum of three years experience.
Applicator shall be approved by the manufacturer. B. Fire Resistance Classification: The spray-applied fireproofing material shall have been tested and reported by Underwriters Laboratories,
Inc. in accordance with the procedures of ASTM E119 and shall be listed in the Underwriters Laboratories Fire Resistance Directory. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Material shall
be delivered in original unopened packages, fully identified as to manufacturer, brand or other identifying data and bearing the proper Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. labels for Surface
Burning Characteristic and Fire Resistance Classification. B. Material shall be stored off the ground, under cover, and in a dry location until ready for use. All bags bags that have
been exposed to water before use shall be found unsuitable and discarded. Stock of material is to be rotated and used prior to its expiration date. 1.8 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. A minimum
air and substrate temperature of 40 degrees F (4.4 degrees C) shall be present before application of spray-applied fireproofing. A minimum air and substrate temperature of 40 degrees
F (4.4 degrees C) must be maintained during and for 24 hours after application of the spray-applied fireproofing. Provide enclosures with heat to maintain temperature.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07 81 16 -4 B. Provide ventilation in poorly ventilated areas to achieve a minimum total air exchange rate of 4 times per hour until the material is substantially
dry. 1.9 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Items Not fireproofed: 1. Coordinate with other trades to assure that fireproofing is complete prior to installation of ducts, conduits, piping,
and related components. B. Coordination with other Work: 1. Coordinate installation of Work directly attached to construction indicated to receive fireproofing to minimize patching and
repair work after fireproofing application. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: Furnish material produced by one of the following manufacturers:. 1. Reference Standard:
Grace Construction Products, Monokote Type MK-6 for concealed interior use, Z-106 or Z106/HY for exposed interior use, Z-146 for exterior use. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers whose product
must meet the minimum performance standard for each and every physical property listed. a. Isolatek International, CAFCO 300 interior concealed, CAFCO 400 interior exposed, CAFCO 800
exterior. b. Mandoval Vermiculite Products, Mandolite CP-2 interior, Fendolit M-II exterior. c. Southwest Fireproofing Co., Inc., Type 5GP concealed interior, Type 5MD exposed interior,
1XR for exterior. B. Physical Performance Characteristics: Fireproofing material shall meet the following physical performance standards: 1. Dry Density: ASTM E605, Minimum average density
shall be that listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory for each rating indicated, or minimum average 15 pcf (240 kg/cubic meter), whichever is greater. 2. Deflection: ASTM E759, no
cracks or delamination from the surface. 3. Bond Impact: ASTM E760, no cracks or delamination from the surface 4. Bond Strength: ASTM E736: a. Minimum average bond strength: 200 psf
(9.6 Kpa) b. Minimum individual bond strength: 150 psf (7.2 Kpa). 5. Air Erosion: ASTM E859: a. Maximum allowable total weight loss: 0.005 grams/square foot (0.05 mgs/square meter) b.
Sample surface shall be "as applied" (not pre-purged) c. Total reported weight loss shall be the total weight loss over a 24 hour period from the beginning of the test.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07 81 16 -5 6. High Speed Air Erosion: UMC Standard 6-1 and ASTM E859, material used in plenums or ducts shall exhibit no continued erosion after 4 hours at
an air speed of 2500 ft/min (29 mph) [12.7 m/s (47 km/h)] . 7. Compressive Strength: ASTM E761, deform not more than 10% when subjected to compressive forces of 1200 psf (57 Kpa ). 8.
Corrosion Resistance: ASTM E937, shall not promote corrosion of steel. 9. Surface Burning Characteristics: ASTM E84 a. Flame Spread: 0 b. Smoke Development: 0 10. Resistance to Mold:
ASTM G21 a. Resistant to mold growth for a period of 21 days for general use and 60 days for materials to be installed in plenums. b. Fireproofing material shall be formulated at the
time of manufacture with a mold inhibitor. C. Water: clean, fresh, potable, free from mineral or or organic substances as would affect the set of the fireproofing material. 1. Provide
water with sufficient pressure and volume to meet the fireproofing application schedule. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Provide accessories to comply with manufacturer's recommendations and to meet
fire resistance design and code requirements. Such accessories include, but are not limited to, any required or optional items such as; bonding agents, mechanical attachments; application
aids such as metal lath, scrim, or netting. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. All surfaces to receive spray-applied fireproofing shall be free of oil, grease, paints/primers, loose
mill scale, dirt or other foreign substances that may impair proper adhesion of the fireproofing to the substrate. Where necessary, cleaning or other corrections of surfaces to receive
fireproofing shall be the responsibility of the supplier of the incompatible substrate. B. Application of the fireproofing shall not begin until the contractor, applicator, fireproofing
testing laboratory (inspector) have examined the surface to receive fireproofing and determined that the surfaces are acceptable to receive fireproofing material. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect
surfaces not scheduled for fireproofing and equipment from overspray, fall-out and dusting.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07 81 16 -6 B. Close off and seal duct work, conduits, junction boxes, etc. in areas where fireproofing is being applied 3.3 PREPARATION A. Prior to application
of the fireproofing material, a bonding agent, approved by the fireproofing material manufacturer, shall be applied to all concrete substrates to receive fireproofing. B. Other trades
shall install clips, hangers, support sleeves and other attachments required to penetrate the fireproofing, prior to application of the fireproofing materials. C. Other trades shall
not install ducts, piping, equipment or other suspended items until the fireproofing is complete. D. Complete placing of concrete on floor and roof decking prior to application of the
fireproofing to the underside of steel deck and supporting beams and joists. 3.4 MIXING A. Mix in accordance with current printed instructions of manufacturer. 3.5 APPLICATION A. Equipment
and application procedures shall conform to the material manufacturer's application instructions. B. Post appropriate cautionary "Slippery When Wet" signs in all areas in contact with
wet fireproofing material. Erect appropriate barriers to prevent entry by non-fireproofing workers into the fireproofing spray and mixing areas and other areas exposed to wet fireproofing
material. C. Apply primer or adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's instructions as required to meet the fire resistance ratings, before application of the fireproofing. 3.6 FIELD
QUALITY CONTROL A. The Architect/Engineer will select, and the Owner will pay an independent testing laboratory to randomly sample and verify the thickness and the density of the fireproofing
in accordance with provisions of ASTM E605. 1. Where density samples are of irregular shape, a displacement method approved by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. shall be used to determine
in-place fireproofing density. 2. Where field testing indicates insufficient density or bond strength, density or bond strength, perform additional testing to determine extent of non-compliant
work..
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07 81 16 -7 B. The Architect/Engineer will select, and the Owner will pay an independent testing laboratory to randomly sample and verify the bond strength
of the fireproofing in accordance with provisions of ASTM E736. C. The results of the above tests shall be made available to all parties at the completion of predesignated areas that
shall have been determined during the pre-job conference. D. Remediation: 1. Where field testing indicates insufficient thickness for fire rating indicated, apply additional fireproofing,
until fireproofing achieves required thickness. 2. Where field testing indicates insufficient bond strength or density of fireproofing, remove non-compliant fireproofing and reapply
with fireproofing that complies with density or bond strength required. 3.7 PATCHING A. Inspect work installed by others for removal or damage of fireproofing. Patch and repair altered
or damaged fireproofing. 1. All patching and repairing of spray-applied fireproofing shall be performed with same materials and by the same applicators under this section, and paid for
by the trade(s) responsible for the damage. 2. Patch fireproofing removed or altered during field testing, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Patch damaged or displaced fireproofing
with fireproofing material or manufacturer approved patching mix. Patch to achieve required depth of fireproofing. 3.8 CLEANING A. After the completion of fireproofing work, application
equipment shall be removed. B. Clean deposits of material from walls, floors and other surfaces not scheduled to receive sprayed-on fireproofing. . 3.9 SCHEDULE A. Typical assemblies
are as follows, in an Unrestrained Condition. 1. Steel Columns, Primary Beams, and Bracing: 3 hour rating a. General: U.L. Design numbers X772; X771; N708 b. Supporting roof construction
only: only: 2 hour rating 1) Columns: U.L. Design numbers X772; X771 2) Concrete over metal deck: U.L. Design number N708 3) Wide flange beam supporting metal deck with roof insulation:
U.L. Design number S734
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07 81 16 -8 4) Open-web joist or girder supporting metal deck with roof insulation: U.L. Design number S736 2. Secondary framing, floor and roof assemblies:
a. Floor/roof assembly, concrete over metal deck: 2 hour rating, U.L. Design number D925 b. Roof Assembly: 1-1/2 hour rating: 1) Extruded polystyrene roof insulation: U.L. Design number
P725 2) Polyisocyanurate roof insulation: U.L. Design number P732 END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -1 SECTION 07 84 00 — FIRESTOPPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes firestopping for the following: 1. Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated
floor and roof construction including both empty openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other penetrating items. 2. Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated
walls and partitions including both empty opening and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other penetrating items. 3. Penetrations through smoke barriers and construction
enclosing compartmentalized areas involving both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items. 4. Joints in fire-resistance-rated construction, including tops of fire-rated
walls. 5. Joints between floor construction and curtain wall assemblies, including installation of curtainwall insulation. 6. Sealing of non-fire-rated corridor walls required to prevent
passage of smoke into the corridor. 7. Labeling of firestopping and fire-resistive joint installations. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section “Expansion Joints Cover Assemblies”
2. Division 07 Section “Joint Sealants” 3. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Drywall Assemblies” 4. Division 23 – Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning 5. Division 26 – Electrical C. Products
installed, but not supplied under this section: 1. Curtainwall insulation installed as part of a fire-resistive joint system: Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation". 2. Mineral wool
insulation installed as part of a firestopping system (safing insulation): Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation". 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C 719 – Standard
Test Method for Adhesion and Cohesion of Elastomeric Joint Sealants Under Cyclic Movement (Hockman Cycle) 2. C 834 – Standard Specification for Latex Sealants 3. C 920 – Standard Specification
for Elastomeric Joint Sealants 4. C 1193 – Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants 5. E 84 – Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -2 6. E 119 – Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 7. E 136 – Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical
Tube Furnace at 750oC 8. E 814 – Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops 9. E 1399 – Standard Test Method for Cyclic Movement and Measuring the Minimum
and Maximum Joint Widths of Architectural Joint Systems 10. E 1725 – Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Fire-Resistive Barrier Systems of Electrical Systems Components. 11. E 1966
– Standard Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems 12. E 2174 – Standard Practice for On-Site Inspection of Installed Fire Stops 13. E 2307 – Standard Test Method for Determining
Fire Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barrier Systems Using Intermediate-Scale, Multi-story Test Apparatus 14. E 2393 – Standard Practice for On-Site Inspection of Installed Fire Stop Joint
Systems B. International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO): 1. UBC Standard 26-9 – Method of Test for the Evaluation of Flammability Characteristics of Exterior, Non-Loadbearing
Wall Assemblies Containing Combustible Components Using the Intermediate-Scale, Multistory Test Apparatus. C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1. UL Qualified Firestop Contractor Program
2. UL 723 – Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 3. UL/ANSI 1479 – Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops, including
optional air leak test. 4. UL 1978 – Grease Duct 1 or 2 Hour Shaft Enclosures 5. UL 2079 – Test for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems 6. Category XHDG – Perimeter Fire Containment
Systems 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide firestopping systems that are produced and installed to resist the spread of fire and the passage of smoke and other gases,
according to requirements indicated. B. Through-Through-Penetration Firestop Systems: Provide through-penetration firestop systems, tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 with a minimum
positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch of water, with F and T ratings equal or exceeding the fire-resistance rating of the constructions penetrated. 1. T Rating is not required
for floor penetrations contained and located within the cavity of a wall. 2. W Rated Through-Penetration Firestop Systems: Provide firestop systems with W Water Resistance ratings, in
addition to F, T and L ratings, as determined per UL 1479, where indicated. 3. In floors, and walls indicated as “Smoke Barriers” or “Smoke Partitions”, provide UL/ANSI 1479 Category
L listed firestop systems that will prevent the passage of smoke through the floor or wall, with an aggregate area of opening in reach room less than specified or required by Code: a.
Leakage Area of Walls: 1 square foot per 1000 square feet of wall area.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -3 b. Leakage Area of Floors: 0.5 square feet per 1000 square feet of floor area. C. Fire-Resistant Joint Systems: For joints between floor slabs and curtainwall
assemblies, provide systems classified under UL Category XHDG. Joint system or tested in accordance with the requirements of UL 2079, with F and T ratings equal or exceeding the floor
assembly rating. D. For firestopping exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products that do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions. 1. For piping
penetrations for plumbing and wet-pipe sprinkler systems, provide moistureresistant through-penetration firestop systems. 2. For floor penetrations with annular spaces exceeding 4 inches
(100 mm)) or more in width and exposed to possible loading and traffic, provide firestop systems capable of supporting the floor loads involved either by installing floor plates or by
other means. 3. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through-penetration firestop systems that do not require removal of insulation. E. For firestopping exposed to view,
provide products with flame-spread values of less than 25 and smoke-developed values of less than 450, as determined per ASTM E 84. F. Re-enterable sleeve Devices: Where penetrants consist
of multiple security, communication, data, cable-tray or other cabling, re-enterable sleeve devices may be provided in lieu of separate sleeves and firestopping. G. Where application
does not match available listed systems, provide Engineering Judgments or Equivalent Fire Resistance Rated Assembly created in accordance with IFC guidelines. H. Where there is no specific
third party tested and classified firestop system available for a particular firestop configuration, the firestopping contractor shall obtain from the firestop manufacturer, an Engineering
Judgment (EJ) or Equivalent Fire Resistance Rated Assembly (EFFRA) for submittal to Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) for approval. I. Corridor walls in Group I-2 Occupancy buildings:
Corridor walls shall be sealed to prevent the passage of smoke with materials capable of providing an effective smoke barrier. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product data for each type of product
specified. 1. Certification by firestopping manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs), and are nontoxic to
building occupants. B. Shop drawings detailing materials, installation methods, and relationships to adjoining construction for each through-penetration firestop system, and each kind
of construction condition penetrated and kind of penetrating item. Include firestop design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency evidencing compliance with requirements
for each condition indicated.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -4 1. Submit documentation, including illustrations, from a qualified testing and inspecting agency that is applicable to each through-penetration firestop configuration
for construction and penetrating items. a. Documentation shall include an illustration of the condition being firestopped and written description of system components and installation
requirements. 2. Where there is no specific third party tested and classified Firestop System available for a particular firestop configuration, the firestopping contractor shall obtain
from the firestop manufacturer an Engineering Judgment (EJ) or Equivalent Fire Resistance Rated Assembly (EFRRA) C. Schedule: Provide schedule of firestopping systems listing the following:
1. Condition, by construction and penetrating item. 2. System designation, using UL or other independent laboratory designation. 3. System F and T ratings. 4. List of System Components.
5. Limitations on size of opening or maximum joint width. 6. Limitation on size or number of penetrating items. 7. Minimum and maximum annular space or joint width. 8. Sealant color,
where applicable. D. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of firestopping products certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. 1. Copies of Engineering
Judgment applications and responses. E. Product test reports from, and based on tests performed by, a qualified testing and inspecting agency evidencing compliance of firestopping with
requirements based on comprehensive testing of current products. F. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" article to demonstrate their capabilities
and experience. Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, names of Architects and Owners, and other information specified. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response
Characteristics: Provide firestopping that complies with the following requirements and those specified under the article, “SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS”: 1. Firestopping tests shall
be performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A qualified testing and inspecting agency is UL, ITS/WHI (Warnock Hersey), Omega Point Laboratories, or another agency performing
testing and follow-up inspection services for firestop systems that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Through-penetration firestop systems are identical to those tested
per ASTM E 814 under conditions where positive furnace pressure differential of at least 0.01 inch of water (2.5 Pa) is maintained at a distance of 0.78 inch (20 mm) below the fill materials
surrounding the penetrating items in the test assembly. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -5 a. Through-penetration firestop system products shall bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency. b. Through-penetration firestop
systems correspond to those indicated by reference to through-penetration firestop system designations listed by UL in their "Fire Resistance Directory," by Intertek ETL Semko, or by
another qualified testing and inspecting agency. 3. Fire-resistive joint sealant systems are identical to those tested for fire-response characteristics per UL 2079 under conditions
where the positive furnace pressure differential is at least 0.01 inch of water (2.5 Pa), as measured 0.78 inch (20 mm) from the face exposed to furnace fire. Provide systems complying
with the following requirements: a. Fire-Resistance Ratings of Joint Sealants: As indicated by reference to design designations listed by UL in their "Fire Resistance Directory" or by
another qualified testing and inspecting agency. b. Joint sealants, including backing materials, bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspection agency. B. Installer
Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who is certified, licensed, or otherwise qualified by the firestopping manufacturer as having the necessary experience, staff, and training
to install manufacturer's products per specified requirements. 1. A manufacturer's willingness to sell its firestopping products to the Contractor or to an Installer engaged by the Contractor
does not in itself confer qualification on the buyer. C. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who is certified or otherwise qualified as having the necessary experience,
staff, and training to install firestopping systems in accordance with specified requirements. 1. FM Global approved in accordance with FMG 4991 2. UL Qualified Firestop Contractor 3.
Licensed by the State or local authority, where applicable. 4. Firestop Contractors International Association Contractor Member in good standing. 5. Shown to have successfully completed
not less than 5 comparable scale projects. D. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain through-penetration firestop systems for each kind of penetration and construction condition indicated
from a single manufacturer. E. Provide firestoppping products containing no detectable asbestos as determined by the method specified in 40 CFR Part 763, Subpart F, Appendix A, Section
1, "Polarized Light Microscopy." F. Coordinating Work: Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that designated through-penetration firestop systems are installed
per specified requirements. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver firestopping products to Project site in original, unopened containers or packages with intact and legible
manufacturers' labels identifying product and manufacturer; date of manufacture; lot number; number; shelf life, if applicable; qualified testing and inspecting agency's
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -6 classification marking applicable to Project; curing time; and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle firestopping materials to
prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, or other causes. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not install firestopping
when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by firestopping manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. B. Ventilation:
Ventilate firestopping per firestopping manufactures' instructions by natural means or, where this is inadequate, forced air circulation. 1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Do not cover
up those firestopping installations that will become concealed behind other construction until Architect/Engineer and authorities having jurisdiction, if required, have examined each
installation. 1. Dated photographs may be submitted for verbal approval by the Architect/Engineer, in lieu of on-site examination, prior to proceeding with construction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers of firestopping materials and systems: 1. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc.; FireBarrier 2. Hilti, Inc. 3. Nelson Firestop Products. 4. RectorSeal
Corporation (The), Bio Fireshield and Metacaulk Firestopping Products. 5. Specified Technologies, Inc. (STI); SpecSeal 6. 3M; Fire Protection Products Division. 7. Tremco; Fire Protection
Systems Group; TremStop 8. W. R. Grace & Co., FlameSafe 2.2 FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide firestopping composed of components that are compatible with each other, the
substrates forming openings, and the items, if any, penetrating the firestopping under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by firestopping manufacturer manufacturer
based on testing and field experience.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -7 B. Accessories: Provide components for each firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to comply with "System Performance Requirements"
article in Part 1. Use only components specified by the firestopping manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing and inspecting agency for the designated fire-resistance-rated
systems. Accessories include but are not limited to the following items: 1. Permanent forming/damming/backing materials including the following: a. Semi-refractory fiber (mineral wool)
insulation. b. Ceramic fiber. c. Sealants used in combination with other forming/damming materials to prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state. d. Fire-rated form board. e.
Joint fillers for joint sealants. 2. Temporary forming materials. 3. Substrate primers. 4. Collars. 5. Steel sleeves. C. Applications: Provide firestopping systems composed of materials
specified in this Section that comply with system performance and other requirements. 2.3 FILL MATERIALS FOR FIRESTOP SYSTEMS A. Mineral wool (fire safing) insulation: 1. Description:
Mineral wool semi-rigid blanket a. ASTM C 612, Class 1 b. Provide material complying with firestop system listing for hour and temperature rating indicated on Drawings. 2. Facing: a.
Scrim-reinforced aluminum foil faced at exterior wall and floor intersection. b. Unfaced at interior head-of-wall and poke-through locations. 3. Density: 4.0 lbs./cu. ft. 4. Thickness:
4 inches 5. Widths: Maximum usable width up to 24 inches 6. Attachment: a. Compressed 25 percent friction fit, unless noted otherwise b. Uncompressed with galvanized steel impaling pins
as required for the fire-rated assembly test for the floor to wall condition. 7. Acceptable products: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Fibrex Safing Insulation b. IIG MinWool. LLC; MinWool
-1200 Safing c. Roxul Inc.; RXL Safe d. Thermafiber LLC; Thermafiber Safing Insulation 8. Locations: a. Exterior wall and floor intersections, and as indicated on Drawings. b. Interior
head-of-wall intersections with corrugated metal deck or as part of a headof-wall firestopping system.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -8 c. Interior "poke-thru" locations except where protected by alternative Firestop systems. B. Curtainwall Insulation: 1. Description: Mineral wool semi-rigid
blanket a. ASTM C665 Type 1, ASTM C 612, Type 1. 2. Thermal Resistance: ASTM C518, R=4.13 per inch, k=0.23 3. Facing: scrim-reinforced aluminum foil faced 4. Widths: As required for
rated assembly, 24" minimum 5. Density: As required for rated assembly, 4 pcf minimum 6. Thickness: 2 inches, except where otherwise indicated. 7. Color: Natural 8. Attachment: a. Uncompressed
with galvanized steel impaling pins as required for the fire-rated assembly test for the floor to wall condition. b. 1-1/2 inch by 1-1/2 inch, 20 gage galvanized steel angles and back-to-back
angle stiffening tees installed in accordance with assembly listing. 9. Acceptable Products: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Firex Curtainwall Insulation CW b. IIG MinWool, LLC; MinWool
-1200 Curtainwall c. Roxul Inc.; CurtainRock 40, 80 d. Thermafiber LLC; Thermafiber FireSpan 40, 90 10. Locations: a. Aluminum curtainwall spandrels and over mullions in concealed spaces.
C. Ceramic-Fiber and Mastic Coating: Ceramic fibers in bulk form formulated for use with mastic coating, and ceramic fiber manufacturer's mastic coating. D. Ceramic-Fiber Sealant: Single-component
formulation of ceramic fibers and inorganic binders. E. Endothermic, Latex or Acrylic Compound Sealant: Single-component, endothermic. F. Intumescent, Latex or Acrylic Sealant: single-component,
intumescent. G. Intumescent Putty: Non-hardening, moldable, dielectric, water-resistant putty containing no solvents, inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds. 1. Putty may be preformed
into self-adhering, relocatable sheets or pads for installation around penetrating objects. H. Intumescent Wrap Strips: Single-component, elastomeric sheet with aluminum foil on one
side. I. Intumescent Composite Panels: Rigid fire-resistant panel consisting of an intumescent layer bonded to a 2 galvanized steel sheet, reinforced with steel wire mesh covered with
aluminum foil J. Job-Mixed Vinyl Compound: Pre-packaged vinyl-based power product for mixing with water at Project site to produce a paintable compound, passing ASTM E 136, with flame-spread
and smoke-developed rating of 0 per ASTM E 84.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -9 K. Mortar: Prepackaged dry mix composed of a blend of inorganic binders, fillers, and lightweight aggregate formulated for mixing with water at Project site
to form a non-shrinking, homogenous mortar. L. Blankets: Inorganic thermal ceramic and acoustical blankets for use in construction joints. Flame spread and smoke development of zero
per ASTM E 84 and UL 723. Non-combustible per ASTM E 136. M. Duct Wrap: Inorganic thermal ceramic fireproof blankets for a 2-hour enclosure of metal duct elevator hoistway vents. N.
Pillows/Bags: Re-usable, heat-expanding pillows/bags composed of glass-fiber cloth cases filled with a combination of mineral-fiber, water-insoluble expansion agents and fire-retardant
additives. O. Silicone Foam: Two-component, silicone-based liquid elastomer that, when mixed expands and cures in place to produce a flexible, non-shrinking foam. P. Silicone Sealant:
Moisture-curing, single-component, silicone-based neutral-curing elastomeric sealant of grade indicated below: 1. Grade: Pourable (self-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and
other horizontal surfaces and nonsag formulation for openings in vertical and other surfaces requiring a non-slumping/gunnable sealant, unless indicated firestop system limits use to
nonsag grade for both opening conditions. 2. Grade for Horizontal Surfaces: Pourable (self-leveling) grade for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces. 3. Grade for Vertical
Surfaces: Nonsag grade for openings in vertical and other surfaces. 2.4 FIRE-RESISTIVE ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANT A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically
curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer indicated that complies with ASTM C 920 requirements, including those referenced for Type, Grade, Class, and Uses, and requirements specified
in this Section applicable to fire-resistive joint sealants. B. Sealant Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealants to comply with theOwner's existing color selections. C. Single-Component,
Neutral-Curing Silicone Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; exposurerelated Use NT, and joint-substrate-related Uses M, G, A, and (as applicable to joint substrates indicated) O 1.
Additional Movement Capability: Provide sealant with the capability to withstand the following percentage changes in joint width existing at time of installation, when tested for adhesion
and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for uses indicated: a. 50 percent movement in both extension
and compression for a total of 100 percent movement.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -10 b. 100 percent movement in extension and 50 percent movement in compression for a total of 150 percent movement. D. Multicomponent, Nonsag, Urethane Sealant:
Type M; Grade NS; Class 25; exposure-related Use NT, and joint-substrate-related Uses M, A, and (as applicable to joint substrates indicated) O. 1. Additional Movement Capability: Provide
sealant with the capability to withstand the following percentage change in joint width existing at time of installation, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement
per ASTM C 719, and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for uses indicated: a. 40 percent movement in extension and 25 percent in compression for a total of 65
percent movement. b. 50 percent movement in both extension and compression for a total of 100 percent movement. E. Single-Component, Nonsag, Urethane Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class
25; and Uses NT, M, A, and (as applicable to joint substrates indicated) O. 2.5 FIRE-RESISTIVE LATEX SEALANT A. Latex Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing,
elastomeric sealants of base polymer indicated that complies with ASTM C 834 requirements, including those referenced for Type, Grade, Class, and Uses, and requirements specified in
this Section applicable to fire-resistive joint sealants. B. Sealant Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealants to comply with the Owner's existing color selection. C. Single-Component,
Nonsag Latex Sealant: Type OP; Grade NF 1. Movement Capability: Provide sealant with the capability to withstand the following percentage changes in joint width existing at time of installation,
when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 834 for uses indicated: a. a. Gun grade:
Minimum 15 percent movement in both extension and compression for a total of 30 percent movement. b. Spray-applied: Minimum 18 percent movement in both extension and compression for
a total of 36 percent movement. 2.6 RE-ENTERABLE SLEEVE DEVICES A. System consisting of one or more sheet metal or split-tube sleeves forming an enclosed pathway, intumescent firestopping
materials, and smoke seal, intended for use with low-voltage cabling or other non-metallic penetrants. 1. Device shall be rated for visual fill capacities from 0 to 100 percent. 2. Device
shall automatically adjust to cable fill volume.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -11 3. Device shall permit cables to be installed, removed, or retrofitted without the need to adjust, remove or reinstall firestop materials. 4. Device shall carry
a UL Classified L rating and limit the passage of smoke through the penetration. B. Provide device suitable for retrofit application for encasing existing wiring without requiring their
removal, where existing cabling penetrates new or existing fire-rated floors or partitions. C. Products: 1. 3M; Fire Protection Products Division; Fire Barrier Pass-Through Devices 2.
Hilti, Inc.; CP 653 Speed-Sleeve (walls only) 3. RectorSeal Corporation (The), Metacaulk Cast-In-Place Firestop Device (through-floor only). 4. Specified Technologies, Inc. (STI); EZ-Path
System 2.7 CAST-IN SLEEVE DEVICES A. System for use in cast-in-place concrete floor systems, consisting of plastic sleeve forming an enclosed pathway, intumescent firestopping materials,
water and smoke seal, intended for use with floor penetrants. 1. Provide device designed for metal or plastic pipe, conduit, or cabling penetrants, as indicated. 2. Device shall be field
adjustable or adaptable to required sleeve height. 3. Device shall be sized to fit preset annular space for penetrant size. 4. Device shall permit penetrants to be installed, removed,
or retrofitted without the need to adjust, remove or reinstall firestop materials. 5. Device shall carry a UL Classified L and W rating and limit the passage of smoke and water through
the penetration. 6. Device shall be designed for placement adjacent to additional sleeves (ganged penetrations). Spacing of ganged units shall provide not less than 1 inch concrete between
sleeves. 7. Sleeve shall be provided with removable cap to prevent damage or contamination during construction, prior to installation of penetrant. 2.8 MIXING A. For those products requiring
mixing prior to application, comply with firestopping manufacturer's directions for accurate proportioning of materials, water (if required), type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer
speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures needed to produce firestopping products of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated.
2.9 LABELS A. Provide permanent, self-adhesive, water-resistant labels indicating the following information:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -12 1. Assembly F and T rating 2. Assembly Certification number or Engineering Judgment number 3. Name of organization certifying assembly 4. Test method used to
certify assembly 5. Name of installing contractor 6. Date of installation 7. Name of manufacturer of assembly components PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions,
with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of firestopping. 1. Verify
that field dimensions are as shown on the Drawings and as recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Coordinate locations of cast-in-place sleeve devices or floor penetrating items. 3. Coordinate
with other trades to assure that all pipes, conduit, cable, and other items, which penetrate fire rated construction, have been permanently installed prior to installation of firestop
assemblies that do not create a permanent sleeve. 4. Schedule the work to assure that partitions and all other construction that conceals penetrations are not erected prior to the installation
of firestop and smoke seals. B. Verify that system components are clean, dry, and ready for installation. C. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings and joints immediately prior to installing firestopping to comply with recommendations of firestopping manufacturer
and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign materials from surface of opening and joint substrates and from penetrating items that could interfere with adhesion of firestopping.
2. Clean opening and joint substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with firestopping. Remove loose particles remaining from
cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended by firestopping manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended
products and methods. 1. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -13 C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent firestopping from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed upon completion of Work and that would
otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears from firestopping materials. 1. Remove tape as soon as it is possible to do so
without disturbing firestopping seal with substrates. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1 and the through-penetration
firestop manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated. B. Install forming/damming materials and other accessories of types
required to support fill
materials during their application and in the position needed to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings of designated through-penetration firestop
systems. 1. After installing fill materials, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestop systems. C. Install fill materials
for through-penetration firestop systems by proven techniques to produce the following results: 1. Completely fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories,
and penetrating items. 2. Backing or fill materials meet compression requirements, where required. 3. Materials fully contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating
items. 4. Provide uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint width that optimize movement capability. 5. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing
Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. D. Install systems by proven techniques that result in firestop materials: 1. Directly contacting
and fully wetting joint substrates. 2. Completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, 3. Providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint width
that optimize movement capability. E. Tool nonsag sealant immediately after sealant application and prior to the time skinning or curing begins. 1. Form smooth, uniform beads of configuration
indicated or required to produce fireresistance rating, as well as to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealants with sides of joint. 2. Remove excess sealant
from surfaces adjacent to joint. 3. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -14 F. Labeling: Apply a self-adhesive label adjacent to firestop at time firestopping is installed. 1. For linear joints, install labels no further than 10 feet
apart and at each change in direction. 2. Install labels above ceilings or on the underside of floors, where not exposed to view. Do not install labels where exposed to view in finished
spaces. 3. Affix label to walls with a minimum of 2 staples with legs that project outward into the substrate. 3.4 INSTALLING FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS A. General: Comply with the
"System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1, with ASTM C 1193, and with the sealant manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications
indicated. B. Install joint fillers to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants
relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability and develop fire-resistance rating required. C. Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants
directly containing and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative
to joint width that optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time joint fillers are installed. D. Tool nonsag sealant immediately after sealant application and
prior to the time skinning or curing begins. 1. Form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated or required to produce fireresistance rating, as well as to eliminate air pockets,
and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealants with sides of joint. 2. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joint. 3. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent
surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. 3.5 INSTALLING PERIMETER FIRE CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS A. General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part
1, with ASTM C 1193, and with the firestopping manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated. B. Install joint fillers to provide
support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant
movement capability and develop fire-resistance rating required. C. Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly containing and fully wetting joint substrates,
completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint width that optimum sealant movement capability.
Install sealants at the same time joint fillers are installed.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -15 D. Tool nonsag sealant immediately after sealant application and prior to the time skinning or curing begins. 1. Form smooth, uniform beads of configuration
indicated or required to produce fireresistance rating, as well as to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealants with sides of joint. 2. Remove excess sealant
from surfaces adjacent to joint. 3. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. 3.6 CORRIDOR WALLS A. In Group
I-2 Occupancies, seal corridor-side perimeters and penetrations of corridor walls with materials capable of providing an effective barrier to the passage of smoke. 1. Provide bond breaker
tape, backer rod or safing insulation fill or backup where required by sealant manufacturer to support sealant or prevent three-sided bonding of sealant. 2. Seal perimeters of walls
and around penetrating items with acoustical sealant, fireresistive latex sealant, or fire-resistive elastomeric sealant. a. Seal corridor side end of open sleeves. 3. Tool sealants
where required to ensure proper bond to substrates. a. Sealant visible in finished construction shall be properly tooled for a smooth and uniform appearance. b. Do not use tooling agents
that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. 4. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joint. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection:
1. The Contractor shall provide a letter certifying that the firestopping installations are in compliance with the requirements of tested and listed firestop system, and that installation
process conforms to UL tested assemblies for the various rated floor, wall, and ceiling penetrations which are encountered throughout the new construction areas, and areas of renovation.
renovation. 2. The Architect/Engineer may elect to do a random inspection of installed firestop assemblies with the Contractor to observe the results of the finished installations of
different floor, wall, and ceiling penetration locations. a. Where deficiencies are observed thru the Architect/Engineer’s inspection, the firestopping shall be repaired or replaced
so that it complies with the requirements of tested and listed system designs. B. The inspector shall advise the contractor of any deficiencies noted within one (1) working day. C. Do
not proceed to enclose firestopping with other construction until inspection agency has verified that the firestop installation complies with the requirements.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -16 D. Where deficiencies are found, repair or replace the firestopping so that it complies with requirements of tested and listed system design. 3.8 CLEANING A.
Clean off excess fill materials and sealants adjacent to opening and joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of firestopping products
and of products in which opening and joints occur. B. Protect firestopping during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction
operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and
remove damaged or deteriorated firestopping immediately and install new materials to to produce firestopping complying with specified requirements END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -1 SECTION 07 92 00 — JOINT SEALANTS GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnishing and installing field-applied caulking and sealants as indicated or
implied by the Contract Documents. 2. Sealant for interior joints B. Related Sections: 1. Division 05 Section “Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies” 2. Division 07 Section “Firestopping”
3. Division 08 Section “Glass Glazing” 4. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 5. Division 09 Section “Tiling” 6. Division 09 Section “Epoxy Resinous Flooring “ C. Coordination:
1. The work of this Section requires close coordination with the work of other Sections of these Specifications and the work of other trades to obtain the proper sequence of operations
and installation of materials. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C 834 – Standard Specification for Latex Sealants 2. C 920 – Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint
Sealants 3. C 1193 – Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants 4. C 1248 – Standard Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants 5. C 1382 – Evaluation of Sealant Performance
with EIF Systems B. United States Code of Federal Regulations (CFR): 1. 21 CFR Part 177.2200 – Rubber Articles Intended for Repeated Use 2. 40 CFR Part 59 – 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product
Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's product data for all products included in this Section. B. Samples: Furnish samples for color selection. Selection shall be made from the manufacturer's
full range of colors.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -2 C. Schedule: Submit a sealant schedule, indicating locations where sealant will be installed, type per specifications, sealant name, manufacturer, sealant
type, primer requirement, and substrate materials on each side of joint.. D. Certifications: Submit certification from the Installer indicating compliance with installer qualifications
specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Work of this Section shall be done by a qualified sealant Subcontractor and shall be done by the same Subcontractor B. Provide products by one
manufacturer for each type of sealant. C. Applicator Qualifications: 1. Applicator shall be a company specializing in sealant work with a minimum of 5 years documented experience. 1.5
PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: 1. Sealants shall be delivered to the site in original unopened unopened containers. B. Environmental requirements: 1. Maintain temperature and humidify
recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. C. Storage: 1. Store materials in a dry place at temperatures recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Do not use sealants
stored beyond shelf lifetime. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions
are outside limits permitted by jointsealant manufacturer. 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications
indicated. 4. Contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -3 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Installer’s Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not
comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within a period of 2 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's
standard form in which elastomeric sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements
specified in this Section within the period specified. 1. Polyurethane sealants: 3 years or manufacturer’s maximum term, whichever is greater. 2. Silicone sealants: 20 years or manufacturer’s
maximum term, whichever is greater. 3. Other sealants: 2 years or manufacturer’s maximum term, whichever is greater. C. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration
or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications
for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding
design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric
contaminants. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Dow Corning Coporation 2. GE 3. Pecora Corporation 4. BASF Construction Chemicals; Sonneborn 5. Sika
Corporation 6. Tremco Incorporated 7. Acme Highway Products Corp. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible
with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -4 B. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide interior sealants and sealant primers that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according
to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. C. Colors of Exposed
Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements
indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and
joint substrates. B. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where elastomeric sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing
according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. C. Suitability for Contact with Food: Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for joints
that will come in repeated contact with food, provide products that comply with 21 CFR 177.2600. D. Single-Component Neutral-Curing Silicone Sealant ES-3: 1. Products: a. Dow Corning
Corporation; 799. b. Tremco; Spectrem 2. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 5. Uses Related to Joint
Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. a. Use O Joint Substrates: Ceramic tile E. Single-Component Mildew-Resistant Neutral-Curing Silicone Sealant
ES-4: 1. Products: a. Pecora Corporation; 898. b. Tremco; Tremsil 600 White. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic).
5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. a. Use O Joint Substrates: Ceramic tile 6. Applications: See Application Locations
at the end of this section.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -5 F. Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant ES-6: 1. Products: a. Sika Corporation, Inc.; Sikaflex -2c NS TG. b. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; NP 2. c.
Tremco; Vulkem 227. 2. Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Uses Related to Exposure: T (traffic) and NT (nontraffic). 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates:
M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. a. Use O Joint Substrates: Ceramic tile, wood 6. Applications: See Application Locations at the end of this section. 2.4
LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Sealant LS-1: Comply with ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF. B. Products: 1. Pecora Corporation; AC-20+. 2. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; Sonolac. 3.
Tremco; Tremflex 834. 2.5 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. Acoustical Sealant AC-1: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant recommended for sealing
interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne sound. 1. United States Gypsum Co.; Sheetrock Acoustical Sealant 2. Pecora Corp.; BA-98 3. Tremco, Inc.; Tremco Acoustical
Sealant 2.6 EPOXY JOINT FILLERS A. Epoxy Sealant EP-1: 2-part flexible epoxy, self-leveling 1. Products: a. Sonneborn; Epolith P 2. Applications: horizontal joints; see Application Locations
at the end of this section. B. Epoxy Sealant EP-2: 2-part flexible epoxy 1. Products: a. Sonneborn; Epolith G 2. Applications: sloped joints; see Application Locations at the end of
this section. C. Epoxy Sealant EP-3: 2-part flexible epoxy 1. Products:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -6 a. Chem Seal Products, Manufactured by the Flamemaster Corporation; CS 2727 2. Properties: a. Hardness: Shore A, 80 at full cure b. Tensile strength: 350 psi
min. 3. Applications: Concrete joint sealant in oxygen tank storage areas. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: 1. If required by the sealant manufacturer, solvent based, colorless,
non-staining. B. Bond breaker: 1. Polyethylene tape C. Backer rod: 1. Preformed rod, tube, or bar shape of flexible, closed cell polyurethane or polyethylene foam of the non-adhering
type, free from oil, tar bitumen, solvents, or other noncompatible foreign material and sized as recommended by manufacturer 2. Sonneborn-Sonofoam Soft Backer Rod 3. Dow Chemical-Etnafoam
"SB" rod D. Joint cleaner: 1. Non-corrosive, non-staining, recommended by sealant manufacturer. E. Masking tape: 1. Pressure sensitive adhesive paper tape. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions
affecting jointsealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean all joints removing all foreign matter
or protective coatings. Remove oils and greases with joint cleaner. B. Primers:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -7 1. Where recommended or required by sealant manufacturer, prime joints with brushes that will reach all surfaces of joint. C. Mask adjacent surfaces that will
not be covered with sealant and that are subject to staining or other damage by primers. D. Backer rods: 1. Install firmly and evenly in place where indicated or required to depths and
contours recommended by sealant manufacturer. Use backer rods for all exterior sealant Work. 2. Exercise care and caution not to puncture rod. E. Sequence: 1. All exterior sealant work
shall precede painting or waterproofing. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials,
applications, and conditions indicated. B. Installation: 1. Apply sealants with guns or other devices having nozzles of size to allow joints to be completely filled with single bead
of material. 2. Use sufficient pressure to drive materials completely and fully into joints so that joints are weathertight and watertight. 3. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign
embedded material, ridges and sags. 4. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature range. 5. Tool joints at flush vertical surfaces slightly concaved; tool joints at flush
horizontal surfaces slightly convex, so that moisture will not "pond" thereon; tool joints in internal corners slightly coved. Finish all joints uniformly smooth and straight, free from
wrinkles and sags. 6. At full-height, non-fire-rated walls and walls indicated to receive acoustical insulation, seal joints between dissimilar materials, around penetrations, gaps,
and other openings capable of transmitting sound. 7. At walls indicated as smoke partitions, seal perimeter of the wall, gaps, and around penetrating items, such as pipes, conduits,
electrical boxes, grilles, ductwork, etc. a. Seal openings in existing walls at perimeter of work area or indicated to remain in work area. C. Joint design: 1. Joints shall have depth
equal to one-half the width with a minimum depth of 1/4" and a maximum depth of 1/2" 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove excess sealants from joints. Remove sealant deposits from adjacent
surfaces not intended to be sealed, and restore such surfaces to their original conditions.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -8 1. Scrape or cut epoxy joints flush with adjacent substrate within 24 hours of placement. B. Remove masking tape immediately after tooling. C. Protect sealant
work until cured. 3.5 APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Interior Sealants: 1. Typical narrow joint, 1/4 inch (6mm) or less at walls and adjacent components: LS-1 2. Perimeter of doors, windows,
access panels to adjacent materials: LS-1 3. Countertops, backsplashes, endsplashes and adjacent walls, except at toilet rooms, showers and other wet areas: LS-1 4. Joints at masonry
walls, columns, piers and concrete walls: ES-6, ES-3 5. Exposed isolation joints at top of full height, non-fire rated walls: ES-3,ES-6 6. Drywall trim joints: LS-1 7. Walls to plumbing
fixtures and at fixtures installed in countertops: ES-4 8. Countertops to walls, at toilet toilet rooms, showers, kitchens and other wet areas: ES-4 9. Casework ends and scribes to walls
and perimeter of cabinet bases where finished flooring abuts cabinet base: ES-2 10. Pipe and plumbing fitting penetrations in non-fire rated walls: ES-4 11. Non-fire-rated full-height
walls and walls containing sound attenuation blankets: AC-1 12. Full-height walls indicated as Smoke Partitions: ES-3, AC-1 END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES 07 95 13 -1 SECTION 07 95 13 — EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Prefabricated expansion joint covers
and fire barriers as indicated or implied by the Contract Documents. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section “Firestopping” 2. Division 07 Section “Joint Sealants” 3. Division 09
Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 4. Division 09 Section “Acoustical Ceilings” 5. Division 09 Floor Finishes 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM) 1. C 719 – Standard Test Method
for Adhesion and Cohesion of Elastomeric Joint Sealants Under Cyclic Movement (Hockman Cycle) 2. E 84 – Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
3. E 119 – Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 4. E 1399 – Standard Test Method for Cyclic Movement and Measuring the Minimum and Maximum Joint
Widths of Architectural Joint Systems B. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1. UL 263 – Standard for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 2. UL 723 – Standard for Test for Surface
Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 3. UL 2079 – Standard for Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: 1. Provide drawings showing
types, lengths and installation details for all locations. Details shall indicate construction and splice details. B. Certification of compliance – fire-rated joints: 1. Provide copies
of listing for each type of fire-rated cover and/or fire-barrier and Certificate of Compliance with referenced standards.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES 07 95 13 -2 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and standards: 1. Joint covers shall comply with the requirements of the Building Code and the Americans with
Disabilities Act (ADA). 2. Joints shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 1399 for the minimum number of cycles permitted for the joint application indicated. 3. Joints in fire-rated
construction shall be tested in accordance with the UL-2079 and ASTM E 119, for the rating period indicated and shall include a hose stream test of the assembly. Tested assemblies shall
include field and factory splices and cycling of the fire barrier prior to testing. Test shall be conducted at the maximum joint width. a. Exterior curtain wall/floor intersection joints
shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 119 under a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch (0.254 mm) of water column (2.5 Pa). b. Fire-rated assemblies shall be listed
and tested by a nationally recognized testing and inspection organization. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Reference standard: 1. Interior Joint Covers: C/S Group B. Acceptable
manufacturers: Provide joint covers by acceptable manufacturers that match the specified joint cover in general profile, attachment and movement range. Joint covers that vary significantly
from the referenced standard shall not be accepted. 1. Balco, Inc. 2. Construction Specialties, Inc., a C/S Group Company 3. JointMaster USA, InPro Corporation 4. MM Systems Corporation
5. Nystrom Building Products 6. Watson Bowman Acme Corp. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: 6063-T5 extrusions, 6061-T6 plate and sheet B. Stainless steel: Type 304 C. Water barrier: EPDM or
PVC D. Fire barrier: 1. Provide either of the following:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES 07 95 13 -3 a. Metal or foil and ceramic or mineral fiber blanket material of the manufacturer's standard product, and of the type required for indicated
fire resistance. b. A rated firestop system installed in accordance with Division 07, having F and T ratings equal or greater than the rated assembly in which the expansion joint cover
is installed. E. Smoke and flame sealant: 1. Fire resistant silicone or intumescent caulk required by the joint manufacturer to conform with listing and compatible with substrates. F.
Fasteners and accessories: 1. Manufacturer's standard anchors, fasteners, spacers, seals and other accessories required for a complete installation G. Separation of dissimilar materials:
1. Zinc chromate paint for aluminum in contact with concrete or masonry. Bituminous paint for aluminum
in contact with dissimilar metals. 2.3 FIRE RESISTANCE A. Provide joint assemblies that have been tested and listed for use in floor and/or wall construction joint indicated. Fire rating
of joint assembly shall match the fire resistance of the adjacent construction. 2.4 MOVEMENT A. Provide floor joints capable of 4-way movement. All joint covers shall accommodate expansion/contractio
n to 50% of joint width, 100% total, unless otherwise noted. 2.5 LOCATIONS A. Interior: 1. Manufacturer: C/S Group 2. Floor to Floor: a. Resilient flooring or carpet: 1) Type GFP-HD
(stainless steel center plate) (Match existing) 2.6 FINISH A. Aluminum: 1. Clear anodized, unless specified otherwise.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES 07 95 13 -4 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATION A. Floor block-outs: 1. Provide block-out dimensions and locations prior to placement of concrete floors.
B. Fire-rated assemblies: 1. Coordinate installation of fire-rated joints with firestopping work. 2. Provide transitions or specialized terminations to ensure compatibility and complete
protection where expansion joints abut firestopping. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with all written manufacturer's installation instructions and methods 2. Factory fabricate,
cut or trim covers to the greatest extent possible. Field cuts shall be dressed smooth and straight, without burrs or exposed marks. 3. Set all joint assemblies plumb and true, aligned
with adjoining surfaces. Provide continuous shims where required to correct for misalignment. 4. Coat all aluminum in contact with concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals with appropriate
coating prior to installation. 5. Install joint covers to base frames after all adjacent finishing operations are complete. Install carpet or vinyl tile inserts as required. 6. Coordinate
sequence of installation with other trades to avoid any open joints at the intersection between wall/floor, and wall/ceiling joints. B. Fire-rated joints: 1. Install fire barrier in
expansion joint in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations prior to installation of joint cover. Barrier shall extend the full length or height of expansion joint, including chases
and other concealed spaces. Install the fire barrier on both sides of the wall if required by the manufacturer for the tested assembly. 2. Install 26 gauge galvanized sheet steel covers
over floor joints in concealed areas. 3. Replace any damaged fire barrier material. C. Floor joints: 1. Verify proper installation of block-outs in concrete slabs. Perform remedial work
as required for undersized block-outs. 2. Install fire barrier in fire-rated joints, or water barrier in all other joints, in accordance with joint manufacturer’s instructions. 3. Secure
base frames in floor block-out expansion bolts in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Shim as required. Latex or cementious leveling compounds shall not be used in the block-out
to obtain a flush condition with the finished flooring material. Use continuous shims.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES 07 95 13 -5 4. Grout base frames with non-shrink, non-metallic grout in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Float grout to provide a smooth,
level transition between slab and joint cover. D. Protection and cleaning: 1. Protect installed joint covers from damage or discoloration during construction. 2. Clean joint covers in
accordance with joint manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION
Division 08 Openings
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 12 13 -1 SECTION 08 12 13 — HOLLOW METAL FRAMES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Frames for Hollow metal door and window frame assemblies. 2.
Shop priming of hollow metal door and window frame assemblies. 3. Shop preparation of frames to receive finish hardware. B. Products supplied but not installed under this section: 1.
Frame anchors for new masonry walls. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Finish Carpentry” 2. Division 07 Section “Joint Sealants” 3. Division 08 Section “Metal Doors” 4. Division
08 Section “Flush Wood Doors” 5. Division 08 Section “Plastic-Laminate-Faced Wood Doors” 6. Division 09 Section “Door Hardware” 7. Division 08 Section “Automatic Door Operators” 8. Division
8 Section “Glass Glazing” 9. Division 09 Section “Painting”, for primers and asphaltic paint. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSI/DHI 115.IG – Installation
Guide for Doors & Hardware 2. A117.1 – Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People 3. A250.4 – Test Procedure and Acceptance
Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors and Hardware Reinforcings 4. A250.6 – Hardware on Standard Steel Doors-Reinforcement and Application 5. A250.8 – Recommended Specifications
for Standard Steel Doors and Frames 6. A250.10: Test Procedures and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames. 7. A250.11 – Recommended Erection
Instructions for Steel Frames 8. ANSI/NFPA 252 – Fire Tests of Door Assemblies B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A366-97 – Standard Specification for Commercial Steel (CS) Sheet, Carbon
(0.15 Maximum Percent) Cold-Rolled (Discontinued 2000)
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 12 13 -2 2. A525 – Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Commercial Quality 3. A568 – Steel Sheet, Carbon and High-Strength, Low-Alloy,
Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, Commercial Quality 4. A591 – Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Electrolytic Zinc-Coated, for Light Coating Weight [Mass] Applications 5. A666 – Standard
Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar 6. A924 – Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated
by the Hot-Dip Process 7. A1008 – Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability
8. E2074-00: Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, Including Positive Pressure Testing of Side-Hinged and Pivoted Swinging Door C. National Association of Architectural
Metal Manufacturers/Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (NAAMM/HMMA) 1. 861 – Guide Specifications for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1. 80 – Fire Doors and Windows 2. 252 – Fire Tests of Door Assemblies (positive pressure) E. Steel Door Institute (SDI): 1. SDI-109 – Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames 2.
SDI-111 – Recommended Standard Details Steel Doors and Frames 3. SDI-117 – Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames 4. SDI-118 – Basic Fire Door Requirements 5. SDI-122
– Installation and Troubleshooting Guide for Standard Steel Doors and Frames F. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): 1. ANSI/UL 9 – Fire Test for Window Assemblies 2. UL10C – Positive Pressure
Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: provide frames manufactured by a single source, in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Furnish
frames for metal doors by the manufacturer of metal doors. 2. Furnish stainless steel frames by the manufacturer of stainless steel doors. Stainless steel frames may be provided by one
manufacturer separate from other metal frames. 3. Furnish frames for all other doors and hollow-metal window frames by one manufacturer. B. Industry Associations: Provide frames manufactured
by a company with membership in the following associations: 1. Steel Door Institute (SDI) 2. Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (HMMA)
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 12 13 -3 C. Regulatory Requirements 1. Provide fire rated frames tested in accordance with one or more of the following standards: a. ANSI/UL 9 b. ASTM E 2074
c. NFPA 252 d. UL 10C 2. Tests shall be performed by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory 3. Frames shall be labeled with the tested fire resistance rating in accordance
with SDI-118 and the requirements of the testing agency. Labels shall be permanently attached to the frame. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Submit manufacturer’s descriptive literature
confirming compliance with specifications, installation instructions and general recommendations for care and maintenance. B. Shop drawings: 1. Submit drawings to fully describe and
locate all items being furnished including principal construction features, schedule of sizes and locations, types, materials, finishing, anchoring, accessories and hardware preparation.
C. Certificates: 1. Submit certificates of compliance with fabrication and test requirements. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle steel frames in a manner
to prevent damage and deterioration. B. Provide packaging such as cardboard or other containers, separators, banding, spreaders and paper wrappings to protect steel frames. C. Store
frames upright, in a protected dry area at least 1 inch or more off the floor on wood sills and at least 1/4 inch between individual frames. Do not use non-vented plastic or canvas shelters,
which would create a humidity chamber and promote rusting. D. Touch up any scratches or disfigurement caused by shipping or handling by sanding smooth and applying the same primer used
by the manufacturer. 1.6 COORDINATION A. General: 1. Obtain templates for hardware in order to accurately prepare mortises and to reinforce frames to receive finish hardware.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 12 13 -4 2. The coordination of metal frames with metal and wood doors shall be the responsibility of this section. 3. Coordinate work with frames at existing
openings. Field verify opening dimensions. B. Hollow metal frames shall be marked with the corresponding opening number on the Drawings. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Reference
standard: 1. Steelcraft; A Division of Ingersoll-Rand B. Steel frames: Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Amweld Building Products, Inc. 2. CECO Door Products 3. Curries Company 4. Republic
Builders Products 5. Steelcraft; A Division of Ingersoll-Rand 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel frames: 1. General: a. Commercial grade cold-rolled steel conforming to ASTM A366 or A1008. b. 14
gage for all frames. c. Not less than 16 gage up to 4’-0” opening, 14 gage over 4’-0”. d. Not less than 14 gage at lead lined frames. e. Not less than 14 gage at frames with automatic
door operators. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Welded frames: 1. All frames shall be of the sizes and shapes as scheduled. 2. All finish work shall be strong and rigid, neat, square, true and free
of defects, warp or buckle. 3. Jamb depths, trim, profile and backbends shall be as shown. Provide frames with equal rabbets, unless otherwise noted. 4. Corners and connections shall
be mitered, with gussets, surface welded continuously and ground smooth, on the mitered face of frame. 5. When shipping limitations dictate, frames for large openings shall be fabricated
in sections designed for splicing in the field. 6. Provide a temporary spreader bar securely fastened to the bottom of each frame.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 12 13 -5 B. Hardware preparation: 1. Frames shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped at the factory for fully templated mortised hardware only. 2. Where
surface mounted hardware is to be applied, frames shall have reinforcing plates only; all drilling and tapping shall be by others. 3. Provide reinforcements that meet the requirements
of ANSI A250.4, Type A. 4. Minimum thickness of hardware reinforcement shall be as follows: a. Hinge and pivot: 7 gage b. Strike: 16 gage c. Flush bolt: 14 gage d. Closer: 14 gage e.
Surface mounted: 14 gage f. Other: Manufacturer’s standard C. Floor anchors: 1. Weld in jamb base anchor strap to attach adjustable anchors. 2. Minimum thickness: 16 gage D. Jamb anchors:
1. Minimum Thickness: 18 gage steel, 7 gage wire 2. Stud Partitions a. Use manufacturer’ standard to suit the metal stud framing condition as shown. Four anchors up to 7’-6” height,
add one anchor per foot above 7’-6”. E. Head stiffeners: 1. Provide 12 gage steel “U” channels for frames exceeding 3’-0” wide. 2. Reinforce frame head in accordance with UL labeling
requirements. F. Mortar and plaster guards: 1. General: provide mortar or plaster guards at mortised hardware locations, welded to the frame. 2. Masonry walls: 18 gage back boxes (mortar
guards) 3. All other frames: minimum 26 gage plaster guards G. Glazing stops: 1. Minimum 18 gage thickness. Secure with countersunk sheet metal screws at 12” intervals. 2. Channel shape,
miter corners. 3. Locate on room/interior side of frames, unless noted otherwise. H. Finish: 1. Remove all tool marks and surface imperfections. 2. Dress smooth exposed faces of welded[
and soldered] joints. 3. Chemically treat to ensure maximum paint adhesion. 4. Coat all accessible surfaces with rust-inhibitive primer. I. Door silencers (mutes): 1. Prepare frame on
door side and provide factory installed rubber mutes.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 12 13 -6 2. Single doors: 3 in strike jamb 3. Paired doors: 2 in door head 2.4 FIRE RATED DOORS AND FRAMES A. Provide fire rated frames where scheduled or indicated
in fire rated walls. B. Notify Architect/Engineer prior to fabrication of any frame, specified to be fire-rated, that cannot qualify for appropriate labeling because of its design, size,
hardware or any other reason. 2.5 FINISHES: A. Shop Priming: 1. Factory applied coat of baked-on rust inhibiting primer meeting the requirements of acceptance stated in ANSI A250.10.
2. The prime finish is not intended to be the final layer of protection. Field applied primer shall be applied in accordance with the door manufacturer recommendations. 3. Chemically
clean galvanized metal prior to priming or use a primer suitable for direct application to galvanized steel. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: A. Site verification of conditions: 1.
At existing openings to receive new frames, verify opening size and clearances required prior to fabrication. 2. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on the shop drawings.
3. Prior to installation of metal frames, carefully inspect the installed work of other trades and verify that all such work is complete to point where frame installation may commence.
B. Prior to installation, check frames for correct size, swing, squareness, and hardware preparation. 1. Manufacturing tolerances: conform to SDI-117, including the following critical
measurements: a. Opening width: + 1/16”, – 1/32” b. Opening height: + 1/16”, – 1/16” c. Strike height: + 1/32”, – 1/32” d. Throat Opening: +3/32”, – 3/32” e. Frame Depth: + 1/16”, –
1/16” C. Remove the spreader bar prior to permanently anchoring the frames. Leave frame spreader bars intact until frames are set and adjacent walls are in place.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 12 13 -7 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install frames plumb, true and square, in accordance with ANSI A250.11 and manufacturer’s written instructions. B. Installation tolerances:
Measure and adjust in accordance with SDI-122 1. Squareness: 1/16”, measured on a line, 90 degrees from one jamb, at the upper corner of the frame at the other jamb 2. Alignment: 1/16”,
measured on jambs on a horizontal line parallel to the plane of the wall. 3. Twist: 1/16”, measured at face corners of jambs on parallel lines perpendicular to the plane of the wall.
4. Plumbness: 1/16”, measured on the jamb at the floor. C. Touch-up marred or abraded surfaces with same rust inhibitive primer as factory applied. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. After installation
of doors and hardware, verify door gap tolerances and inspect for proper door and hardware operation. B. Adjust out of tolerance frames and frame mounted hardware misalignment in accordance
with SDI-122. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove protective materials and clean doors and frames at end of work. B. Remove trash and debris from jobsite. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16 -1 SECTION 08 14 16 — FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnish and install wood doors as shown and described by the Contract
Documents. 2. Factory machining for hardware. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Finish Carpentry” 2. Division 08 Section “Hollow Metal Frames” 3. Division 08 Section “Door
Hardware” 4. Division 08 Section ”Glass Glazing” 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer’s descriptive literature showing compliance with specifications, along with finishing
instructions, installation instructions and any general recommendations manufacturer may have for the care and maintenance of each door type. B. Door Schedule: 1. Show door size, type,
elevation, swing, indicate fire classification, applicable hardware locations, and detail openings for glass light openings. 2. Indicate cutout sizes, locations, and undercuts. 3. The
schedule format must list the doors in numerical order to expedite submittal review. C. Samples: Provide the following samples: 1. Factory finishes applied to actual door face materials:
Approximately 8-by-10-inches (200-by-250-mm), for each material and finish. For each wood species and transparent finish, provide set of three samples showing typical range of color
and grain to be expected in the finished work. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Minimum requirements: 1. Provide doors meeting or exceeding the minimum standard as set forth by the following
organizations: a. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI), 7th Edition: Custom Grade b. Window and Door Manufacturers Association (WDMA): Premium Grade
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16 -2 2. All doors shall be the product of the same manufacturer to ensure uniformity of quality and appearance throughout the project. B. Fire-rated doors: 1.
Comply with applicable Standards: a. ASTM International (ASTM): 1) E 2074, Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, Including Positive Pressure Testing of Side-Hinged
and Pivoted Swinging Door Assemblies b. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1) 80 – Fire Doors and Windows 2) 252 – Fire Tests of Door Assemblies (positive pressure) c. Underwriters
Laboratories (UL): 1) UL 10C, Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 2) UL 1784, Air Leakage Test of Door Assemblies 2. Acceptable Testing Agencies: a. Intertec Testing Services
(ITS-WH) b. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) c. FM Global (FMG) – Factory Mutual Approval Guide 3. Fabrication: a. Fabricate doors, indicated on the Drawings or in the Door Schedule to
be firerated, in accordance with applicable standards and tested assemblies. Any discrepancies between the architectural drawings and the testing agency standards shall be brought to
the Architect/Engineer’s attention prior to fabrication. b. Doors in smoke barriers, smoke partitions, or corridor walls shall comply with UL 10C and UL 1784, and shall be labeled as
“Smoke and Draft Control” doors. c. Glazed openings in fire-rated doors shall be tested in a door assembly and comply with the listing requirements of the door. d. Each required door
shall bear the authorized UL or ITS label showing the rating index and its conformance to the applicable specification. e. Fabricate to the required size so as to provide proper clearances
without field trimming. Comply with NFPA 80 clearance requirements. C. Coordination: 1. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of and the acquiring of all necessary information
from hardware and metal frame manufacturers. 2. Door manufacturer shall be responsible for coordinating all necessary information received by Contractor from hardware and metal frame
manufacturers, in order that doors be properly prepared to receive hinges and hardware. 3. Contractor shall provide his supplier with two copies of approved frame schedule, two copies
of hardware schedule and all necessary hardware templates. 4. Doors shall be marked with the opening number to correspond with the drawings for each installation. D. Tolerances: 1. Dimensions:
+ 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) overall dimensions 2. Warp: Maximum of 1/4 inch (6 mm) over length of diagonal across door over a 7’-0” section.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16 -3 E. Door and hardware installation: Comply with the requirements of Door and Hardware Institute (DHI) Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware. 1.4 PRODUCT
HANDLING A. Environmental Limitations: 1. Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed, wet work is complete. B. Storage: 1. Stack flat on 2 X 4 lumber, laid 12-inches
(300 mm) from ends and across center, supported to prevent warping. 2. Protect bottom door, door edges, and top door with plywood or corrugated cardboard. 3. Store doors in areas where
temperature range is 65°-75°F, with little variation in humidity and out of direct exposure to sunlight. C. Handling: 1. Do not drag doors. 2. Do not place other material on top of stacked
doors. 3. Contractor shall use all means necessary to protect doors from damage prior to, during and after installation. All damaged doors shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor
at no cost to the Owner. 4. Follow WDMA guidelines for storing, handling and installing of wood doors. 1.5 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperature between 60 and 90 deg F (16
and 32 deg C) and relative humidity between 25 and 55 percent during storage and for the remainder of the construction period. B. Certain wood species are light sensitive. Protect doors
from exposure to natural and artificial light after delivery. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Doors shall be warranted against warping, delamination, and other defects for the life of the installation.
B. Warranty shall include removal, replacement, and installation of replacement doors. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Reference standard:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16 -4 1. Marshfield Door Systems, Inc., Signature Series B. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. 2. Eggers Hardwood Products Corporation 3. Marshfield
Door Systems, Inc. 4. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc. 5. Graham, an ASSA-ABLOY Company 6. Ohio Valley Door Company 7. Oshkosh Architectural Door Company 8. Poncraft Door Company 9. V.T. Industries,
Inc. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Solid core doors -non-fire rated, 5-ply construction: 1. Reference Standard:: Marshfield DPC-1 2. Thickness: 1-3/4 inch 3. Core: Particle board; fully blocked for
hardware applications a. Provide structural composite lumber core where required for light openings indicated. 4. Face: Plain sliced cherry; A-Grade 5. Crossband: Hardwood veneer, nominal
1/16” thick, full width of door. 6. Side Edges: a. 1-1/2 inch laminated hardwood with minimum 1/4 inch outer strip in species to match face veneer. b. Bevel edge, 1/8 inch in 2 inches.
7. Top and Bottom Edges: a. 1-1/4 inch hardwood – finished or waterproofed 8. Adhesive: a. Facing Adhesive: Type I b. Bond stiles and rails to core by means of the hot press system.
9. Cutouts: a. Openings for louvers and vision panels shall be factory made to size and location indicated on Drawings. B. Mineral core fire doors -45/60/90-minute fire rated, 5 ply
construction: 1. Reference Standard:: Marshfield DFM-45PP or DFP-45PP; DFM-60PP; DFM-90PP 2. Thickness: 1-3/4 inch 3. Core: Incombustible mineral sections; fully blocked for hardware
applications a. 45 minute doors: Core may be mineral core or particle board core meeting requirements of the assembly rating. b. Particle board core doors shall not be provided with
cutouts. 4. Face: Plain sliced cherry; A-Grade 5. Crossband: Hardwood veneer (nominal 1/16 inch thick), full width of door. 6. Side edges:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16 -5 a. 3/4 inch nominal triple-ply stiles with concealed intumescent strip and minimum 1/4 inch outer strip in species to match face veneer. b. Outer strip in
fire retardant wood finish to match face veneer. c. Screw withdrawal: 740 pound average d. Bevel Edge, 1/8 inch in 2 inches. 7. Top edge: 1/2 inch hardwood – finished or waterproofed
8. Bottom edge: 1-1/2 inch hardwood – finished or waterproofed 9. Adhesive: a. Facing Adhesive: Type I b. Bond stiles and rails to core by means of hot press system. 10. Astragal: Where
required , 20 gauge, formed steel edge and astragal for fire doors installed in pairs and machined for hardware cutouts where required. C. Veneer configuration: 1. Book match between
veneer leaves 2. Balance match assembly of veneer leaves on door faces. 3. Pair and set match match doors hung in same opening. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Glazing stops: 1. Non-Rated: a. Wood,
of the same species/compatible with door species; Marshfield W-7 2. Fire-Rated: a. Veneer wrapped rolled steel, of same species as door facing 2.4 GLAZING A. Glazing: Refer to Division
08 Section “Glass Glazing”, for field and factory glazing. B. Integral Blind Glazing: Double-pane glazing units incorporating integral horizontal louver blinds and operators. 1. Acceptable
products: Acceptable products include, but are not limited to: a. Marshfield Door Systems, Inc.; Variable Privacy Doors b. ODL Incorporated; Doorglass Blinds with Light-Touch operator
c. I.E., Blind System by Pariluse (www.ieblinds.com) 2. Description: a. Lite unit consisting of 2 panes of glass encapsulating a tilt-only 1/2 inch aluminum horizontal louver blind.
b. Size: As indicated on Door Elevations. c. Glazing: Tempered safety glass, insulating unit with aluminum spacer. d. Blind Operator: Horizontal slider mounted in head frame of lite
unit, with integral seal. e. Lite Trim: Wood molding matching door face veneer. 3. Blind Color: To be selected.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16 -6 2.5 FABRICATION A. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated, with the following uniform clearances and bevels, unless otherwise indicated:
1. WDMA prefit clearances for factory fit doors 2. NFPA 80 for fire rated doors 3. Manufacturers hardware templates B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied.
Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop
Drawings, and hardware templates. 1. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. C. Openings: Cut and trim
openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of referenced standard for kind(s) of doors(s) required. 1. Light openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and
profile indicated. D. Factory Glazing: 1. Provide doors factory glazed, ready for installation. 2. Glazing shall be safety glass or fire-rated safety glazing E. Apply appropriate labels.
2.6 FINISHES: A. Factory finishing: Factory finish using the manufacturers standard procedures and in compliance with AWI Section 1500. 1. Color: Honey 26-95 2. Sealer and topcoats:
AWI TR-6 catalyzed polyurethane; ultraviolet light cured, satin sheen. 3. Finish all exposed edges and faces of doors. 4. Use same or compatible finish products for field repairs. PART
3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and installed frames before hanging doors. 1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location and swing characteristics
and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs. 2. Reject doors with defects prior to hanging. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16 -7 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install doors to comply with manufacturer’s written instructions and referenced quality standard. 1. Anchor doors firmly into position
for long life under hard use. 2. Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames in accordance with NFPA 80. B. Align all doors for uniform clearance at each edge. C. Doors
shall operate freely and smoothly without binding or rubbing frames or floors. 1. Do not install doors that exceed warpage requirements. D. Factory finished doors: Restore finish before
installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. E. Hardware: Refer to Division 08 Section “Door Hardware”. F. Seal all cut edges or openings caused by installation
of finish hardware or field cutting for clearances. 3.3 SITE TOLERANCES A. Clearances: 1. Doors shall fit opening with the following tolerances: a. Top: 1/8" b. Sides: 1/8" c. Bottom:
1/4" to floor covering or threshold 1) Undercut: Where indicated, 3/4 inch maximum d. Margin (double doors): 1/8" 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Operation: Adjust all doors to swing and operate freely.
END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 31 00 -1 SECTION 08 31 00 — ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes access doors and frames for walls and ceilings. 1.2
SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of access door and frame indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Samples:
For each door face material in specified finish. D. Schedule: Types, locations, sizes, latching or locking provisions, and other data pertinent to installation. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Rated Access Doors and Frames: Units complying with NFPA 80 that are identical to assemblies tested for fire-test-response characteristics per the following test method and that
are listed and labeled by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction: 1. NFPA 252 or UL 10B for vertical access doors and frames. 2. ASTM
E 119 or UL 263 for horizontal access doors and frames. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Verification: Determine specific locations and sizes for access doors needed to gain access to concealed plumbing,
mechanical, or other concealed work, and indicate in the schedule specified in "Submittals" Article. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL MATERIALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A
36M.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 31 00 -2 B. Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786/A 786M, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C or D. C. Steel Sheet:
Uncoated or electrolytic zinc-coated, ASTM A 591/A 591M with cold-rolled steel sheet substrate complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), exposed. D. Metallic-Coated
Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS) with A60 (ZF180) zinc-iron-alloy (galvannealed) coating or G60 (Z180) mill-phosphatized zinc coating. E. Galvanizing: Hot-dip zinc
coating (galvanizing): 1. ASTM A 123/A 123M, for galvanizing steel and iron products. 2. ASTM A 153/A 153M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware. F. Steel Finishes: Comply with NAAMM's
"Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Factory-Primed Finish: Manufacturer's standard shop primer.
2. Baked-Enamel Finish: Minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils (0.05 mm). 3. Powder-Coat Finish: Thickness not less than 1.5 mils (0.04 mm). G. Drywall Beads: 0.0299-inch (0.76-mm) zinc-coated
steel sheet to receive joint compound. H. Plaster Beads: 0.0299-inch (0.76-mm) zinc-coated steel sheet with flange of expanded metal lath. I. Manufacturer's standard finish. 2.2 ACCESS
DOORS AND FRAMES FOR WALLS AND CEILINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Babcock-Davis; A Cierra Products Co. 2.
Bar-Co, Inc. Div.; Alfab, Inc. 3. Cendrex Inc. 4. J. L. Industries, Inc. 5. Karp Associates, Inc. 6. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. 7. MIFAB, Inc. 8. Milcor Inc. 9. Nystrom, Inc. B.
Flush Access Doors and Frames with Exposed Trim: Fabricated from steel sheet. 1. Locations: Wall and ceiling surfaces. 2. Door: Minimum 0.060-inch-(1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal. 3. Frame:
Minimum 0.060-inch-(1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal with 1-1/4-inch-(32-mm-) wide, surface-mounted trim. 4. Hinges: Continuous piano. 5. Latch: Cam latch with interior release.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 31 00 -3 6. Lock: Cylinder. a. Lock Preparation: Division 08 Section "Door Hardware." C. Fire-Rated, Insulated, Flush Access Doors and Frames with Exposed
Trim: Fabricated from steel sheet. 1. Locations: Wall and ceiling surfaces. 2. Fire-Resistance Rating: Not less than that of adjacent construction. 3. Temperature Rise Rating: 250 deg
F (139 deg C) at the end of 30 minutes. 4. Door: Flush panel with a core of mineral-fiber insulation enclosed in sheet metal with a minimum thickness of 0.036 inch (0.9 mm). a. Insulation:
2 inch (50.8 mm ) thick mineral fiber insulation. 5. Frame: Minimum 0.060-inch-(1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal with 1-inch-(25-mm-) wide, surface-mounted trim. 6. Hinges: Continuous piano.
7. Automatic Closer: Spring type. 8. Latch: Self-latching device operated by knurled knob knob with interior release. 9. Lock: Self-latching bolt with cylinder lock. a. Lock Preparation:
Division 08 Section "Door Hardware." 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: Provide access door and frame assemblies manufactured as integral units ready for installation. B. Metal Surfaces: For
metal surfaces exposed to view, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. C. Doors and Frames: Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish
attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access panels to types of supports indicated. 1. For gypsum board assemblies or gypsum veneer plaster, furnish frames with
edge trim for gypsum board or gypsum base. 2. For full-bed plaster applications, furnish frames with galvanized expanded metal lath and exposed casing bead, welded to perimeter of frame.
3. For installation in masonry construction, furnish frames with masonry expansion anchors. D. Recessed Access Doors: Form face of panel to provide recess for application of applied
finish. Reinforce panel as required to prevent buckling. E. Latching Mechanisms: Furnish number required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane when closed. 1. For cylinder lock, furnish
two keys per lock and key all locks alike.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 31 00 -4 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Advise Installers of other work about specific requirements relating to access door installation, including sizes
of openings to receive access door and frame, as well as locations of supports, inserts, and anchoring devices. 1. Furnish inserts and anchoring devices for access doors that must be
built into other construction. 2. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing access doors
and frames. B. Set frames accurately in position and attach securely to supports with plane of face panels aligned with adjacent finish surfaces. C. Install doors flush with adjacent
finish surfaces or recessed to receive finish material. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust doors and hardware after installation for proper operation. B. Remove and replace doors and
frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FOLDING FIRE DOORS 08 35 13.23 -1 SECTION 08 35 13.23 — FOLDING FIRE DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Accordion-type folding fire doors including all fasteners,
clips and other anchoring devices as indicated or implied by Contract Documents. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 2. Division 09 Section “Wallcoverings”
3. Division 28 Section “Fire Alarm” 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer’s standard printed product information, indicating compliance with requirements. B. Shop drawings: 1.
Provide complete shop drawings showing all framing as per Contract Documents. Manufacturer’s preprinted standard details are not acceptable. 2. Show weights of all components and verify
that framing shown on Drawings will provide proper support of door. 3. Show all components and verify that framing shown will provide proper support. C. Warranty: 1. Provide manufacturer’s
standard form of warranty that shall provide two-year warranty for service, parts and labor. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer’s certification: 1. Prior to start of installation
of the work of this Section, secure a visit to the job site by a representative of the manufacturer of the doors who shall inspect and shall certify: a. The openings in which doors are
to be installed are in a condition suitable for that installation. b. The doors can be installed to comply in all respects with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FOLDING FIRE DOORS 08 35 13.23 -2 B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Finishes classified as Class A, with surface-burning characteristics determined by testing identical products
per ASTM E 84 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Flame Spread: 25 or less. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 HORIZONTAL SLIDING ACCORDION
TYPE FIRE DOORS A. Standard: 1. Won-Door Corporation – Fire Guard Model 20, single parting. B. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Won-Door Corporation C. Description: 1. Two parallel accordion
type wall panels independently supported, interconnected at lead post. 2. Interior surfaces of both wall panels shall be completely covered with continuous fireresistant blanket fastened
in place by steel spring clips. 3. Size: Refer to Opening Schedule. 4. Color: To be selected by Architect. D. Suspension system: 1. Manufacturer’s standard cold rolled steel track. E.
Perimeter seals: 1. Continuous extruded vinyl sweeps at top and bottom of fire doors to form a smoke and draft seal. F. Automatic closing system: 1. Type 1 motor assembly. 2. Fire exit
hardware located on both sides of fire door. G. Fire rating: 1. ASTM E 119: UL listed, 20 minute fire rating. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordination: 1. Opening shall be constructed
in accordance with shop drawings. 2. Steel framing shall be leveled in accordance with manufacturer’s tolerances.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FOLDING FIRE DOORS 08 35 13.23 -3 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Comply with manufacturer’s recommendations and install door to comply with ASTM E 557. B. Interconnect to building fire alarm system
through relays provided under Section 16721. Provide control wiring for connection by the Electrical Contractor to the building fire alarm system. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -1 SECTION 08 71 00 — DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnish all finish hardware included in the Hardware Schedule and all other
finish hardware not described but required for a complete and operable facility. 2. Coordinate keying schedule and provide all necessary templates and associated information to the trades
requiring such. B. Products supplied, but not installed, under this section: 1. Cylinders for doors specified in other sections 2. Cylinders for key switches, where indicated C. Related
Sections: 1. Division 08 Section “Rough Carpentry” 2. Division 08 Section “Hollow Metal Frames” 3. Division 08 Section “Flush Wood Doors” 4. Division 10 Section “Wall and Door Protection”,
for applied door protection 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Catalog cuts, drawings, or other descriptive data on hardware shall be furnished with the schedule to expedite hardware submittal
review. B. Shop Drawings: Details of electrified door hardware, indicating the following: 1. Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring for power, signal, and control systems and differentiate between
manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. Include the following: a. System schematic. b. Point-to-point wiring diagram. c. Riser diagram. d. Elevation of each door. 2. Detail
interface between electrified door hardware and fire alarm, access control and security system. C. Samples: 1. If requested by the Architect/Engineer, submit one sample of each different
item of hardware for review, including an itemized schedule showing where items are to be used. 2. After review and comparison with specifications, the samples may become part of the
work. 3. Submit samples of finishes and/or colors.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -2 D. Door Hardware Schedule: 1. Submit a complete typewritten schedule showing all manufacturers item numbers, function, finishes, type of fasteners and sizes.
ANSI/BHMA or Federal Specifications (FS) function numbers, factory serial numbers, sizes, etc. 2. Itemize each door. 3. The schedule format shall list the doors in numerical order to
expedite submittal review. 4. Furnish copies of the reviewed schedule to door and frame manufacturers. 5. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence
and Format for the Hardware Schedule." 6. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door
or opening. a. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Schedule at the end of Part 3. 7. Content: Include the following information: a. Type, style, function,
size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item. b. Manufacturer of each item. c. Fastenings and other pertinent information. d. Location of each door hardware set, cross-referenced
to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. f. Mounting locations for door hardware. g.
Door and frame sizes and materials. h. Description of each electrified door hardware function, including location, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems.
1) Sequence of Operation: Include description of component functions that occur in the following situations: authorized person wants to enter; authorized person wants to exit; unauthorized
person wants to enter; unauthorized person wants to exit. E. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks.
Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to unique door designations. F. Certificates: Copy of certificate or letter from the Door and Hardware Institute verifying qualifications
of the Architectural Hardware Consultant. G. Closeout Submittals: The O&M Manual shall include hardware item product data, hardware shop drawings and descriptive data, as-built hardware
schedule, keying schedule, and a letter or certificate from the supplier indicating hardware consultant certification by the Door and Hardware Institute (DHI). H. Submittal Sequence:
1. Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule shall precede fabrication of other work that is critical
in the Project construction schedule. 2. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review
of the Door Hardware Schedule.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -3 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier qualifications 1. Established company or corporation dealing with “contract builder’s hardware.” 2. Maintain regular franchise
as distributor of all locksets, exit devices, cylinders, and closers required for the Project. 3. Sample display room and an adequate inventory must be available. 4. The hardware supplier
shall have on staff an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) who is certified by the Door and Hardware Institute (DHI). 5. Provide an Architectural Hardware Consultant to service the
finish hardware as may be required at the Project Site, including 6 month and 12 month post-occupancy inspection and adjustment. 6. Electrified Door Hardware Supplier Qualifications:
An experienced door hardware supplier who has completed projects with electrified door door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose
work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance, and who is acceptable to manufacturer of primary materials. a. Engineering Responsibility: Prepare
data for electrified door hardware, including Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this
Project. 7. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules. B. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is currently certified by
the Door and Hardware Institute (DHI) as an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) and who is experienced in providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable
in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. 1. Electrified Door Hardware Qualifications: Experienced in providing consulting services for electrified door hardware
installations. C. Regulatory Requirements 1. Hardware furnished shall meet requirements of federal, state, and local codes having jurisdiction over this installation. Any furnished item
that does not meet code requirements shall be removed and proper items substituted at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Provide hardware for fire-rated openings in compliance with
the Building Code and NFPA Standards 80 and 101. This requirement takes precedence over the other requirements for such hardware, not withstanding that which is specified in the hardware
schedule. 3. At doors in smoke partitions and smoke walls, provide UL 1784 Listed gasketing or seals, installed in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 105. a. Leakage rate of the
door assembly shall not exceed 3 cubic feet per minute per square foot. 4. Provide only hardware that has been tested in accordance with UL 10C and listed by Underwriters Laboratories,
Inc. (UL) or Intertec Testing Services/Warnock Hershey, Inc. (ITS/WHI) for the types and sizes of doors required and complies with the requirements of the doors and door frame labels.
Provide all hardware necessary to ensure that the assembly will meet the test requirements for the specified label as scheduled.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -4 5. The hardware shall conform to ANSI A117.1 and the ADA. D. Coordination: 1. Examine the hardware schedule, door and frame shop drawings and elevations to
determine the final suitability of hardware specified. It shall be this supplier’s responsibility to furnish the correct hardware to fit the door and frame conditions. 2. The supplier
shall be present at completion of the Work, shall check the installation of all finish hardware, shall make any minor adjustments required and supervise all hardware replacements required.
E. Existing systems: 1. Unless otherwise noted, trim shall match existing in use. F. Certification: 1. A hardware consultant certified by the Door and Hardware Institute (DHI) and representative
of the manufacturer shall inspect the exit device, latchset/lockset installation with the hardware subcontractor prior to occupancy and submit a letter certifying that the installation
meets, or exceeds, the manufacturer’s recommendations. G. Door and hardware installation: Comply with the requirements of Door and Hardware Institute (DHI) Installation Guide for Doors
and Hardware. 1.4 OWNER’S INSTRUCTIONS A. The work of this section shall include four (4) hours of in-service training to be provided by the hardware supplier’s architectural hardware
consultant to the Owner’s maintenance personnel in the proper means of adjustment and maintenance of their respective hardware items. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Shipment:
1. Direct shipment of individual items of hardware from manufacturer to door manufacturer or to project site is prohibited. Shipment of hardware items shall be handled and coordinated
by hardware supplier. B. Packaging: 1. Plainly mark packages so that locations may be ascertained prior to opening the package. C. Storage: 1. At the project site, store the finish hardware
items in a secured area within a locked room or cabinet. Shortages shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -5 1.6 WARRANTY: A. Provide a written warranty, agreeing to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified
warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of operators
and door hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. B. Warranty Period: 3 years from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise
indicated. C. Warranty Period for Electromagnetic Locks: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. D. Warranty Period for Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers: provide hardware of each type by one of the listed manufacturers: 1. Butts and hinges: Ives, Hager, Stanley 2. Locksets:
Best 3. Sliding pocket door track and hardware: Johnson Hardware 4. Sliding Barn Door track: Hafele 5. Sliding Barn Door Lock: Adams-Rite 6. Sliding Barn Door pulls: Elmes Door Hardware
7. Stand-Alone electronic Lock: Schlage – King Cobra 8. Hospital latch: Sargent, Glynn-Johnson, Trimco 9. Roller latch: Glynn-Johnson, Trimco 10. Cylinders: Best 11. Flushbolts: DCI,
Trimco, Ives 12. Panic exit devices: Von Duprin 13. Electronic exit device: Von Duprin 14. Power transfer and power supply: Von Duprin 15. Closers and life safety hardware: LCN 16. Continuous
Hinges: Hagar Roton, Select Products Limited 17. Pulls and pushplates: Forms & Surfaces, Burns, Rockwood, Trimco 18. Astragals: National Guard, Pemko, Reese 19. Door armor and kickplates:
a. Stainless Steel: 0.050 inch Type 304, brushed finish 1) Burns, Ives, Rockwood 20. Stops: Glynn-Johnson, Ives, Trimco 21. Coordinator: Ives, Trimco 22. Silencers: Burns, Burns, Ives,
Trimco, Rockwood 23. Electric door holder: LCN, Rixson 24. Sweeps: National Guard, Pemko, Reese
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -6 25. Smoke Gasketing: National Guard, Pemko, Reese 26. Pivot hinges: Rixson-Firemark, Stanley, LCN B. Finishes: 1. Hinges at all locations, unless otherwise
noted below: 652. 2. Exit devices: 630 3. Custom offset pulls and push bars: Nylon; colors selected by Architect/Engineer 4. Locksets and trim: 626 5. Closers: Metal covers with a painted
finish, to match brushed stainless steel. 6. Pulls: 626 7. Door armor and push plates: Stainless Steel. 8. All other hardware: 626, 652 or 630, to match base metal. 9. Hardware at stair
doors shall be knurled. 2.2 HARDWARE TYPES A. Model numbers listed shall be considered reference standard and operation. Proposed substitutes shall match finish, configuration, and operation
and be approved by the Architect/Engineer. Coordinate hardware types with door and and frame conditions. All hardware of each type shall be by a single manufacturer. B. Description:
1. Butt hinges: a. Except where label provisions require larger or heavier hinges or where specified otherwise herein, provide hinges of the following sizes and weights: 1) Doors less
than 3’-6” wide: 4-1/2” X 4-1/2” (standard) 2) Doors 3’-6” wide to 4’-0”: 5” X 4-1/2” (extra heavy) 3) Doors 5’-0” high and not over 7’-6” high: 1-1/2 pair 4) Doors 7’-6” high and not
over 10’-0” high: 2 pair 5) Automatic doors: 5” X 4-1/2” (2 pair) 6) Standard butts: BB 1279; Hager 7) Extra heavy butts: BB 1168; Hager 8) Wide throw butts: WT BB 1168; Hager 9) Swing
clear butts (pocketed doors): BB 1263; Hager 2. Continuous hinge: a. High frequency – Heavy duty: 780-112HD; Hagar Roton b. Swing clear, pocket doors: 780-041HD; Hagar Roton 3. Locksets/trim/deadlock
s: a. Heavy duty, full mortised with anti-friction latch bolt and armor fronts b. Locksets: Best9K Line (functions as noted on opening schedule) c. Trim: 1) Lever/rose: 14D design; Best
4. Strikes: a. Dustproof strikes: DP-2; Glynn-Johnson; (all floor applications) b. Emergency Rescue Strikes: Stanley; ES-1 with double-lipped strike #DLS-2 c. Electric Strikes: VonDuprin
3041 DS with transformer. ACSI 1700 Series 5. Hospital latches:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -7
a. Sargent; 114 6. Cylinders and keys: a. Standard (removable core): IE74 (seven pin function); Best Access Systems b. Standard (non-removable core): Best c. All locks shall be keyed,
master keyed, and grand master keyed, and great grand master keyed. d. Key system shall be integrated into existing system. e. Provide construction keying system for exterior doors and
interior doors where required. f. Keys shall be stamped as directed by Owner. 7. Flushbolts: a. Automatic (labeled doors): 1) Hollow metal: 840 series; DCI 2) Solid core wood: 940 series;
DCI b. Manual: 1) Hollow metal: 805 series; DCI 2) Solid core wood: 905 series; DCI 8. Exit Devices: a. Labeled doors: 1) Double doors (wood): VonDuprin UL listed 9927EO-F (exit only,
no exterior hardware); 9927L-F x 992L-V (surface vertical rod) rod) 2) Single door: VonDuprin UL listed 9975L-F x 992L-M (mortise device) 3) Electronic exit device on power operated
doors: a) VonDuprin UL listed LE9947-L b) EPT 10 (electrical power transfer) c) PS 872 (power supply) b. Non-labeled doors: 1) Single door (hollow metal/wood): VonDuprin 9975L x 992L-M
(mortise device) 2) Electronic exit device on power operated doors: a) VonDuprin EL9947-L b) EPT 10 (electrical power transfer) c) PS 872 (power supply) c. Strikes per manufacturer recommendation
for dustproof strikes at floors. d. Lever design: VonDuprin #3 9. Closers: a. Surface mounted closers: LCN (4000 Series) 1) LCN; 4041: Handing, function and sizing to suite door requirements
2) Provide delay action closers where scheduled. b. Surface mounted closer/holder: LCN (Sentronic series) 1) LCN; 4040-SED: Integral smoke detector 2) Concealed wiring c. Provide delay
action closers where scheduled. 10. Pulls and push plates: a. Pulls: Forms & Surfaces; DT1211-10” C.C. pull, US32D b. Push plates: Forms & Surfaces; DP-8604-18 (push), US32D c. Pulls
for Post Partum Toilet doors: Elmes; T720-01-001 31-1/2” long 11. Astragals:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -8 a. Stainless steel: National Guard; 139SS, US32D b. Steel primed: National Guard; 139SP c. UL listed: Pemko, Inc.; 303AS (Use on all smoke and fire doors) 12.
Door armor: a. Armor plate and edge protection: 0.050” Type 304, brushed finish; Ives b. Kick plate: 0.050”; 4” high Type 304, brushed finish; Ives c. Armor and kickplates shall be adhesive
applied with no exposed fasteners. d. Width of armor and kick plates shall be 2” less than door width. 13. Stops: a. Wall stops: 1) Typical: Ives; WS401 (convex), 2) Locksets with handle
pushbuttons: Ives; WS402 (concave) b. Overhead stop: 1) Doors up to 3 feet wide: Glynn-Johnson; 410S series 2) Doors over 3 feet wide: Glynn-Johnson; 100S Series 14. Coordinator (single
egress double fire or smoke doors): a. Non-handed coordinator: Series 600 with custom filler bars to provide continuous appearance; Door Control International 15. Silencers: a. Metal
frames: GJ64; Glynn-Johnson (3 per leaf) b. Wood frames: GJ65; (3-1/2” projection); Glynn-Johnson (3 per leaf) 16. Electronic door holder: a. Standard: Rixson; FM-998/Transformer b.
Power: 24 VAC transformed from 115 VAC source c. Dimensions: Door pocket based on manufacturer dimension to provide flush door to wall condition. General Contractor shall coordinate
the final dimension. 17. Fascia set and pulls: a. Bypassing doors (1-3/4”): Grant 72-134 (length as required) b. Nylon pulls: HEWI 539L/R c. Mounting screw shall be painted to match
nylon. 18. Smoke Gasketing: a. National Guard #2525B 19. Sliding door hardware – (pocket): Johnson 203070PF 20. Sliding Barn Door hardware: Hafele Junior 80/Z (407.59.251) with wall
mounting bracket (Angle Profile 940.80.202) 21. Custom pulls and push bars: a. Offset pulls: Forms & Surfaces, HD713; 9” high X 3” projection b. Pulls: Forms & Surfaces, HD712; 9” high
X 3” projection c. Pull for Sliding Barn Door: Elmes Door Hardware; Standard Basic Tubular T720-01-001; stainless steel polished (31-1/2” overall length) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATION
A. Keys and keying:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -9 1. All locks shall be keyed, master keyed, and grand master keyed. After award of contract, the hardware supplier shall confer with the Owner and Architect/Engineer
to determine keying system. Submit a keying diagram after this conference. 2. Supply six (6) master keys and three (3) grand master keys. Each lock shall have two (2) individual keys.
3. Keys shall be stamped as directed by the Owner. 4. Lock supplier shall send master keys and grand master keys to the Owner via registered mail. B. Blocking: Coordinate blocking in
wall behind wall stops, electromagnetic door holder. C. Mounting heights: 1. Unless specified otherwise, hardware mounting heights shall be as recommended by the Door and Hardware Institute
(DHI). 2. Comply with current standards for handicapped access, including United States Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (A & T BCB) “Minimum Guidelines and
Requirements for accessible Design, Final Rule” and ANSI A117.1 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install finish hardware items neatly and accurately in place according to the manufacturer’s
instructions, Architect/Engineer approved Finish Hardware Schedule, the pre-installation meeting, and as recommended by the Door and Hardware Institute (DHI). 2. Mount all finish hardware
items at heights indicated. 3. Fastenings of suitable size, quantity, type, and finish shall be provided to secure hardware in position for heavy use and long life. 4. Hardware for applications
on metal surfaces shall be made to standard templates. B. Identification Marking: Neatly mark the scheduled door number on the top hinge of each door opening, using permanent marker
or paint pen. 1. Do not remove or deface manufacturer’s permanent identification labels on finished doors. C. Fasteners: 1. Fastenings shall harmonize with hardware material and finish.
2. Fasteners shall be concealed when doors are closed. 3. Fasteners shall be flat Phillips head unless otherwise noted. 4. Fastenings shall be furnished with approved anchors according
to material to which it is applied and manufacturer’s recommendations. 5. Ends of thru-bolts shall generally be countersunk. D. Back-to-back installations: 1. Pulls of same type mounted
either side of a single leaf shall be back-to-back. 2. Pulls or offset pulls mounted opposite to push bars shall be back-to-back at one point. 3. Finish hardware and fastenings shall
be provided to achieve above.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -10 E. All finish hardware installed in field finished doors shall be fitted, removed, and replaced after the doors have been finished. F. Protect all finish hardware
from being damaged, scratched, or in any way made unworkable. 3.3 CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENT A. Cleaning: 1. Prior to final inspection, test all hardware items for smooth and proper operation.
a. Adjust hardware to operate smoothly, without binding, scraping or catching. b. Verify operation of each lockset, exit device, and door operator function. c. Replace hardware that
cannot be adjusted to proper operation with new hardware. 2. Prior to final inspection, remove all marks, notations (except opening identification), smudges, smears and foreign material
from hardware finishes exposed to view. 3. Where factory finishes are marred, touch-up finish, repair or replace damaged hardware components B. Adjustment: 1. Verify proper installation
and operation of all hardware prior to final inspection. a. Adjust hardware to operate properly, without obstruction, binding or seizing. b. Verify all screws are installed and properly
tightened. 2. Provide post-occupancy inspection and adjustment 6 months and 12 months after substantial completion. a. Inspection shall be performed by the hardware supplier’s Architectural
Hardware Consultant. b. Inspect and adjust exit devices, latchsets/locksets, stops, hold-opens, and closers to operate properly. c. Repair or replace with new components, hardware showing
signs of breakdown or wear caused by improper installation, improper adjustment, or faulty components. This will not apply to hardware failure due to obvious misuse or damage. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain. 3.5 HARDWARE SCHEDULE Hardware Group No. 01 For use on
door(s): B301 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -11 1 EA RE-USE EXISTING HARDWARE EXI Hardware Group No. 02 For use on door(s): B302 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number
Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PASSAGE LATCH 45HN 14R 626 BES 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 34-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X
35" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 17' BRN NGP PROVIDE INTUMESCENT SEALS IF NOT INCORPORATED INTO THE DOOR CONSTRUCTION. Hardware Group No. 03 For use on door(s):
B303 B335A C308 C348 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PRIVACY LOCK 45HLT 14R 626 BES
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 34-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 35" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 17' BRN NGP Hardware
Group No. 04 For use on door(s): B305 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA STD COMBINATED
CORE 1C7-2 626 BES 1 EA KING COBRA LOCK KC5596-17 SFS 626 SCE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 SCUSH 689 LCN 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 34-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 35" 630 IVE 1 SET
SEALS 2525B 17' BRN NGP PROVIDE INTUMESCENT SEALS IF NOT INCORPORATED INTO THE DOOR CONSTRUCTION.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -12 Hardware Group No. 05 1'-6" INACTIVE LEAF; 3'-0" ACTIVE LEAF For use on door(s): B306 B312 Provide each PR door(s) with the following: Quantity Description
Model Number Finish Mfr 6 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA AUTO FLUSH BOLT FB41T 630 IVE 1 EA PUSH/PULL LATCH HL6-BE1-5-A 626 GLY 1 EA ROLLER LATCH RL32 (TOP MOUNT) 630 IVE 1 EA
SMOKE ASTRAGAL 5060CL 7' CLR NGP 1 EA OVERHEAD STOP 104S 630 GLY 2 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 18" 630 IVE 2 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 35" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP 1275RP 626 TRI 1 SET SEALS 2525B
19' BRN NGP Hardware Group No. 06 For use on door(s): B306T B312T Provide each PR door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 6 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652
IVE 1 EA AUTO FLUSH BOLT FB41T 630 IVE 1 EA PRIVACY LOCK 45HLT 14R 626 BES 1 EA ROLLER LATCH LATCH RL32 (TOP MOUNT) 630 IVE 1 EA OVERHEAD STOP 102S 630 GLY 4 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 23"
630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 2 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE Hardware Group No. 07 For use on door(s): B307T B308T B309T B310T B319T B320T B321T B322T B324T B325T B326T B327T Provide
each SL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 1 EA WALL MTG. BRACKET ANGLE PROFILE (940.80.202) 628 HAF 1 PR COVER PLATES COVER PLATES (940.80.062)
GRY HAF 1 SET TRACK & HANGERS JUNIOR 80/Z (407.59.251) 628 HAF 1 SET FASTENERS FASTENING BOLTS & NUTS (940.80.099) HAF 1 EA TRIM STRIKE 4001 628 ADA 2 EA MORTISE THUMBTURN 4066 628 ADA
1 EA HOOKBOLT DEADLOCK MS1850SNSI-050 1-1/2" 628 ADA
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -13 2 EA DECORATIVE PULL ELMES DOOR HARDWARE (T720-01-001; 31-1/2” LONG) SS ELM 1 EA ASTRAGAL 143PA 84" AL NGP Hardware Group No. 08 For use on door(s): B311 Provide
each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK 45H7D 14R 626 BES 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2
626 BES 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 SCUSH 689 LCN 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 34-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 35" 630 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 17' BRN NGP Hardware Group No. 09 For use
on door(s): B313 B314 B328 C300 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA OFFICE LOCK 45H7A 14R
626 BES 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626 BES 1 EA OVERHEAD STOP 104S 630 GLY 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 34-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 35" 630 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 18' BRN
NGP Hardware Group No. 10 For use on door(s): B315 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 224HD 83" 628 IVE 1
EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626 BES 1 EA KING COBRA LOCK KC5596-17 SFS 626 SCE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 DEL ST-1544 689 LCN 1 EA MOUNTING PLATE 4020-18 689 LCN 1 EA OVERHEAD STOP 106S
630 GLY 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 47" 630 IVE 1 EA ARMOR PLATE 8402 34" X 46-1/2" X U.L. 630 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 18' BRN NGP
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -14 PROVIDE INTUMESCENT SEALS IF NOT INCORPORATED INTO THE DOOR CONSTRUCTION. Hardware Group No. 11 For use on door(s): B316 Provide each SGL door(s) with the
following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 224HD 83" 628 IVE 1 EA MAGNETIC CATCH 326 673 IVE PROVIDE INTUMESCENT SEALS IF NOT INCORPORATED INTO THE
DOOR CONSTRUCTION. Hardware Group No. 12 For use on door(s): B318 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 5 X 4.5
652 IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT-10 689 VON 1 EA FIRE EXIT HARDWARE 9875L-BE-F E996L-BE-17 4' FS 24VDC 626 VON 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 44-1/2" 630 IVE
1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 45" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 18' BRN NGP NGP 1 EA PROSCAN PROVIDED BY SEC. CONT. COOR. W/ELECT. CONT. B/O 1 EA POWER SUPPLY
PS873-FA GRY VON 1 SET WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER & WIRING DIAGRAMS SSC 1 EA FIRE ALARM CONTACTS FURNISHED BY THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR B/O 1 EA INFANT SECURITY FURNISHED BY VERICHIP CORPORATION
B/O PROVIDE INTUMESCENT SEALS IF NOT INCORPORATED INTO THE DOOR CONSTRUCTION. NOTES: 1.) THE 873-FA OPTION BOARD SHALL BE WIRED TO THE FIRE ALARM PANEL THROUGH A SET OF NORMALLY-CLOSED,
DRY CONTACTS. 2.) THE FIRE ALARM CONTACTS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. 3.) THE CARD READER SHALL BE LOCATED IN STAIRWELL B318. OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: 1.) THE DOOR
SHALL BE NORMALLY CLOSED AND LOCKED. 2.) FREE EGRESS SHALL BE POSSIBLE UNDER NORMAL AND FIRE ALARM CONDITIONS. 3.) WHEN A VALID CARD IS SWIPED THROUGH THE CARD READER, THE LEVER ON THE
PULL-SIDE
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -15 OF THE DOOR WILL UNLOCK, ALLOWING THE DOOR TO BE OPENED. 4.) WHEN THE STRIKE TIME ON THE CARD READER ELAPSES, THE DOOR WILL RE-LOCK. FIRE ALARM ACTIVATION:
1.) IF THE FIRE ALARM IS ACTIVATED, THE LEVER-HANDLE WILL UNLOCK, ALLOWING INDIVIDUALS TO RE-ENTER FROM THE STAIRWELL. 2.) FREE EGRESS SHALL ALWAYS BE POSSIBLE. INFANT SECURITY SYSTEM
ACTIVATION: 1.) IF THE INFANT SECURITY SYSTEM GOES INTO ALARM, THE DOOR WILL LOCK AND EGRESS AND INGRESS WILL BE PROHIBITED UNTIL THE ALARM IS CLEARED. 2.) FIRE ALARM ACTIVATION WILL
UNLOCK DOOR AND ALLOW FREE INGRESS AND EGRESS. Hardware Group No. 13 For use on door(s): B323 C314 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish
Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PASSAGE LATCH 45HN 14R 626 BES 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 ST-1544 689 LCN 1 EA MOUNTING PLATE 4020-18 689 LCN 1 EA OVERHEAD STOP 104S 630 GLY
1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 34-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 35" 630 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 17' BRN NGP Hardware Group No. 14 For use on door(s): B332 Provide each SGL door(s) with
the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK 45H7D 14R 626 BES 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626 BES 1 EA SURFACE
CLOSER 4111 SCUSH 689 LCN 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 22-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 23" 630 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 17' BRN NGP Hardware Group No. 15 For use on door(s): B333-1
Provide each SGL door(s) with the following:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -16 Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 224HD 83" 628 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK 45H7D 14R 626 BES 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626
BES 1 EA ELECTRIC STRIKE 6211 FSE 24VDC 630 VON 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 46-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 47" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX
626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 18' BRN NGP 1 EA PROSCAN PROVIDED BY SEC. CONT. COOR. W/ELECT. CONT. B/O 1 EA POWER SUPPLY PS873-FA GRY VON 1 SET WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER & WIRING DIAGRAMS SSC
1 EA FIRE ALARM CONTACTS FURNISHED BY THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR B/O Hardware Group No. 16 For use on door(s): B336 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model
Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PASSAGE LATCH 45HN 14R 626 BES 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 34-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400
4" X 35" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 17' BRN NGP PROVIDE INTUMESCENT SEALS IF NOT INCORPORATED INTO THE DOOR CONSTRUCTION. Hardware Group No. 17 For use
on door(s): B337 C335 C346 CccD346 DD Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK
45H7D 14R 626 BES 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626 BES 1 EA ELECTRIC STRIKE 6211 FSE 24VDC 630 VON 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 34-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP
PLATE 8400 4" X 35" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 17' BRN NGP
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -17 1 EA PROSCAN PROVIDED BY SEC. CONT. COOR. W/ELECT. CONT. B/O 1 EA POWER SUPPLY PS873-FA GRY VON 1 SET WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER & WIRING DIAGRAMS SSC 1 EA FIRE
ALARM CONTACTS FURNISHED BY THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR B/O Hardware Group No. 18 For use on door(s): B300 B304 Provide each DE door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number
Finish Mfr 2 EA RE-USE EXISTING HARDWARE EXI Hardware Group No. 19 For use on door(s): C301 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr
1 EA RE-USE EXISTING HARDWARE EXI Hardware Group No. 20 For use on door(s): C304 C306 C312-1 C313-1 C315-1 C316-1 C317-1 C318-1 C319-1 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity
Description Model Number Finish Mfr 1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 224HD 83" 628 IVE 1 EA PUSH/PULL LATCH HL6-BE1-5-A 626 GLY 2 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 46-1/2" 630 IVE 2 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X
47" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 18' BRN NGP Hardware Group No. 21 For use on door(s): C305-1 C305-2 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity
Description Model Number Finish Mfr 1 EA PIVOT SET 7255 626 IVE 1 EA PRIVACY LOCK 45HLT 14R 626 BES 1 EA DOUBLE LIPPED STRIKE 455 5-3/4 26D HAG
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -18 2 EA ASTRAGAL 143PA 84" AL NGP 2 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 35" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE Hardware Group No. 22 For use on door(s): C311 Provide
each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 224HD 83" 628 IVE 1 EA PRIVACY LOCK 45HLT 14R 626 BES 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X
46-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 47" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 18' BRN NGP Hardware Group No. 23 1'-6" INACTIVE LEAF; 3'-0" ACTIVE LEAF For use
on door(s): B307 B308 B309 B310 B319 B320 B321 B322 B324 B325 B326 B327 C309 C310 Provide each PR door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 6 EA HINGE
5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA AUTO FLUSH BOLT FB41T 630 IVE 1 EA PUSH/PULL LATCH HL6-BE1-5-A 626 GLY 1 EA ROLLER LATCH RL32 (TOP MOUNT) 630 IVE 1 EA SMOKE ASTRAGAL 5060CL 7' CLR NGP
2 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 18" 630 IVE 2 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 35" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP 1275RP 626 TRI 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 19' BRN NGP Hardware Group No.
24 For use on door(s): C309T C310T Provide each SL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 1 EA WALL MTG. BRACKET ANGLE PROFILE (940.80.202) 628 HAF
1 PR COVER PLATES COVER PLATES (940.80.062) GRY HAF 1 SET TRACK & HANGERS JUNIOR 80/Z (407.59.251) 628 HAF 1 SET FASTENERS FASTENING BOLTS & NUTS (940.80.099) HAF 1 EA TRIM STRIKE 4001
628 ADA
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -19 2 EA MORTISE THUMBTURN 4066 628 ADA 1 EA HOOKBOLT DEADLOCK MS1850SNSI-050 1-1/2" 628 ADA 2 EA DECORATIVE PULL ELMES DOOR HARDWARE (T720-01-001; 31-1/2” LONG)
SS ELM 1 EA ASTRAGAL 143PA 84" AL NGP Hardware Group No. 25 For use on door(s): B333-2 C312-2 C313-2 C315-2 C316-2 C317-2 C318-2 C319-2 C320-2 Provide each BL door(s) with the following:
Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 1 EA BORROWED-LITE FURNISHED BY THE FRAME SUPPLIER B/O Hardware Group No. 26 For use on door(s): C318-3 Provide each PD door(s) with the
following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 1 SET POCKET DOOR KIT 203070PF JOH 1 EA HOOKBOLT DEADLOCK MS1850SNSI-050 1-1/2" 628 ADA 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626 BES
1 EA MTSE CYL, AR-MS CAM 1E74-C181-RP8 626 BES 2 EA DOOR PULL 8102-6 630 IVE 2 SET SEALS 161PA 1/36" 2/84" AL NGP 1 EA DOOR BOTTOM 421NA 36" AL NGP Hardware Group No. 27 For use on door(s):
C321 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 224HD 83" 628 IVE 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626 BES 1 EA KING
COBRA LOCK KC5596-17 SFS 626 SCE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 DEL 689 LCN 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 46-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 47" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 1
SET SEALS 2525B 18' BRN NGP PROVIDE INTUMESCENT SEALS IF NOT INCORPORATED INTO THE DOOR CONSTRUCTION.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -20 Hardware Group No. 28 For use on door(s): C324-1 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW
4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PUSH/PULL LATCH HL6-BE1-5-A 626 GLY 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 34-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 35" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B
17' BRN NGP Hardware Group No. 29 For use on door(s): C325-2 Provide each PR door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 6 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE
2 EA SGL DUMMY TRIM L0170 17A 626 SCH 2 EA ROLLER LATCH RL32 (TOP MOUNT) 630 IVE 2 EA OVERHEAD STOP 453S 630 GLY 2 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 29" 630 IVE 2 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE Hardware
Group No. 30 For use on door(s): C325T Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 1 EA PIVOT SET 7255 626 IVE 1 EA PRIVACY LOCK 45HLT 14R
626 BES 1 EA DOUBLE LIPPED STRIKE 455 5-3/4 26D HAG 2 EA ASTRAGAL 143PA 84" AL NGP 1 EA OVERHEAD STOP 104S 630 GLY 2 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 35" 630 IVE Hardware Group No. 31 For use
on door(s): C349 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 224HD 83" 628 IVE 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626
BES
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -21 1 EA KING COBRA LOCK KC5596-17 SFS 626 SCE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 DEL 689 LCN 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 40-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 41" 630 IVE
1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 18' BRN NGP PROVIDE INTUMESCENT SEALS IF NOT INCORPORATED INTO THE DOOR CONSTRUCTION. Hardware Group No. 32 For use on door(s): C332
Provide each DE door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 2 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 224HD 83" 628 IVE 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626 BES 1 EA MTSE CYL,
STRGHT CAM 1E74-C4 -RP5 626 BES 2 EA ELECTROMAG LOCK 390DEL-DSM-MBS-SEC 628 SCE 2 EA PUSH PLATE 8200 4" X 16" 630 IVE 1 EA OVERLAPPING ASTRAGAL FURNISHED BY THE DOOR SUPPLIER B/O 1 EA
AUTOMATIC OPERATOR FURNISHED UNDER SECTION 08 71 13 B/O 4 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 45" 630 IVE 2 2 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 1 EA SMOKE ASTRAGAL 2525B 7' BRN NGP 1 EA POWER SUPPLY
510-ULAC SCE 1 EA PROSCAN PROVIDED BY SEC. CONT. COOR. W/ELECT. CONT. B/O 1 EA FIRE ALARM CONTACTS FURNISHED BY THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR B/O 1 EA KEYSWITCH 653-0405-L2 630 SCE 1 EA
WALL ACTUATOR FURNISHED UNDER SECTION 08 71 60 B/O Hardware Group No. 33 (NOT USED) For use on door(s): Hardware Group No. 34 For use on door(s): C337 Provide each SGL door(s) with the
following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA OFFICE LOCK 45H7A 14R 626 BES 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626 BES
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -22 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 34-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 35" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 18' BRN NGP Hardware Group
No. 35 For use on door(s): C338 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PUSH/PULL LATCH HL6-BE1-5-A
626 GLY 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 DEL 689 LCN 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 34-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 35" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 17' BRN NGP
PROVIDE INTUMESCENT SEALS IF NOT INCORPORATED INTO THE DOOR CONSTRUCTION. Hardware Group No. 36 For use on door(s): C339 Provide each SL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description
Model Number Finish Mfr 1 ALL HARDWARE BY DOOR MANUFACTURER B/O Hardware Group No. 37 37 For use on door(s): C342 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model
Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK 45H7D 14R 626 BES 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626 BES 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 EDA 689 LCN 1 EA MOP PLATE
8400 4" X 34-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 35" 630 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 17' BRN NGP Hardware Group No. 38 For use on door(s): C344
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -23 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 224HD 83" 628 IVE 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE
1C7-2 626 BES 1 EA PASSAGE LATCH 45HN 14R 626 SCE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 EDA 689 LCN 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 40-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 41" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX
626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 18' BRN NGP Hardware Group No. 39 For use on door(s): C351 Provide each PR door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 2 EA RELOCATED
DOOR & HAR RE-USE EXISTING HARDWARE EXI Hardware Group No. 40 For use on door(s): C354 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA
HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626 BES 1 EA PASSAGE LATCH 45HN 14R 626 SCE 1 EA KING COBRA LOCK KC5596-17 SFS 626 SCE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 EDA 689
LCN 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 34-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 35" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 17' BRN NGP Hardware Group No. 41 For use on door(s):
C358T Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PRIVACY LOCK 45HLT 14R 626 BES 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER
4111 EDA 689 LCN 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 34-1/2" 630 IVE
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -24 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 35" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE Hardware Group No. 42 For use on door(s): C359 Provide each
SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PUSH/PULL LATCH HL6-BE1-5-A 626 GLY 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689
LCN 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 34-1/2" 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 35" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 17' BRN NGP Hardware Group No. 43 For use on door(s):
C320-1 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 224HD 83" 628 IVE 1 EA PUSH/PULL LATCH HL6-BE1-5-A 626 GLY 1 EA
SURFACE CLOSER 4011 DEL 689 LCN 2 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 46-1/2" 630 IVE 2 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 47" 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 18' BRN NGP 1 SET SEALS
700SA 1/48" 2/84" AL NGP 1 EA DOOR BOTTOM 423N 48" AL NGP Hardware Group No. 44 For use on door(s): C325-1 Provide each PR door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number
Finish Mfr 6 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA AUTO FLUSH BOLT FB41T 630 IVE 1 EA PUSH/PULL LATCH HL6-BE1-5-A 626 GLY 1 EA ROLLER LATCH RL32 (TOP MOUNT) 630 IVE 1 EA SMOKE ASTRAGAL
5060CL 7' CLR NGP 2 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 18" 630 IVE 2 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 47" 630 IVE
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -25 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CVX 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 20' BRN NGP Hardware Group No. 45 For use on door(s): B341 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity
Description Model Number Finish Mfr 1 EA RE-USE EXISTING HARDWARE EXI END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS 08 71 13 -1 SECTION 08 71 13 — AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Heavy-duty automatic door operators. 2. Activating
devices for automatic door operators. 3. Safety devices for automatic door operators. 4. Accessory components required for a complete and integrated installation of specified components.
B. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Section “Hollow Metal Frames” 2. Division 08 Section “Door Hardware” 3. Division 26 Section “Equipment Connections” 4. Division 26 Section “Fire &
Sprinkler Piping Alarm System” 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (AAADM): 1. Inspector Certification Program and License. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Operators shall be self-contained, heavy, electro-mechanical type. B. Door operation: Provide operators and safety devices that comply with the following: 1. ANSI/BHMA A156.10; Power
Operated Pedestrian Doors 2. ANSI/BHMA A156.19; Power Assist and Low-Energy Power-Operated Doors 3. Provide decals that conform to ANSI/BHMA standard. C. Building Codes: 1. Comply with
requirements of 2006 International Building Code, Chapter 10 – Means of Egress, as modified by State Amendments. 2. Comply with requirements of 2000 NFPA 101. 3. Comply with requirements
of local Accessibility Code 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS 08 71 13 -2 1. Submit complete drawings showing electrical connections, as well as details, gauges, connections, and construction. 2. Submit drawings of wall
reinforcement, modifications to frames, and additional anchorages. 3. Provide electrical wiring schematic showing connections to external power sources and to control devices. B. Warranty:
1. Provide 2-year warranty for parts, labor, and adjustments. C. Certification: 1. Furnish copies of Installer and Inspector AAADM Certifications. 2. Upon completion of the installation,
and prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish a letter of certification from an AAADM Certified Inspector indicating that the door operators have been installed in compliance
with the project specifications, manufacturer’s instructions, and have been adjusted for operation to meet the designated codes. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1.
Installer shall be a company employing AAADM Certified Inspectors or Installers, and holder of a valid AAADM Company Certificate. 2. Installer shall be approved and trained by the manufacturer
in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and Code requirements. B. Single-source responsibility: Provide operators and controls manufactured by a single company. C.
Operator performance: 1. All electrical equipment shall be UL listed for use intended. 2. Swing force, back check time, delays, and sensor operation shall comply with ANSI A156.19. 3.
Tests shall be based on full assembly. 4. Furnish letter from manufacturer certifying that components and operations comply with specified standards. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Delivery and storage: 1. Deliver materials under protective cover and store within dry enclosed spaces at the building. Protect from damage prior to and during installation.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS 08 71 13 -3 1.7 COORDINATION A. Services: 1. Coordinate electrical connections for final operation, as well as raceway locations to all controls with Work under
Division 26. 2. Electrical: 115 VAC 3. Coordinate electrical connection to central fire/smoke alarm systems. (24 VDC) 4. For each door location, provide a junction box with transformer
and terminal strips for connection of building power to the door operation and control system. a. Provide complete wiring from junction box to door operator and controls. b. Provide
terminal connections for remote operation relays, such as fire alarm. B. Frames and hardware: 1. Coordinate installation with work of Division 08 Section “Door Hardware” and Division
26. 2. Provide all templates and dimensions for proper construction and installation. 3. Coordinate installation of floor/wall stops. 4. Coordinate head installation details in aluminum
entrances. 5. Coordinate hardware installation with finish hardware supplier. C. Framing: 1. Verify that walls will support the loads subjected by door operation and coordinate installation
of additional reinforcing as required. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Provide a 2 year warranty covering parts, labor, adjustments and installation. 1.9 OWNER’S INSTRUCTION: A. Installer shall provide
a minimum of 2 hours of training to designated Owner personnel on upkeep and adjusting of doors. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS A. Products: Provide products from the series listed from
one of the following manufacturers: 1. Besam Swingmaster MP 405/455 Series 2. Horton Automatics; Easy-Access 7000 Series. 3. Hunter Automatics, Inc.; FA-8, HA-8 4. Lockman Peck, LLC
d/b/a Automated Entrance 5. NABCO Entrances Inc.; Gyro Tech GT 500 Dual Access 6. Record /KM Systems, Inc.; ADA/Access One Series 2000
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS 08 71 13 -4 7. Stanley; Magic Access or Magic Force 8. Tormax Technologies, Inc.; TDA Series 100 (concealed) or 200 (overhead). B. Acceptable products for activation
and safety devices for swing doors: 1. B.E.A., Inc.: Parallax System 2. Dor-O-Matic: Swing 12 System 3. Horton Automatics: Vista System 4. MS Sedco; DH100 Combination motions and presence
sensor with SafePath SSS-1 swing door safety sensor. 5. NABCO Entrances Inc.; Gyro Tech AccuGard 3 System 6. Tormax Technologies, Inc.; Alta motion sensor, Omega swing door safety sensor,
and Beta G swing side safety sensor. 2.2 ELECTROMECHANICAL OPERATORS (NON-LABEL DOORS) A. Locations: Non-fire-rated doors, interior doors up to 3’-6” wide, unless otherwise indicated
B. Reference Standards: 1. Interior doors: Series 2100, transom mounted; KM Systems C. Configuration: 1. Regular arm. D. Operation: 1. Fully adjustable open and close speeds. 2. Meets
ANSI A156.19; low energy requirements 3. Time delay closing adjustable 3-30 seconds. 4. Minimum opening to back check time shall not be less than 5 seconds. 5. Operator shall permit
use as a manual door closer. 6. Safety watch circuit shuts motor off if door is obstructed. 7. Limit switch shall stop door at 90 degrees. 8. Double Egress Doors: a. Simultaneous opening
of both door leaves, unless one leaf is obstructed, in which case the presence sensor safety device will stop the obstructed leaf, while the opposing leaf swinging in the opposite direction
will continue to open. 9. Paired Single Egress Doors: a. Simultaneous opening of both door leaves unless one leaf is obstructed, in which case t he presence sensor safety device will
stop both leaves at the same time. E. Transom mounted equipment: 1. Single door: provide single cover. 2. Pair of doors: provide dual covers. a. Installed for simultaneous opening. 3.
Double Egress Doors: a. Installed for simultaneous opening.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS 08 71 13 -5 4. Furnish and install an engraved plate showing the series number of the operator as installed. The engraved plate shall match the operator cover,
and shall be mounted with the manufacturer’s name. F. Operator controls and relays: 1. Provide on-off switch to deactivate the operator and controls for servicing. 2. Provide 24 volt
low-voltage actuating devices. Power for actuating devices and controls shall be provided by an operator mounted transformer. 3. Push plates; #59. Mount at 42” above floor to center
of box. 4. Swinging Doors: Activating devices shall consist of: a. One unidirectional motion detector on the swing side of each pair of door, b. One door opening presence sensor, c.
One LO-21 relay on the swing side of each pair of doors d. Two presence sensors on the top rail of a swing door, one each side of leaf. 5. Swing side safety presence sensors on both
side of each leaf, mounted on the door. 2.3 ELECTROMECHANICAL OPERATORS (FIRE DOORS) A. Locations: Fire-rated doors, doors over 3’-6” wide, high-traffic interior doors where indicated
B. Reference standard: 1. Series 2800, transom mounted; KM Systems, Inc. C. Normal operation: 1. Single automatic UL labeled doors shall be supplied with electric strikes, furnished
by finish hardware supplier; refer to Division 08 Section “Door Hardware”. 2. Pairs of automatic UL labeled doors shall be supplied with electric exit devices, furnished by finish hardware
supplier; refer to Division 08 Section “Door Hardware”. 3. Strikes/Exit devices shall be wired into the building fire alarm system, allowing the latch bolts to be held retracted continuously.
a. Doors can be used manually or automatically like any push/pull door. b. Doors must close with integral door closer. D. Alarmed operation: 1. During an alarm condition, the electrically
held latches must deactivate allowing the doors to latch as required by code. 2. Doors are to remain automatic during alarm. The activation of a press plate wall switch shall signal
the latches to momentarily release and the doors to open automatically… after which the doors must automatically close and relatch. 3. Provide necessary interface relays and timers to
accomplish above described functions. No manual reset shall be required after an alarm condition. 4. Meets ANSI A156-19; low energy requirements E. Operator configuration: 1. Regular
Arm. 2. ANSI/BHMA A156.19 Low-power operator.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS 08 71 13 -6 F. Transom mounted equipment: 1. Single door: provide single cover 2. Pair of doors: provide dual covers a. Installed for simultaneous opening 3.
Double egress doors: provide split covers a. Installed for simultaneous opening 4. Furnish and install an engraved plate showing the series number of the operator as installed. The engraved
plate color shall match the operator cover and be mounted with the manufacturer’s name. G. Operator controls and relays: 1. Provide on-off switch to deactivate the operator and controls
for servicing. 2. Provide 24 volt low-voltage actuating devices. Power for actuating devices and controls shall be provided by an operator mounted transformer. 3. Push plates switches
#59. Mount at 42” above floor to center of box. 4. Swinging Doors: Activating devices shall consist of: a. One unidirectional motion detector on the swing side of each pair of doors.
b. One fixed above-door area presence sensor on swing-side of door. c. One LO-21 relay as on the swing side of each pair of doors d. One top-rail mounted presence sensors on each side
of swing door. 5. Time delay; 3-30 seconds adjustable. 6. Fire alarm interface relays and timers. 7. Swing side safety presence sensors on each leaf for double egress doors, and one
for each pair of doors on single egress doors. (overhead) 2.4 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES: A. Installation of finish hardware as described in Division 08 Section “Door Hardware”. B. Locks,
exit devices, weatherstripping, and door protection are furnished under Division 08 Section “Door Hardware” C. Door bottom sweeps and weatherstripping shall be manufacturer’s standard.
D. Fasteners and hardware: 1. Provide all required concealed clips, fasteners and hardware. 2. Exposed screws, washers, nuts, bolts and other miscellaneous fastenings shall be stainless
steel or aluminum, finished to match doors. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. General:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS 08 71 13 -7 1. Install door operators and associated controls in strict accordance with pertinent codes and regulations. 2. Install all members plumb and level
with adequate provision for settling, expanding and contracting to occur without breaking glass. 3. All joints shall be hairline and square. B. Anchoring: 1. Firmly anchor all members,
using all anchoring devices required to ensure positive attachment of the members for long life under hard use. 2. Anchorage shall allow normal expansion and contraction. C. Protection:
1. Wherever aluminum is in contact with steel, concrete or other material potentially creative of electrolytic action, provide permanent isolation of the aluminum by backpainting with
first quality bituminous paint or by such other isolation as is approved in advance. 2. Protect finished surfaces as necessary to prevent damage during progress of the work. D. Installations
shall be vibration isolated and securely anchored to eliminate all vibrations of operation. Use additional bracing, gaskets on fasteners or any means to assure solid anchorage. 3.2 FIELD
QUALITY CONTROL A. Operator installation shall be inspected and tested by an AAADM Certified inspector 3.3 ADJUSTMENT: A. Synchronous operators shall be perfectly aligned. B. Non-synchronous
operators shall be aligned in operation to appear synchronous. C. Set time delay per Owner instructions. 3.4 CLEANING A. General: 1. Immediately prior to acceptance of the work, remove
all protective materials and polish all exposed members. B. Abrasives: 1. Do not use abrasives or harmful cleaning agents.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS 08 71 13 -8 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Factory representative shall instruct Owner on maintenance practices. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GLASS GLAZING 08 81 00 -1 SECTION 08 81 00 — GLASS GLAZING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Shop and field glazing of doors, windows. 2. Non-Wire Fire-Rated Glazing
3. Manufactured between-glass horizontal blind units B. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section “Joint Sealants” 2. Division 08 Section “Flush Wood Doors” 3. Division 08 Section “Sliding
Intensive Care Unit Entrances” 4. Division 10 Section “Toilet Accessories”; for framed mirrors provided as bathroom accessories. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute
(ANSI): 1. Z97.1 – Glazing Materials Used in Buildings, Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C 1036 – Standard Specification for Flat
Glass 2. C 1048 – Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass--Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass 3. C 1503 – Standard Specification for Silvered Flat Glass Mirror 4.
E 774 – Standard Specification for Classification of the Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units 5. E 1300 – Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass in Buildings,
including Appendices C. Glass Association of North America (GANA): 1. Engineering Standards Manual 2. Glazing Manual 3. 01-0300 – Proper Procedures for Cleaning Architectural Glass Products
4. TD-02-0402 – Heat-Treated Glass Surfaces Are Different 5. TD 04-03-26 – Standard Test Method for In-Plant Measurement of Roll Wave in Heat-Treated Architectural Glass D. United States
Consumer Product Safety Commission (CSPC):
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GLASS GLAZING 08 81 00 -2 1. 16 CFR Part 1201 – Federal Consumer Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials, as amended by court rulings. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Glass Design:
1. Provide glass lites in the thickness designations indicated for various size openings, but not less than thicknesses and in strengths (annealed or heat treated) required to meet or
exceed the following criteria: a. For laminated glass, provide glass of sufficient thickness to resist indicated loads with one ply broken. b. For safety glazing, provide glass of sufficient
thickness to resist impact loads according to test procedures of CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1201, Type I – for lites 9 square feet or less, or Type II. – for lites greater than 9 square feet.
1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit product data on glass and glazing compounds, sealants and gaskets. 2. Submit manufacturer’s installation instructions. B. Samples: 1. Submit
two12” x 12” samples of each glass type, color, tint for verification. 2. Submit samples of glazing sealants, glazing tape and wedge gaskets. a. Submit full range of glazing sealant
colors 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and standards: 1. Publications of the following institutes, associations, societies, and agencies by reference are included as a part of this Section:
a. ANSI Z97.1 – Glazing Materials Used in Buildings, Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test b. ASTM C 1036 – Standard Specification for Flat Glass c. ASTM C 1048 – Standard
Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass--Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass d. ASTM C 1172 – Standard Specification for Laminated Architectural Flat Glass e. ASTM C 1503 –
Standard Specification for Silvered Flat Glass Mirror f. ASTM E 773 –Standard Test Method for Accelerated Weathering of Sealed Insulating Glass Units g. ASTM E 774 – Standard Specification
for the Classification of the Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units h. FGMA, Flat Glass Marketing Association – Glazing and Sealant Manuals i. SIGMA, Sealed Insulated Glass Manufacturers
Association
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GLASS GLAZING 08 81 00 -3 B. Safety Glazing: comply with state and local codes, and Federal Consumer Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials, 16 CFR Part 1201, as amended by court
rulings. C. Glazing for Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Safety glazing for assemblies that comply with NFPA 80 and that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable
to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252. D. Glazing for Fire-Rated Window Assemblies: Glazing for assemblies
that comply with NFPA 80 and that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing
according to NFPA 257. E. Certifications: 1. All glass installed in the Work shall, during and after the installation, bear manufacturer’s labels signifying the type, quality, and thickness
of the glass. Glass not bearing such labels will be rejected. Keep such labels intact until the glass has been inspected. 2. In addition to providing and maintaining labels, the Contractor
shall submit a notarized certificate attesting that the glass installed in the Work conforms to the drawings and specifications. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver glass with
manufacturer’s labels intact. B. Do not remove labels until glass has been installed. C. Protect glass from breakage or contamination when transporting and installing. D. Deliver glazing
compounds and sealants in manufacturer’s unopened, labeled containers. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental requirements: 1. Perform glazing work when ambient temperature is above
40°F. 2. Maintain this temperature during and after installation of sealants. 3. Perform glazing work on dry surfaces only. B. Coordination: 1. Coordinate the work with glazing frames,
wall openings and perimeter air and vapor seal of adjacent work. 2. Coordinate wall finishing with mirror locations. C. Field measurements: 1. Verify that field measurements are as indicated
on the shop drawings. 2. Verify existing rough openings prior to start of fabrication.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GLASS GLAZING 08 81 00 -4 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Reference standard: 1. PPG Industries, Inc. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. AFG Flat Glass North America, subsidiary of
Asahi Glass Co., Ltd. 2. Guardian Industries Corp. 3. Pilkington Building Products North America 4. PPG Industries, Inc. 5. Saint-Gobain Glass Exprover North America Corp. 6. Prelco
2.2 MATERIALS A. Flat Glass 1. ASTM C 1036, Type 1, Class 1 (Clear) or Class 2 (Tinted, Heat-absorbing, and Lightreducing), and Quality q3 2. Thickness: 1/4 inch (6 mm), unless otherwise
specified 3. Glass Color: a. Clear, unless otherwise indicated. B. Safety glazing: 1. ANSI Z97.1 and complying with testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201, Category II. 2. Subject
to compliance with requirements, provide safety glass permanently marked with certification label of Safety Glazing Certification Council (SGCC) or other certification agency acceptable
to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Provide laminated or tempered glass in all other openings requiring safety glazing , except as indicated on the Door Schedule C. Laminated Glass:
1. ASTM C 1172 — Laminated Architectural Safety Glass 2. Laminated glass products shall be fabricated in autoclave with heat plus pressure, free of foreign substances and air pockets
3. Interlayer Material: Polyvinyl butyral sheets 2.3 NON-WIRED FIRE-RATED GLAZING A. Manufacturers: 1. Interedge Technologies 2. Pilkington North America, Inc. 3. SaftiFirst 4. Schott
North America, Inc.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GLASS GLAZING 08 81 00 -5 5. Technical Glass Products 6. Vetrotech Saint-Gobain North America Inc. 7. Prelco B. Products: 1. 20-Minute Rating: a. Interedge Technologies, PyroEdge 20
b. SaftiFirst; SuperLite 20 c. Technical Glass Products; Fireglass 20 d. Vetrotech St. Gobain North America, Inc.; PyroSwiss Extra 2. Up to 90-minute rating, use in doors and fire-windows
only: a. Interedge Technologies, Pyrobel b. SaftiFirst; SuperLite C/SP or SuperLite II-XL c. Technical Glass Products; FireLite Plus d. Vetrotech St. Gobain North America, Inc.; Keralite
FR-F or SwissFlam C. Safety glazing: Glazing installed in doors, fire windows, and view panels in fire-resistance rated walls shall meet requirements for safety glazing. D. Glass shall
be listed and labeled by an Independent Testing Laboratory for compliance with NFPA 80 or ASTM E 119, in accordance with use indicated. E. Use fire-rated, non-wired glass in labeled
doors and frames only. Do not install in non-labeled doors and frames unless specifically required by the Consumer Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials or otherwise noted on
the Drawings. 2.4 MANUFACTURED BETWEEN-GLASS BLIND UNITS A. Provide manufactured, sealed glass unit consisting of 2 lights of glass with and intervening air space and manually operated
horizontal louver blind installed in air space. B. Products: Products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to: 1. I.E., Blind system by Pariluse (www.ieblinds.com)
2. Prelco; Venilite C. Fabrication: 1. Glazing: a. Insulated glass unit shall pass ASTM E 773 and conform to ASTM E 774, Class CBA. b. Outer lite: 1/4 inch (6mm) clear tempered c. Inner
lite: 1/4 inch (6mm) clear tempered d. Air space: 3/4 inch maximum 2. Louvers: a. Width: 1/2 inch b. Mounting: Horizontal c. Color: To be selected. 3. Operation of louver blades:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GLASS GLAZING 08 81 00 -6 a. Control: Thumbwheel or rotating knob b. Operator accessible from 2-sides. c. Operator shall not use strings or cords d. Blades shall be capable of rotating
180 degrees in a continuous cycle. e. All operating mechanisms shall be concealed from view. Provide access for components subject to service. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General:
1. Handle and install glazing in accordance with the GANA Glazing Manual and the manufacturer of the glass
or accessory product. 2. Set all glass and glazing panels in a true plane, tight and straight with proper and adequate clearance, firmly anchored to prevent rattling and looseness. 3.
Trademarks shall be horizontal on lower edge. B. Safety Glazing: Provide safety glazing in the following locations, where required by Authority Having Jurisdiction, and where indicated:
1. Glazing in doors 2. Glazing in door sidelights and glazing within 24 inches of the door jamb and less than 60 inches above finished floor. 3. Glazing in fixed or operable units within
36 inches of a walking surface with an individual pane size greater than 9 square feet, a bottom edge less than 18 inches above the floor and a top edge greater than 36 inches above
the finished floor, unless protected by a guarding rail. 4. Glazing in handrails and guardrails. 3.2 CLEANING A. Description: 1. Upon completion of glazing, thoroughly clean all glass
surfaces, correct all imperfections, replace all damaged glass, and leave all labels on the glass until they have been inspected and accepted. 2. Remove all labels immediately after
approval. 3. Knife trim glazing tape if required. 4. Remove debris from jobsite. 3.3 PROTECTION OF COMPLETION WORK A. Attach crossed streamers away from glass face. B. Do not apply markers
to glass surface.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GLASS GLAZING 08 81 00 -7 C. Protect glass with plywood or plastic whenever there is welding, cutting, sandblasting or other potentially damaging work in progress. END OF SECTION
Division 09 Finishes
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-1 SECTION 09 05 60 – COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Floor substrate
testing for flatness, moisture vapor transmission, alkalinity. 2. Floor substrate preparation and remediation 3. Installation of trowel applied and self-leveling floor leveling materials.
4. Installation of moisture vapor reducing membrane. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 09 Section “Resilient Flooring” 2. Division 09 Section “Carpeting” C. Allowances: Provide the following
under the allowances indicated as specified in Division 01 Section “Allowances”. 1. Flooring Preparation Allowance: Include an Allowance of $30,000 for repair and remediation of the
substrate. Repair and remediation includes: a. Removal of unacceptable coatings on existing substrates.’ b. Removal of high spots by sanding or grinding. c. Installation of trowelable
polyemer modified cementitious underlayment to fill depressions to a maximum variation of 1/8 inch gap under a 10 foot straightedge. d. Installation of self leveling cementitous underlayment
where required under this section, and where depression depth exceeds 3/8 inch and is recommended by manufacturer in lieu of trowelable underlayment. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International
(ASTM): 1. C 109/C 109M – Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. or [50-mm] Cube Specimens) 2. C 150 – Standard Specification for Portland
Cement 3. C 219 – Standard Terminology Relating to Hydraulic Cement 4. E 329 – Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection and/or Testing 5. E 1155 – Standard
Test Method for Determining FF Floor Flatness and FL Floor Levelness Numbers 6. F 710 – Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring 7. 7. F 1869 – Standard
Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride 8. F 2170 – Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete
Floor Slabs Using in situ Probes
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-2 B. Resilient Floor Coverings Institute (RFCI): 1. Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings 1.3
SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer’s standard printed product information, indicating compliance with requirements. 1. Preparation Instructions: Finished flooring manufacturer’s
written preparation instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Plans indicating substrates, locations, and average depths of underlayment based on survey of substrate conditions. 1. Maintain as-built
mark-up plans on site, indicating the quantity of underlayment installed in each area indicated, areas added or deleted, and date underlayment was installed. C. Qualification Data: For
Installer and testing agency. D. Material Test Reports: For each patching or leveling compound. E. Field quality-control test reports. Provide test reports for each type and location
of field test, indicating type of test, location of test site, test values, values required to pass, and identification of testing agency. F. Quality Assurance submittals: 1. Installer
experience: a. Submit 5 references for similar installations completed during the last 3 years. 2. Certifications: a. Submit certification of qualification from the installer. b. Submit
certification of compliance with specifications and flooring manufacturer’s requirements for floor preparation. 1) Furnish copies with Operating and Maintenance Manual. 3. Test reports:
submit copies of field test reports, with location of test indicated, for the following: a. Concrete slab moisture vapor transmission rate b. Concrete slab alkalinity c. Concrete floor
flatness and levelness 4. Flooring preparation plan: Provide written plan indicating locations, flooring material, substrate, proposed remediation products, and proposed preparation
steps based on known or anticipated conditions. a. Coordinate plan with written preparation and installation instructions provided by finished flooring manufacturer and written instructions
of remediation products specified under this Section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer qualifications:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-3 1. Installer who is approved or trained by manufacturer for application of underlayment products required for this Project. 2.
Minimum 3 years experience installing products specified, in projects of similar size and scope. B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements
in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Conference shall include concrete installer and finished flooring installers. Review methods and procedures including, but
not limited to, the following: 1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress
and avoid delays. 2. Review requirements for verification and testing of subfloor condition, subfloor preparation, and environmental conditions required at time of flooring installation.
3. Review requirements for installation and protection of moisture vapor reducing membrane. 4. Review flooring product requirements for subfloor flatness, subfloor surface profile, moisture
vapor transmission, and alkalinity. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. 1. Flatness and levelness testing:
Floor flatness and levelness testing shall be performed by a technician trained in the use of the testing equipment and the procedures of ASTM E 1155. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each
type of product through one source from a single manufacturer. 1. Where more than one product is installed for remediation, each product shall be certified as being compatible with subsequently
applied materials. E. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to test flooring substrate for compliance with specified requirements for performance
and test methods. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to jobsite or offsite warehouse in unopened wrapping, boxes or containers. B. Storage: 1. Store materials in
a covered, climate controlled facility, with temperatures between 40 degrees F and 90 degrees F. 2. Store material off ground or floor in protective packaging. 3. Do not permit materials
to become wet.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-4 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when [existing and forecasted] weather conditions
permit preparation work to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. B. Field Measurements: Indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.7
COORDINATION A. Coordinate schedule and location of testing to minimize disruption of Work. B. Coordinate requirements for testing, preparation, and remediation work with work specified
in other sections. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of underlayment or moisture vapor reducing membrane that fail in materials or
workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including delamination or blistering. b. Incompatibility
with or failure of product to adhere to substrate material up to the tensile strength of concrete. 2. Replacement includes removal of existing flooring and underlayment or moisture vapor
reducing membrane, replacement of defective or non-performing material, and replacement of finish flooring with new flooring of the same type. 3. period of warranty: As specified. PART
2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 TROWELABLE POLYMER-MODIFIED CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT A. Underlayment: Hydraulic-cement-based, polymer-modified, trowelable product that can be applied to a maximum uniform
thickness of 3/8 inch (10 mm) and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may
be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Ardex Engineered Cements; SD-F Feather Finish b. Bonsal American; B-1 Leveler c. Degussa Construction
Chemicals: 1) Sonneborn Sonocrete Sonopatch PC 2) Sonneborn Sonoskim
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-5 3) Thoro Underlayment (Trowel Grade) d. Dayton Superior Corporation; Sure Finish e. Dependable Chemical Co., Inc.; Skimcrete
f. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; Durathin g. MAPEI Corporation; Planipatch h. TEC; VersaPatch 2. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement, or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement
as defined by ASTM C 219. a. Do not use air entraining agents or cements. 3. Compressive Strength: Not less than 3500 psi (24 MPa) at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M.
B. Underlayment Additive: Resilient-emulsion product of underlayment manufacturer formulated for use with underlayment when applied to substrate and conditions indicated. 2.2 SELF-LEVELING
CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENTS A. Underlayment: Hydraulic-cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in minimum uniform thicknesses of 1/8 inch (3 mm) and
that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
but are not limited to, the following: a. Ardex Engineered Cements; K-15 Self-Leveling Underlayment Concrete. b. Bonsal American; ProSpec Self-Leveling Underlayment. c. Degussa Construction
Chemicals: 1) MBT Mastertop 110 Plus Underlayment 2) Sonneborn Sonocrete Sonoflow 3) Thoro Underlayment, Self-Leveling. d. Dayton Superior Corporation; LeveLayer I. e. Dependable Chemical
Co., Inc.; Skimflow ES. f. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; Levelex. g. MAPEI Corporation; Ultraplan 1 Plus. h. Maxxon Corporation; Level-Right. i. US Mix Products Company; US SPEC
Self -Leveling Underlayment. 2. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement, or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined by ASTM C 219. a. Do not use air entraining agents or
cements. 3. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi (28 MPa) at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. 4. Underlayment Additive: Resilient-emulsion product of underlayment
manufacturer formulated for use with underlayment when applied to substrate and conditions indicated. B. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3 to 6 mm), or coarse
sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-6 1. Provide aggregate when recommended in writing by underlayment manufacturer for underlayment thickness required. 2.3 TOPPING
MORTAR A. Mortar: Premixed, Portland-cement-based, polymer-modified, trowelable product that can be applied to a minimum uniform thickness of 3/8 inch (10 mm), level or sloped up to
4 inches, in one or more lifts. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. MAPEI Corporation; MapeCem 100 b. Sika Corporation; SikaTop 122 Plus 2. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, Portland cement. a. Do not add air entraining agents, cements, or other additives.
3. Compressive Strength: Not less than 6500 psi (24 MPa) at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. 2.4 MOISTURE VAPOR TRANSMISSION REDUCING MEMBRANE A. Membrane: single
component, latex-based product that reduces moisture vapor transmission through concrete slabs to an acceptable level for the installation of floor covering systems, up to 8 pounds of
moisture vapor transmission (when tested according to ASTM F 1869). Membrane may also be used to isolate cutback and other adhesive residue, to allow safe installation of floor covering.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. All Purpose Adhesive
Company; ENCapSeal b. Dependable Chemical Co., Inc.; Cutdown. c. Sealflex Industries Inc.; Sealflex Membrane System 2. Warranty: 5-year limited warranty against moisture vapor transmission
related failure of flooring. a. Warranty shall provide for installation labor and material replacement of moisture vapor transmission reducing membrane and applied flooring. B. Membrane:
multi-component, epoxy-based system that reduces moisture vapor transmission through concrete slabs to an acceptable level for the installation of floor covering systems, up to 12 pounds
of moisture vapor transmission (when tested according to ASTM F 1869). 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work
include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Sinak Corporation: 1) For maximum MVTR up to 3 lbs/1000 SF/24 hrs: Vect-R3 2) For maximum MVTR up to 5 lbs/1000 SF/24 hrs: Vect-R5
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-7 2. Warranty: 10-year limited warranty against moisture vapor transmission related failure of flooring. C. Membrane: single component,
latex-based product that reduces moisture vapor transmission through concrete slabs to an acceptable level for the installation of floor covering systems, up to 25 pounds of moisture
vapor transmission (when tested according to ASTM F 1869). 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but
are not limited to, the following: a. Dependable Chemical Co., Inc.; Vaporseal. 2. Warranty: 25-year limited warranty against moisture vapor transmission related failure of flooring.
2.5 PRIMER A. Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended in writing for substrate, substrate, conditions, and application indicated. 2.6 WATER A. Potable, at a temperature of not
more than 70 deg F (21 deg C). PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Flooring Installer present, for compliance with requirements for substrate
condition, maximum moisture content, adhesive bond, substrate alkalinity, subfloor levelness and flatness tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Ensure that
existing adhesives have been totally removed prior to new installation. 2. Verify suitability of substrate and compatibility with mortar and adhesives, including their compatibility
with existing finishes or primers. 3. Furnish written report to the Architect/Engineer describing and locating non-conforming substrates. Do not proceed with Work until non-conforming
substrates are corrected. 4. Re-inspect corrected areas as required for initial examination, to confirm substrate is ready for application of flooring. 5. The start of flooring installation
shall indicate that substrate conditions are acceptable for application of flooring, including the following conditions: a. The moisture vapor transmission rate and alkalinity of the
concrete subfloor and patching materials is within the acceptable limits as defined by the flooring manufacturer’s requirements. b. Proper bond will be obtained between the finished
flooring, adhesive, moisture vapor reducing membrane, patching materials and concrete subfloor.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-8 c. Subfloor flatness and levelness are within specified tolerances. B. Site Verification of Conditions 1. Test concrete floor
moisture vapor transmittance rate (MVTR) using the calcium chloride test, ASTM F1869 or internal relative humidity using in-situ probes per ASTM F 2170 . a. Pre-installation testing:
1) Test in areas scheduled to receive resilient flooring. 2) Perform a minimum of 3 tests for the first 1000 square feet per floor, with 1 test per additional 1000 square feet. 3) Maximum
tested value shall be acceptable to the flooring manufacturer. 4) Where MVTR or relative humidity test fails, retest each non-complying area, after remediation, per requirements for
initial testing. 2. Test alkalinity (pH) of concrete subfloor in accordance with ASTM F 710, or using method recommended by flooring manufacturer. a. Perform test in area adjacent to
each pre-installation MVTR test. Report alkalinity on the same form used for reporting results of adjacent MVTR test. b. Do not apply flooring if pH is equal to or greater than 10, or
maximum level acceptable to flooring manufacturer. 3. Floor flatness and levelness testing: a. Verify flatness and levelness of area to receive underlayment using a 10-foot straightedge
or Type I or Type II floor profilometer capable of producing a graphic record of floor elevation changes, measured in accordance with ASTM E 1155. b. Tolerances: Areas exceeding tolerances
shall receive cementitious underlayment to meet or exceed installation tolerances specified in the Section. 1) Flatness: a) Straightedge: 1/8-inch gap under a 10-foot unleveled straightedge,
when measured between any 2 high points. b) Profilometer: any aggregate area with a maximum flatness variation exceeding 1/8-inch from highpoint to low-point 2) Level Alignment: Variance
in elevation of top of slab in any structural bay shall not exceed 3/4 inch. c. Test Sections less than 8 feet on a side or less than 320 square feet or at slab boundaries, block-outs
or other discontinuities excluded by ASTM E 1155: measure surface so gap to at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled freestanding 10-foot-(3.05-m-) long straightedge, resting
on two high spots and placed anywhere on the surface, does not exceed 1/8 inch. 3.2 PREPARATION FOR FLOORING INSTALLATION A. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F710. B. Prepare
substrates according to floor covering manufacturer’s written recommendations to ensure adhesion of floor coverings. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers,
and hardeners. 2. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer and as specified. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-9 C. Remove existing flooring, including underlayments and setting beds to expose a sound substrate. Grind substrate if required
to thoroughly remove any traces of the floor material adhesive or other foreign material. 1. Remove adhesives from all existing floors receiving new covering, where recommended or required
by finished flooring manufacturer, using methods recommended or approved by the flooring manufacturer. D. Surface preparation: 1. Cementitious underlayments shall cure a minimum of 28
days before flooring is installed. 2. Scrape, grind, or otherwise remove projections from the face of subfloor to level with the subfloor. 3. Neatly patch, fill, or otherwise repair
all cracks, marks, irregularities, and other conditions in the subfloors that may telegraph through the finished installation. 4. Apply moisture vapor reducing membrane in all areas
indicated to receive sheet vinyl flooring, and impervious backed carpet, where moisture vapor transmission rate or internal relative humidity exceeds limits indicated in specifications.
5. Apply trowelable polymer modified cementitious underlayment where required to correct subfloor irregularities and floor depressions greater than a 1/8 inch gap under a 10 foot straightedge.
6. Apply trowelable polymer modified cementitious underlayment at transition edge between resilient flooring and dissimilar flooring materials to allow for a “flush” transition. The
slope of the underlayment shall provide for a gradual transition to the thicker flooring material. 7. Trowelable polymer modified cementitious fill shall be steel troweled smooth. Trowel
marks showing through installed flooring shall be reason to remove flooring and sand out trowel marks. 8. For areas scheduled to receive tile, remove concrete surface and contaminants
contaminants using shot blasting methods, to a maximum profile depth of 1/8 inch. 9. Apply topping mortar in areas scheduled to receive tile requiring slope to drain. Slope bed 1/4 inch
per foot minimum. 10. Apply self-leveling cementitious underlayment in areas scheduled to receive large-format (greater than 12 inches in length) paver tile, to correct floor depressions
greater than 3/8 inch, and where indicated E. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by floor coverings immediately before installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for
moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, and dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage
a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Testing Services: Testing and inspecting of completed applications
of moisture vapor reducing membrane and underlayments shall take place in successive stages, in areas of extent and using methods as specified. Do not proceed with application for the
next area until test results for previously completed applications show compliance with requirements.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-10 C. Remove and replace applications of moisture vapor reducing membrane and underlayment where test results indicate that it
does not comply with specified requirements. D. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with
specified requirements. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean floors thoroughly, using dry methods, after completion of preparation work. B. Clean excess material, splatter, dust, or other foreign material
from non-floor surfaces. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect moisture vapor transmission reducing membranes from damage until finish flooring is installed. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -1 SECTION 09 21 16 — GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Metal studs, runner tracks, and framing accessories
2. Drywall ceiling suspension and framing system 3. Gypsum board (drywall) 4. Cementitious tile backer board 5. Cavity and horizontal shaftwall systems 6. Drywall trim 7. Drywall finishing
compounds and tape 8. Installation of metal stud and gypsum board wall and ceiling systems. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Rough Carpentry”, for wood blocking 2. Division
06 Section “Architectural Woodwork” 3. Division 07 Section “Thermal Insulation”, for metal stud insulation 4. Division 07 Section “Joint Sealants” 5. Division 09 Section “Tiling” 6.
Division 10 Section “Wall and Door Protection” 7. Division 10 Section “Toilet Accessories” Accessories” 8. Division 11 – Equipment 9. Division 12 – Furnishings, for Manufactured Casework
10. Division 23 – Heating, Ventilating & Air Conditioning 11. Division 26 – Electrical C. Products installed but not supplied under this Section: 1. Wood blocking 2. Sound attenuation
batt insulation 3. Acoustical sealant 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C 11 – Standard Terminology Relating to Gypsum and Related Building Materials and Systems 2. C 588
– Standard Specification for Gypsum Base for Veneer Plasters 3. C 630 – Standard Specification for Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board 4. C 754 – Standard Specification for Installation
of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products 5. C 840 – Standard Specifications for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -2 6. C 954 – Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033
in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness 7. C 955 – Standard Specification for Load-Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs, Runners (Tracks), and Bracing or Bridging for
Screw Application of Gypsum Panel Products and Metal Plaster Bases 8. C 1177 – Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing 9. C 1396 – Standard Specification
for Gypsum Board 10. D 3273 – Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber. 11. D 5116 – Standard Guide for Small-Scale
Environmental Chamber Determinations of Organic Emissions From Indoor Materials/Products 12. E 84 – Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 13. E 90 – Standard
Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements 14. E 96 – Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials
(desiccant method) 15. E 413 – Classification for Rating Sound Insulation B. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) 1. SG02-1 – North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed
Steel Structural Members. C. Gypsum Association (GA): 1. GA-214 – Levels of Gypsum Board Finish 2. GA-216 – Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board 3. GA-600 – Fire Resistance Design
Manual D. Green Seal 1. GS-11 – Standard for Paints 2. GS-36 – Standard for Commercial Adhesives E. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 1. Install gypsum drywall system so that it
conforms to the applicable UL classification for wall types and design number indicated on the Drawings. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Terms for gypsum board
assemblies not defined in this Section or in other referenced standards shall comply with definitions listed in ASTM C 11 and GA-505. B. GFG: Glass-fiber reinforced gypsum C. GFRC: Glass-fiber
reinforced concrete D. Structural Studs: Studs with metal thickness of 0.0329 inch (20 gage) or greater and a minimum flange width of 1-5/8 inches.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -3 E. Wall board: Units of gypsum board, gypsum sheathing, or tile backer board. 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Anchorages to building structure: 1. Provide
anchorages to building structure sized to provide sufficient movement to accommodate vertical deflection of structural members. 2. Maximum steel frame structure deflection shall be L/360,
over spans indicated. 3. Maximum concrete frame structure deflection shall be L/600, over spans indicated. B. Stud selection: 1. General: Select stud gages from the manufacturer’s published
design properties and load/span tables, based on the deflection limit and the following selection criteria, for the wall span indicated on the Drawings. a. Stud selection criteria: 1)
Stud properties shall not be less than specified for studs of depth indicated. 2) 2) Furnish studs of depth indicated. 3) Furnish studs of yield strength, profile, gage and spacing required
to meet deflection criteria at the design load. 4) Furnish studs with the most economical yield strength, profile, gage and spacing to meet selection criteria. 5) Stud spacing shall
not exceed 16 inches on center. 2. Interior: a. General: 5 pounds per square-foot uniform load over the full height of the studs. b. Partial height walls acting as guardrails: 1) Uniform
load acting horizontally on face of wall: 50 pounds per square foot 2) Point load acting horizontally at top of wall: 200 pounds. 3) Loads are not assumed to act concurrently. C. Deflection
limit: 1. Interior Studs, unless otherwise indicated: L/240 2. Interior studs scheduled to be finished with tile, 12 inch or greater dimension: L/360 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer’s
technical data and information: 1. Joint treatment for finishing system, application and installation instructions, and materials data. 2. Manufacturer’s data on all products is to be
supplied. 3. Indicate stud type, size, and gage to be used, by location or wall type 4. Describe method for securing studs to tracks; blocking and framing connections. 5. Copy of UL
or GA Design Classification indicating products to be furnished under this Section. B. Engineering Calculations: Signed and sealed Design calculations or certification by a professional
engineer indicating compliance of stud selection with design criteria specified.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -4 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Studs, runners and accessories: Provide materials complying with ASTM C 955 and AISI SG02-1. B. Fire-rated construction:
Provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction. 1. Where products other than the reference standards are provided, fire-rated construction is indicated, and a specific UL or GA Design Classification is designated, provide
only products listed in the Design Classification or an equivalent UL or GA Design Classification, acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. C. Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum
board assemblies with STC ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by
a qualified independent testing agency. D. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located
and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of cold-formed metal framing that
are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery, handling, & protection 1. Deliver materials to the project
site in their original unopened packages with manufacturer’s labels intact and legible. 2. Deliver fire-rated materials bearing testing agency label and required fire classification
numbers. B. Storage: 1. Store materials inside under cover, stack flat, off floor. 2. Stack drywall so that long lengths are not over short lengths. 3. Do not overload floor system.
system. 4. Store adhesives in dry area, provide protection against freezing at all times. 5. Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be removed from the premises. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental conditions 1. General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for applying and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board
and finishing material manufacturer's recommendations, whichever are more stringent. 2. Temperature:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -5 a. During cold weather, in areas receiving drywall installation, maintain temperature between 55°F to 70°F (13°C to 21°C) for 24 hours before, during,
and after gypsum drywall and joint treatment application. 3. Ventilation: a. Provide ventilation during and following application of adhesives and joint treatment. b. Protect installed
materials from drafts during hot, dry weather. 4. Protection: a. Protect adjacent surfaces against damage and stains. 1.9 COORDINATION A. General: 1. Consult with other trades to ascertain
if they require “extra” metal studs or blocking for attachment of their Work or framed openings and coordinate locations of such. 2. All wall mounted equipment or accessories typically
require additional bracing or straps. The specific type and size of the proposed straps or bracing must be reviewed with the Architect/Engineer prior to fabrication or installation.
3. Allow reasonable time for those other trades who have Work occurring within the gypsum drywall Work to perform their Work. 4. Coordinate locations and types of blocking and supports
provided under other Sections of this Specification. B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management
and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to drywall finishing including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Coordination of drywall finishing work with specific wall
coverings and finishes. 2. Identify wall surfaces scheduled to receive gloss finishes, subject to critical lighting, or receiving finishes requiring special flatness or finishing tolerances.
3. Coordinate finishing levels and tolerances with wall finish installers. 4. Pre-installation meeting shall include wallcovering installers, painters, and other trades that will apply
finishes to gypsum board assemblies. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Reference standards: 1. Gypsum board: United States Gypsum Company or G-P Gypsum., as indicated 2. Metal framing:
Dietrich Metal Framing, Inc. a. Non-Structural Studs: Cold-formed galvanized C-studs, Dietrich UltraSTEEL or ClarkWestern UltraSTEEL drywall studs, in conformance with ASTM C-754 for
conditions indicated below. 1) Designation: 25 ga equivalent drywall stud a) Minimum Delivered Thickness: .0179 in.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -6 2) Designation: 20 ga equivalent drywall stud a) Minimum Delivered Thickness: .0296 in. b. Non-Structural Track: Cold-formed galvanized steel runner
tracks, Dietrich UltraSTEEL or ClarkWestern UltraSTEEL drywall runner track, in conformance with ASTM C-754 for conditions indicated below. 1) Minimum Material Thickness: Track to match
stud thickness. 3. Accessories: United States Gypsum Company 4. Finishing compounds and tape: United States Gypsum Company B. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Any manufacturer of gypsum
board products may be deemed acceptable providing they meet the following industry standards. a. Gypsum board products: ASTM C 96 or C 1396 b. Water-resistant gypsum board products:
ASTM C 630 c. Veneer Plaster Base: ASTM C 588 d. Surface burning characteristics: ASTM E 84 1) 1) General: flame spread 15, smoke development 0 2) Water-resistant panels: flame spread
20; smoke development 0 2. Metal framing members: Dietrich Industries, Inc. products are specified as the reference standard for metal studs and runners. Alternate manufacturers may
be used as long as the following conditions are met: a. SSMA member company. b. Can provide products that adhere to the specified UL Design on the partition schedule or can provide products
with the configuration and thickness that comply to other UL Designs. c. Moment of inertia and section modulus meet or exceed the item specified. d. Modulus of elasticity and yield point
meet or exceed the item specified. e. The submitted items functionally perform as well as the item specified. f. No adjustment in section depth is required to meet design criteria. 2.2
GYPSUM BOARD A. Drywall: ASTM C 1396, Type X 1. Acceptable products: a. CertainTeed Gypsum; ProRoc Type X b. G-P Gypsum; Tough Rock Fireguard c. Lafarge North America; Firecheck Type
X d. National Gypsum Company; Gold-Bond Brand Fire-Shield Wallboard e. United States Gypsum Company; Sheetrock Firecode Gypsum Panels 2. Thickness: a. General: 5/8 inch, or as indicated
b. Curved fire-rated assemblies: 2 layers 3/8”, for wall radius range 3 feet to 18 feet. 3. Edges: tapered 4. Location: Where drywall indicated, fire-rated assemblies and non-fire-rated
assemblies. B. Mold-Resistive drywall: ASTM C 1396, Type X, having improved mold resistance over standard gypsum board.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -7 1. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, average panel score 10. 2. Acceptable products: provide one of the following: a. CertainTeed Gypsum.; ProRoc Moisture
and Mold resistant Gypsum Board b. G-P Gypsum Corp.; DensArmor Plus Interior Guard, Fireguard. c. United States Gypsum Company; SHEETROCK Brand Mold Tough Gypsum Panels, FIRECODE C Core.
d. Lafarge North America; MDfz Mold Defense e. National Gypsum Company, Gold Bond XP Wallboard 3. Thickness: 5/8 inch, or as indicated. 4. Long Edges: Tapered 5. Location: Where required
for specific mold-resistance assembly indicated, where waterresistant board is indicated. 6. Location: a. Areas exposed to high moisture levels (toilets, behind counters with sinks,
janitors closets). b. Walls with ceramic tile wainscot, not subject to direct water exposure (public restrooms). c. Ceilings in rooms subject to high moisture levels (toilet rooms, locker
rooms, sterilization rooms) or exposed to direct moisture (showers, patient toilets). d. Exterior walls with metal stud insulation not indicated to receive foil-backed drywall. C. Shaft
wall liner board: ASTM C 1396, Type X 1. Nominal 1 inch by 24 inch gypsum liner panels 2. Acceptable products: a. United States Gypsum Company; Sheetrock Gypsum Liner Panels b. G-P Gypsum;
Dens Glass Ultra Shaftliner c. Lafarge North America; Firecheck Shaftliner d. National Gypsum Company; Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP 3. Location: cavity shaft walls, horizontal shaft walls
D. Shaft wall backer and face boards: ASTM C 1396, Type X. 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch, as noted on Drawings 2. Edges: tapered 3. Acceptable products: a. United States Gypsum Company; Sheetrock
Gypsum Liner Panels b. G-P Gypsum; Dens Glass Ultra Shaftliner c. Lafarge North America; Firecheck Shaftliner d. National Gypsum Company; Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP E. Flexible drywall:
ASTM C 1396, having improved flexibility over standard gypsum board. 1. Thickness: 1/4 inch 2. Edges: tapered 3. Reference standard product: Sheetrock Flexible Gypsum Panels: 4. Location:
interior curved and rounded walls, where noted on drawings. 5. Apply in two layers unless noted otherwise on drawings.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -8 F. Foil-back drywall: Drywall product with aluminum foil vapor retarder laminated to the panel back. 1. Acceptable products: Approved fire-rated drywall
2. Thickness: 5/8 inch 3. Edges: Tapered 4. Location: a. Exterior wall assemblies b. Where otherwise noted on Drawings. G. Water-resistant drywall: ASTM C 630 and C 1396, Type X, having
improved water resistance over standard gypsum board. 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch 2. Edges: tapered 3. Reference standard product: Sheetrock Brand Mold Tough 4. Location: a. Areas exposed
to high moisture levels (toilets, behind counters with sinks, janitors closets). b. Walls with ceramic tile wainscot, not subject to direct water exposure (public restrooms). c. Ceilings
in rooms subject to high moisture levels (toilet rooms, locker rooms, sterilization rooms) or exposed to direct moisture (showers, patient toilets). 2.3 TILE BACKER BOARD: A. Ceramic
tile backer board: 1. Product: Georgia Pacific Corp.; Dens-Shield Tilebacker 2. Thickness: 5/8” 3. Edges: tapered 4. Location: At full height ceramic tile walls B. Cementitious tile
backer board: 1. Product: Provide one of the following: a. United States Gypsum Company; Durock interior cement board b. National Gypsum Company; PermaBase c. Custom Building Products;
Wonderboard 2. Thickness: 5/8 inch 3. Size: 36” by length required to minimize horizontal joints 4. Location: At full height ceramic tile walls and as substrate for horizontal ceramic
tile or stone tile installation on casework or framed walls. C. Location, General: 1. Use on walls subjected to direct moisture. 2. Use on walls subject to direct water exposure to height
of ceramic tile wainscot. 3. Use as substrate for above-floor horizontal ceramic or porcelain tile installations.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -9 2.4 TRIM A. General: Provide trim accessories for corners, control joints, exposed ends, at juncture of drywall to dissimilar materials and other
locations as required to make complete installations. B. Corner bead (drywall): 1. Outside corner: a. Paper faced metal tape-on bead trim: USG Paper Face Bead B1 SW b. Paper faced flex
metal corner trim: USG Paper Face Bead B1 Beaded Flex, for corners greater than 90 degrees. 2. Inside Corner: a. Paper-faced tape-on Flexible Corner: USG Paper Face Bead B2 Flex C. Control
joint: USG, No. 093, zinc 2.5 METAL FRAMING A. Cold formed sheet metal gages: Provide cold formed sheet metal studs, runners, furring channels, and accessories manufactured from galvanized
sheet steel with design base metal thicknesses conforming to the following schedule. schedule. Actual minimum metal thickness shall not be less than 95 percent of the design metal thickness.
1. 25 gage: 0.0179 inch (18 mil) 2. 22 gage: 0.0269 inch (27 mil) 3. 20 gage: 0.0329 inch (33 mil) 4. 18 gage: 0.0451 inch (43 mil) 5. 16 gage: 0.0566 inch (54 mil) 6. 14 gage: 0.0713
inch (68 mil) B. Material: 1. Studs: ASTM C955 2. Corrosion Protection: a. Interior: ASTM A653, G40 minimum or ASTM A 1003 of equivalent corrosion resistance. C. Interior walls: 1. Interior
partitions: 162S125, 250S125, 350S125, 362S125, 400S125, 600S125 2. Structural studs: 350S162, 362S162, 400S162, 600S162 3. Runner track: a. Use runner tracks in a width and gage to
match the steel studs. 1) Provide 1-1/2 inch deep vertical leg tracks. b. Provide deflection track at top of full-height walls. 1) Tracks designed as part of a top-of-wall firestopping
system shall be permitted, where listed for the application indicated. c. Provide hemmed legs on 25 gage track. 4. Flexible runner track: a. Use runner tracks in a width and gage to
match the steel studs. b. Acceptable products:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -10 1) Flex-Ability Concepts; FLEX-C Trak 2) Radius Track Corporation; factory or field formed radius track 5. Use stud dimensions as indicated on drawings.
6. Gage: Provide studs of proper gage and indicated depth to meet design loads and deflection limit specified. a. Provide 25 gage minimum. b. Provide 20 gage minimum studs at walls supporting
hung casework, walls receiving cementitious tile backer board, and at building expansion joints. c. Provide two 18-gage minimum structural studs at each door, window and cased opening
jamb. 1) Provide 16-gage minimum jamb studs, header framing and sill tracks at coiling doors and grilles. D. Cavity shaft wall; Reference Standard UL Design No. U438: 1. Studs: 2-1/2”
CH or CT stud, 2-1/2” E stud (at rated opening)[; stud depth as indicated on Drawings] 2. Steel J Runner: 2-1/2” JR; stud depth as indicated on Drawings, gage to match steel studs. 3.
Steel angle: 1-3/8” x 7/8”, 24 gage galvanized. 4. Stud Gage: Provide studs of proper gage and indicated depth to meet deflection criteria. E. Cold rolled channels: 1. Ceiling channels
shall be factory products of 16 gage cold rolled steel. 2. Channel webs shall be 1-1/2” wide. 3. “Exterior” applications shall be hot dipped galvanized. 4. “Interior” applications shall
be coated with black asphaltic paint. F. Metal furring channels: 1. Furring channels shall be standard “DWC-25” channels of not less than 25 gage electrogalvanized steel. 2. They shall
be designed for screw attachment of the gypsum drywall materials. 3. Depth shall be 7/8” unless otherwise noted. 4. Clips shall be manufacturer’s standard of galvanized steel wire designed
to attach furring channels to the ceiling channels. G. Drywall ceiling suspension and framing system: 1. Engineered system consisting of main runners and intersecting cross tees. 2.
Fabrication: 0.0179 inch minimum hot-dipped galvanized sheet steel 3. Acceptable Products: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Drywall Grid System b. Chicago Metallic Corporation; 640-C/660-C
and FireFront 650-C/670-C Drywall Grid and Track c. USG; Drywall Suspension System H. Miscellaneous metal framing and accessories: 1. Resilient channels: a. Single leg: Dietrich RCSN,
25 gage galvanized steel b. Double leg: Dietrich RCDN, 25 gage galvanized steel 2. Furring channels:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -11 a. Z-furring channels: Dietrich ZFN, 25 gage galvanized steel b. Furring channels: Dietrich FCN series, 25 gage galvanized steel c. Furring channel
clips for ceiling installation: Galvanized wire 3. Metal angle runners: 1-3/8” x 7/8” x 24 gage galvanized steel (used to secure gypsum core board in laminated gypsum partitions) 4.
Deflection track: provide at all floor-to-deck walls and where indicated on the drawings, to allow for deflection of the structural framing. Provide one of the following systems or a
system capable of accommodating 1/2 -inch deflection without imposing a vertical load on the studs. a. Dietrich Metal Framing, Inc.; double slip runner track b. Dietrich Metal Framing,
Inc.; Sliptrack Systems slotted track c. Metal-Lite; The System d. Super Stud Building Products, Inc.: 1) Interior walls: Interior Top Track Clip 450 e. The Steel Network: 1) Interior
walls: VertiTrack VTD and/or VertiClip SLD f. Total Steel Solutions, Snap Trak g. Total Steel Solutions; Redi Klip, with appropriate depth runner track 5. Lateral bracing: Provide one
of the following: a. Screw attachment, 1-1/2” x 2” x 16 gage clip angle to stud with 1-1/2” cold rolled channel to angle; as shown on the Drawings; galvanized steel. b. Dietrich Metal
Framing, Inc.; TradeReady Spazzer 5400 Bridging/Spacer Bar c. Metal Lite, Inc.; Twist Lock bridging d. The Steel Network; BridgeBar BB150, 1-1/2 inch width by 3/8 inch height e. Solid
stud blocking at ends of wall with metal strapping applied across face of studs and screwed to blocking and each stud with minimum of 2 fasteners per stud face. 6. Corner Angle: 2 inch
by 2 inch, 20 gage galvanized steel 7. Anchor strap: 6 inch wide, 16 gage galvanized strap, screw attachment over face of studs. 8. Metal strapping: 2 inch wide, 16 gage 9. Slide clip:
Provide one one of the following: a. Dietrich Metal Framing, Inc.; FastClip Curtain Wall Slide Clip b. Dietrich Metal Framing, Inc.; Quick Clip c. Super Stud Building Products, Inc.;
Deflection Clip 1500 d. The Steel Network; VertiClip SLB or SLS 10. Hanger wire: 8 gage galvanized 11. Wire ties: 18 gage galvanized, saddle-tie I. Screws: 1. General: ASTM C 954, styles
and sizes as recommended by manufacturer of product being attached. 2. Metal studs, 22 gage and lighter: sharp point type screw 3. Metal studs, 20 gage and heavier: self-tapping driller
type screw 4. Gypsum board: 1-1/4” minimum Type S, bugle head, corrosion resistant 5. Tile backer board: length, size and type recommended by tile backer board manufacturer, Climaseal
coated.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -12 2.6 JOINT TREATMENT A. General: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475 and the recommendations of both the manufacturers of
sheet products and of joint treatment materials for each application indicated. B. Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide alkali-resistant,
polymer-coated glass-fiber mesh joint tape at veneer plaster, water-resistant panels, and tile backer board, unless otherwise indicated. C. Setting-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board:
Factory-packaged, job-mixed, chemicalhardening powder products formulated for uses indicated. 1. Where setting-type joint compounds are indicated as a taping compound only or for taping
and filling only, use formulation that is compatible with other joint compounds applied over it. 2. For topping compound, use sandable formulation. D. Drying-Type Joint Compounds for
Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged vinyl-based products complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended use. 1. Ready-Mixed Formulation: Factory-mixed product. a.
Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and for first coat over fasteners and face flanges of trim accessories. b. Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and finish (third)
coats. c. All-purpose compound formulated for both taping and topping compounds. E. Fire-rated drywall finishing tape: Self-adhesive tape tested in accordance with ASTM E 119 as a component
in a gypsum board wall assembly having an hourly rating up to 2 hours. 1. E-Z Taping System, Inc.; Fire Tape 2.7 SEALANTS AND ADHESIVES A. Sealants: Refer to Division 07 Section ”Joint
Sealants”, for specific types of sealant to be used. 1. Acoustical sealant: Synthetic-rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne
sound. B. VOC Limits for Installation Adhesives, Glues, and Sealants: Use installation adhesives and sealants that comply with SCAQMD Rule 1168 limits for VOC content, calculated in
accordance with Rule 1168, less water and exempt compounds: 1. Dry Wall and Panel Adhesives: 50 g/L 2. Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L 3. Sealants and Sealant Primers: a.
Sealants: 250 g/L b. Sealant primers, porous substrates: 775 g/L c. Sealant primers, non-porous substrates: 250 g/L
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -13 2.8 ACCESSORIES A. Dust membrane: Interior wall vapor retarder, specified in Division 07 Section “Vapor Retarders”. B. Separation Membrane: Sheet
membrane for application between metal studs and cementitious tile backer boards: ASTM C 1136, Type I, ASTM E 84, Class A, pass NFPA 701 Test Method 2 (large-scale test). 1. Products:
Provide one of the following: a. Raven Industries Inc.; Dura-Skrim 10FR. b. Reef Industries, Inc.; Griffolyn TX-1200 FR. 2. Thickness: 0.008 inches (8 mil) 3. Color: Natural (buff to
light yellow) C. Grout: Sanded gypsum plaster for fully grouting hollow metal door frames. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Metal Studs, General: 1. Welding: Welding is permitted
on 18 gauge, 0.0428 inches (1.22 mm) or heavier material only. a. Indicate welding configuration and size on shop drawings. b. Qualify welding operators in accordance with Section 6.0
of AWS D.1.3. c. Touch up all welds with zinc-rich paint in compliance with ASTM A 780. 2. Install metal stud framing in accordance with ASTM C 754. 3. Where walls are indicated to be
installed with deflection track at the head, install studs of length to match undeflected height of structure. B. Interior partition framing: 1. Runners: a. Attach steel runners at floor
and ceiling to structural elements with anchors located 2” from each end and spaced 24” o.c. b. Provide deflection track at the top of full height walls, to allow for vertical movement.
1) Where nested tracks are used, do not install fasteners through both legs of tracks into studs. Apply stud fasteners to interior track only. 2) Where single deep-leg track is used,
do not install fasteners through track legs into studs. Install horizontal bracing between studs a maximum of 12 inches from end of stud. c. Use the longest section of track available;
butt adjacent ends tightly together. d. At walls indicated to be full height to structure or walls which contain sound attenuation blankets, seal bottom and top runners to floor slab
and structure above, respectively, with acoustical sealant.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -14 1) Provide the number of continuous beads as recommended by the manufacturer based on required STC rating. One bead each side of track, minimum.
e. Where walls are indicated to extend full-height and are obstructed in a manner that requires up to a 12 inch horizontal offset to clear the obstruction, provide a horizontal offset
in wall framing as close as possible to the obstruction. 1) At fire-rated walls, provide one additional layer of gypsum drywall on the bottom of the offset. 2) Where clearances permit,
install stud bracing at 45 degrees to the horizontal from the top of the lower wall and horizontal offset framing to the upper vertical studs. Fully enclose offset framing in gypsum
drywall. f. Where walls do not run full-height, secure track
sections above ceilings as required required to keep such walls plumb and rigid. 2. Studs: a. Erect all studs in one-piece sections without splices. Brace all metal stud partitions to
the structure above at 4’-0” O.C. unless shown on the drawings to extend full height. b. Install all studs at 16” o.c. maximum, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. c. Anchor all
studs to both sides of the floor and ceiling runner track sections with screws. d. Provide all “extra” studs, partial-length studs, bracing, and bridging as required to assure rigidity
of the studwork so that it will adequately support the drywall materials and all attached items, including equipment and accessories e. Provide full-height structural studs at all corners.
Extend studs and anchor to the structure. f. Over door frames or borrowed light frames, place double, horizontal, cut-to-length sections of runner, with web flange bent at each end and
with one positive attachment per flange. g. Framing over heads of doors shall be braced above ceiling in two directions with stud sections which angle away from plane of wall. h. Provide
full-height structural studs and jamb studs at jambs of all door frames and borrowed light frames. 1) Extend studs and anchor to the structure. 2) Anchor jamb studs to structural studs
with welded 20 gage, 4-inch long metal straps at hinge heights. i. Full-height structural studs shall be used behind all wall-mounted equipment, etc. j. Control joints: 1) Install double
studs with 1/2 inch minimum clearance between studs at control joint locations, full height of wall. 2) At door jambs, Install cripple stud at head adjacent to jamb stud, with a minimum
1/2-inch clearance from jamb stud, for full remaining height of wall. 3) At fire rated walls, provide fire-blocking consisting of two layers of 5/8 inch fire-rated drywall or a 3 inch
minimum length of safing insulation the full depth of the wall, centered behind the control joint. 4) Locations:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -15 a) Provide where partitions of dissimilar construction meet and remain in the same plane. b) A maximum of 30 feet in any one direction. c) Except
at dissimilar partitions and where walls exceed 30 feet in length without interruption, install control joints at the door jamb adjacent to the largest unbroken wall area. d) At building
expansion or control joints in furred masonry walls. k. Where pipe chases are formed by two rows of studs, tie such rows adequately together with metal stud bracing located at the quarter
points of such studs, a maximum of 4 feet on center vertically, 4 feet on center horizontally. l. Coordinate all installed blocking where required for recessed items. m. Install anchor
strap or blocking to studs in continuous manner between studs for support of grab bars, handrails, wall cabinets and all other wall hung items. 1) Provide wood blocking at grab bars,
hand rails, door stops, and toilet partitions. 2) Provide wood blocking or anchor strap at all other locations, as indicated on Drawings. C. Shaft wall: 1. Conform to UL Design No. U438,
or equivalent UL listed system, for fire rating indicated. 2. Position J runners at floor and ceiling with the short leg toward finish side of wall. Securely attach runners to structural
supports with power driven fasteners at both ends and 24 inches on center. 3. Cut C-H studs and E studs from 3/8-inch to not more than 1/2 inch less than floor-toceiling height. Install
C-H studs between liner panels with liner panels inserted in the groove. 4. Install full-length steel E studs at intersections, corners, door jambs, columns, and both sides of closure
panels. 5. Suitably frame all openings to maintain structural support for wall. a. Provide necessary liner fillers and shims to conform to label frame requirements. b. Frame openings
openings cut within a liner panel with E studs around perimeter. c. Frame openings with vertical E studs at jambs and horizontal J runner at head and sill. 6. Install drywall in accordance
with UL Design listing. D. Ceiling installation: 1. Frame ceiling using one of the following systems: a. Drywall ceiling suspension and framing system b. Furring channel and carrying
channel suspension 2. Drywall ceiling suspension and framing system: install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 3. Furring channel and carrying channel suspension: a. Carrying
channels: 1) Install carrying channels at 24” o.c. and within 6” of walls. 2) Anchor channels to structure with hanger wires at maximum of 48” o.c. and within 6” of channel ends. 3)
Provide 1” clearance between channels and walls.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -16 4) Install additional cross reinforcing at all openings that interfere with carrying channels. b. Furring channels: 1) manufacturer’s spacing recommendations,16”
o.c. maximum. 2) Spacing may be expanded to accommodate light fixture and diffuser rough opening requirements. 3) Install compression posts as recommended by manufacturer for exterior
wind loading. 4. Control joints: a. Install double framing with 1/2 inch minimum clearance between framing members at control joint locations. b. Locations: Where indicated, or if not
indicated: 1) Provide where soffits or ceilings of dissimilar construction meet and remain in the same plane. 2) Where the wings of ‘L’, ‘U’, ‘T’ shaped ceilings are joined. 3) At ceilings
with perimeter relief: a maximum of 50 feet in any one direction. 4) At ceilings without perimeter relief and exterior ceilings: a maximum of 30 feet in any one direction. 5) At building
expansion joints, where expansion joint covers are not indicated. E. Wall board installation: 1. General: a. Install in accordance with GA-216. b. Apply wall board vertically or horizontally,
whichever will minimize joints, so that edges or ends are positioned over studs. 1) Use maximum practical lengths to minimize joints. 2) Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions.
3) Locate end joints on studs. 4) Install boards with bottom edge 1/2 inch minimum above floor level. Seal with silicone sealant, or acoustical sealant at walls with acoustical insulation.
5) Provide concealed dust membranes behind joints between wall board and dissimilar materials. Lap dust membrane and seal with acoustical sealant. c. Space screws in accordance with
manufacturer’s recommendations or UL assembly requirements, but no greater than 12” o.c. d. Cut and fit drywall neatly and accurately around electrical boxes, light fixtures, grilles,
diffusers, and similar items so that all evidence of cutting and fitting will be concealed by cover plates, flanges, or trim. e. Seal cut edges in water-resistant type and exterior type
gypsum drywall according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. f. Install wall and ceiling vapor retarders specified in Division 07 Section “Vapor Retarders” shall be installed and
inspected prior to application of gypsum drywall. g. Install separation membrane between studs and cementitious tile backer units. h. Where full-height walls and walls containing sound
attenuation blankets are required, seal the perimeter of the drywall with acoustical sealant. Seal gaps and around penetrating items, such as pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, grilles,
etc. with joint compound or acoustical sealant.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -17 i. Vacuum clean all spaces within walls and chased areas before fully enclosing. 2. Interior foil-back gypsum drywall: a. Install on interior side
of exterior walls. b. Foil-back gypsum drywall shall be installed in a continuous run to provide a monolithic vapor barrier from floor to bottom of slab above. Foil-back gypsum drywall
shall be installed continuous prior to installation of intersecting interior metal studs. c. Install sealant around all penetrations through foil-back gypsum drywall, including mechanical/electrical
backboxes. Leave no open holes in the vapor barrier. d. Repair or replace foil-back gypsum drywall with punctured, torn or damaged foil face. Repair using manufacturer’s approved foil-faced
tape with 1” minimum lap over undamaged foil back. 3. Gypsum drywall ceilings: a. Apply drywall of maximum practical lengths with long dimension perpendicular to furring channels. Position
ends directly over channels. b. Fasten drywall to channels with screws at 8” o.c. maximum. 4. Trim: a. Install trim of proper types at all external and internal corners and at all terminations
of gypsum drywall materials against dissimilar materials. 1) At terminations with dissimilar materials, protect adjacent surfaces by using pre-masked trim or placing a barrier of building
paper, polyethylene film, or other approved material between the gypsum drywall and the dissimilar material. Remove the barrier at the completion of the finishing process. b. Install
control joints at locations where control joints are indicated or required. F. Joint treatment: 1. Finish joints in conformance with the Level descriptions given in GA-214 and GA-216.
2. Typical: Level 4, unless noted otherwise. a. Critical lighting and gloss sheen painted walls: Level 5 for walls or ceilings with strong cross lighting (natural or artificial) and/or
gloss sheen paint finishes, or as noted on the Drawings. 1) Finish by skim coating with drywall compound or by application of Surfacer/Primer, or use pre-finished drywall and matching,
proprietary joint compound. 2) At walls with reveals, trowel or screed skim coat of drywall compound to level finish between reveals. b. Walls indicated to receive overlay finishes,
such as paneling, acoustical wall panels, etc.: Level 3 c. Walls indicated to receive wood veneer wallcovering: 1) Level 5, achieved with overlay coat of primer/surface over Level 3
tapered joint preparation, or use pre-finished drywall and matching, proprietary joint compound. 2) Level 4 finish at trim flanges and butt joints in wall board, with final pass a minimum
of 12 inches wide. d. Omit joint finishing above ceiling lines except at exterior walls, fire-rated walls or sound walls; apply Level 2 finish above ceiling and in concealed spaces.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -18 1) Fire-rated drywall finishing tape may be used in lieu of level 2 finish on fire-rated walls. 3. Apply joint tape in a bed of joint compound so
that no bubbles, blisters, or loose edges occur in the tape. 4. Sand joint compound, including all drips, smears, and other deposits, so that final installation is completely smooth
along tapered edges and in the same plane as the gypsum drywall itself; so that evidence of the joints is minimal with no ridges, humps, or other irregularities. 5. Final installation
shall be totally ready for finishes applied by others. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection, General: 1. Notify Architect/Engineer of inspection dates at least 72 hours in advance.
Architect may attend inspection. a. Incorporate Architect/Engineer comments, directives, and instructions in inspection report. 2. Repair damaged or improperly installed material prior
to installation of covering material. a. If required, notify Architect/Engineer when repairs are complete and schedule reinspection prior to installation of covering work. 3.3 ADJUST
AND CLEAN A. General: 1. When face paper is punctured, drive new screw approximately 1-1/2” from defective fastener and remove defective fastener. Fill damaged surface with joint compound.
2. Do not allow the accumulation of scraps and debris arising from the Work of this Section, but maintain the premises in a neat and orderly condition at all times. In the event of spilling,
splashing, or damage to adjacent surfaces, immediately repair or clean. 3. Wipe down drywall and adjacent surfaces of dust from sanding. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -1 SECTION 09 30 00 — TILING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Decorative Wall Tile 2. Porcelain Paver tile 3. Tile Trim 4. Tile accessories 5. Tile
setting materials 6. Tile grout 7. Waterproofing membrane for use in tile floor assemblies 8. Crack-isolation membrane for use in tile floor assemblies 9. Expansion joints for tile B.
Related Sections: 1. Division 03 Section “Cast-In-Place Concrete” 2. Division 07 Section “Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies, for building expansion joint covers 3. Division 07 Section
“Joint Sealants” 4. Division 09 Section “Common Work Result for Flooring Preparation” 5. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies”, for tile backer board 6. Division 10 Section “Toilet
Accessories” 7. Division 22 Section “Plumbing Fixtures” 8. Division 26 – Electrical 1.2 REFERENCES: A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. A108 – Installation of ceramic
tile 2. A188 – Tile mortar and grouts 3. A137.1 – Standard Specification for Ceramic Tile B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. D 5957 – Standard Guide for Flood Testing Horizontal Waterproofing
Installations C. Tile Council of North America (TCNA): Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -2 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Static Coefficient of Friction: For tile installed on walkway surfaces, provide products with the following values as determined by
testing identical products per ASTM C 1028: 1. Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.6. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer’s literature for all materials, including compliance
with reference standards. 2. Submit tile manufacturer’s maintenance guides for Owner’s use in maintaining all ceramic tile work. 3. Furnish copies with Operating and Maintenance Manual.
B. Shop drawings: 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate tile pattern, expansion, control and isolation joints, and accessories. C. Samples: 1. Samples for Selection: a. Provide samples of manufacturer’s
complete line of colors for each product specified. b. Colors may not be substituted substituted for the colors scheduled.. c. If color is not scheduled, colors shall be selected from
manufacturer’s complete line of colors. 2. Samples for Verification: a. Porcelain Paver Tile: 1) Minimum of 4 tiles per color b. Decorative Tile: 1) Minimum 4 tiles per color c. Grout:
1) Provide a minimum of 4 samples of grout for each color specified. 2) Size: 1/4 inch grout width minimum by 6 inches 3) Prepare samples in plastic or aluminum channels D. Certificates:
1. Provide certificates or test results from the manufacturer, indicating products comply with referenced standards. Tests shall be performed by a nationally recognized independent testing
laboratory. 2. Submit 5 references for similar installations completed during the last 2 years. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mortar and grout shall be supplied by the same manufacturer.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -3 B. Installer qualifications: 1. Installer shall have a minimum of 2 years experience installing tile of the same type and installation methods specified, in projects
of similar size and complexity. C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination."
Review methods and procedures related to tiling including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's
personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review requirements for verification and testing of subfloor condition, subfloor preparation, and environmental
conditions required at time of flooring installation. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer’s original sealed containers. 1. Labels: legible and intact
identifying brand name and contents. 2. Tile cartons: grade-sealed by manufacturer. 3. Grade seals: unbroken. B. Manufactured mortars and grouts shall contain hallmarks certifying compliance
with reference standards and by types recommended by tile manufacturer for application. C. Adhesives in containers: label with hallmarks certifying compliance with reference standards.
D. Protect adhesives from freezing. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field measurements: Verify tile layout and pattern dimensions. B. Areas scheduled to receive tile flooring shall be fully
enclosed and provided with sufficient ventilation and supplemental heating or cooling to match mortar or adhesive manufacturer’s recommended temperature range a minimum of 72 hours prior
to the start of installation and continuously after installation. C. Comply with minimum temperature recommendations of manufacturers for bonding and grouting materials other than Portland
cement mortar. D. Do not install adhesives in an unventilated area. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish to Owner 2 unopened cartons of major tile color selections from original delivery to
job.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -4 B. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed, for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 DECORATIVE TILE A. Reference standard: 1. Refer to Finish Plans for tile schedule. 2. Substitutions will not be accepted. 2.2 PAVER TILE A. Reference Standard: 1.
Refer to Finish Plans for tile schedule 2. Substitutions will not be accepted 2.3 SETTING MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Provide setting materials manufactured by one of the following
companies. 2. Reference standard: Laticrete 3. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Bonsal, W. R., Company. b. Custom Building Products. c. LATICRETE International Inc. d. MAPEI Corporation.
e. Summitville Tiles, Inc. f. TEC Specialty Products Inc. B. Thick bed mortar: ANSI 118.1A 1. Mortar: Laticrete 3701 C. Bond coat and thin set mortar: ANSI 118.4 1. Latex thin set mortar:
Laticrete 254 Platinum 2. For wall applications, provide non-sagging mortar. D. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based formulation provided
or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated. Refer to Division 09 Section “Common Work Results for Flooring Preparation”.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -5 2.4 GROUT A. Manufacturers: 1. Reference standard products: Products listed shall be used as the basis for quality and properties for comparable products from acceptable
manufacturers. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: Provide setting materials manufactured by one of the following companies: a. W. R. Bonsal Company. b. Custom Building Products. c. Laticrete
International Inc. d. MAPEI Corporation. e. Summitville Tiles, Inc. f. TEC Specialty Products Inc. B. Unsanded grout, ANSI A118.7: (use with glass tile only) a. TEC Specialty Products,
Inc., Accucolor XT, TA-525 b. Laticrete International, Inc.; Spectralock c. Mapei Corporation; Opticolor 2. Color: Selected from manufacturer’s full range of standard colors 3. Use at
all glass tile locations. C. Sanded Grout, ANSI A118.7: 1. Acceptable Products a. TEC Specialty Products, Inc., Accucolor XT, TA-585 b. Laticrete International, Inc.; Spectralock c.
Mapei Corporation; Opticolor 2. Color: Selected from manufacturer’s full range of standard colors 3. Use at all locations other than glass tile locations. D. Epoxy Grout, ANSI A118.3:
(showers only) 1. Reference standard: Laticrete SpectrLOCK PRO or Latapoxy 2000 2. Color: Selected from manufacturer’s full range of standard colors 3. Use at showers only. E. Grout
release: 1. Grout release in form of manufacturer's standard proprietary liquid coating that is specially formulated and recommended for use as temporary protective coating for tile.
F. Grout Sealer: Compatible with grout specified. To be used on all grout except epoxy grout. 2.5 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE A. Cold applied liquid rubber and reinforcing fabric 1. Reference
standard: Laticrete HydroBan 2. Acceptable Products: a. Laticrete International Inc., Laticrete HydroBan b. Summitville Tiles, Inc., S-9000
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -6 B. Manufactured waterproofing sheet: 1. Thick-set installation: The Noble Company; Chloraloy 240 2. Thin-Set installation: a. The Noble Company; NobleSeal TS b. National
Applied Construction Products, Inc.; Strataflex. 2.6 CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE A. Sheet membrane system: Provide one of the following: 1. The Noble Company; NobleSeal CIS 2. National
Applied Construction Products, Inc.; ECB membrane. B. Crack Isolation Mortar: ANSI A118.4 and A118.12, Polymer-modified Portland cement mortar capable of isolating substrate cracks and
movement up to 1/8”. 1. Reference Standard: Laticrete 125 Sound & Crack Adhesive 2. Laticrete International Inc.: Laticrete 125 Sound & Crack Adhesive 3. TEC Specialty Products, Inc.:
1-Flex 2.7 TRANSITIONS AND EXPANSION CONTROL A. Flooring transition strips: 1. Metal divider strips: a. Transition strips between ceramic tile and resilient flooring materials. b. Material:
White metal alloy (thin-set terrazzo dividers) c. Size: 1/4 inch by 1/2 inch angle or “T” type strips d. Bonded to slab; concealed under door e. Match opening width. B. Expansion joints:
1. Metal divider strips: a. Back-to-back strips between ceramic tile at joint location. b. Material: White metal alloy (thin-set terrazzo dividers) c. Size: 1/4 inch by 1/2 inch angle
d. Bonded to slab e. Spacing: Match tile joint width, but not less than 1/4 inch 2. Sealant: a. Silicone sealant, medium modulus, neutral cure. 1) Reference standard: BASF Construction
Chemicals; Sonneborn Omniseal 50 2) Color: Selected by Designer from manufacturers full range of standard colors b. One component urethane 1) Reference standard: BASF Construction Chemicals;
Sonneborn Sonolastic NP1 2) Color: Selected by Designer from manufacturers full range of standard colors
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -7 3. Bond breaker: a. Backer Rod: Preformed rod, closed cell polyethylene foam, non-adhering type b. Bond Break: Polyethylene tape PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION:
A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate locations and installation of blocking installed under Division 06 Section “Rough Carpentry” and Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies”. 2. Coordinate
locations and installation of membrane waterproofing installed between cementitious tile backer boards and metals studs, installed under Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies”.
B. Preparation: 1. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions with trowelable leveling and patching compound according to tile-setting material manufacturer's written instructions. Use product
specifically recommended by tile-setting material manufacturer. 2. Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding. 3. Close spaces to traffic during floor tile installation
and for 48 hours after floor covering installation. 4. Large format paver tile: a. Provide self-leveling cementitious underlayment in areas indicated to receive tiles with dimension
greater than 12 inches. Refer to Division 09 Section “Common Work Results for Flooring Preparation”. b. Where necessary, bulkhead area to receive self-leveling underlayment. C. Layout:
1. Layout areas of ceramic tile so that when installed no individual tile will be less than onehalf its original size. 2. Determine location of all expansion joints. a. Expansion joints
shall be installed at floor construction joints and building expansion joints. 3. Joints in ceramic tile ceilings shall align with those on the walls. 4. Install ceramic tile on walls
and floor to run behind and below all casework, lockers, and equipment, unless indicated otherwise. 3.2 WATERPROOFING AND CRACK-SUPPRESSION MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install waterproofing
waterproofing to comply with ANSI A108.13 and waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions to produce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to substrate. 1. Locations:
All toilet room floors and floors containing floor drains on elevated slabs, or where indicated.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -8 2. On tiled shower room walls, provide waterproofing the full height of wall tile. B. Install crack-suppression membrane over existing visible cracks to comply with
TCNA F125 and manufacturer's written instructions, to produce membrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to substrate. 1. Locations: All areas designated to receive floor tile, unless
indicated to receive waterproofing membrane or otherwise indicated. C. Do not install tile over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been successfully flood tested in accordance
with ASTM D 5957. 1. Flood test each installed area of waterproofing to a minimum depth of one inch for a minimum period of 24 hours. a. Plug drains with temporary drains prior to conducting
test. b. Provide temporary dams or other means to retain water for duration of of test where test area is unconfined or, in areas with sloped floors and multiple drains, for each drained
area . 2. Check for leakage, repair or replace with new and retest until waterproofing membrane passes test. 3.3 TILE INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Install bed or adhesive, tile and grout
per ANSI A137.1 and Tile Council of America installation methods. B. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor,
base, walls, and trim are same size. 2. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. 3. Provide uniform
joint widths, unless otherwise indicated. C. Lay out tile wainscots to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated. D. Install movement joints abutting perimeter walls, columns, etc.,
directly over concrete construction joints (cold joints), structural joints and as located on the drawings. 1. Install joints per TCNA EJ171 and appropriate details. 2. Do not install
bond break or sealant at building expansion joints. 3. Coordinate tile installation with building expansion joint fire barrier installation. E. Cut and fit tile tight to penetrations.
Smooth all exposed cut edges. F. Fit tile carefully against trim and accessories; also around pipes, electric boxes, and other builtin fixtures, so that escutcheons, plates, and collars
will completely overlap cut edges. G. Press and twist, beat in, or mechanically vibrate, tiles in place to provide 100% mortar contact on tile backs, and to provide full support of tiles
including edges and corners. Bring tile surfaces to proper alignment. 1. Keep all tile in same plane, level and plumb with joints even and aligned.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING
09 30 00 -9 2. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. H. Provide bullnose trim at all exposed edges of ceramic tile areas in exterior and interior applications. I.
Allow tile to set a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting. J. Completed ceramic tile shall be watertight with all joints fully and uniformly grouted. K. Sealant joints: 1. Install bond
breaker tape or backer rod to prevent three-sided adhesion of sealant. 2. Apply sealant to junction of tile and dissimilar materials. 3. Apply sealant to junction of wall tile at inside
corners. 4. Apply sealant to expansion joints. L. Joint Widths: Install tile on floors with the following joint widths: 1. Decorative Tile: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm). 3.4 WALL TILE INSTALLATION
A. Thin-set ceramic tile on tile backer board substrates with waterproofing: 1. Install membrane waterproofing in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and TCNA Thin-Set Method
W244 for cementitious tile backer boards and W245 for coated glass mat gypsum board backer boards (ANSI A108.5). B. Adhesive-set ceramic tile on water resistant gypsum board or tile
backer board substrates: 1. Prime surface before applying adhesive as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. 2. Apply adhesive and set tile in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions
and TCNA Method W242 (ANSI A108.4). 3. Allow minimum of 24 hours after tile is set for solvent evaporation before grouting. 3.5 FLOOR TILE AND THRESHOLD INSTALLATION A. Thin-set ceramic
tile with waterproof membrane on concrete substrates: 1. Install membrane waterproofing in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and TCNA Thin-Set Method F122, except use epoxy
mortar. 2. Install tiles in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and TCNA Epoxy Mortar and Grout Method F131 (ANSI A108.6). B. Thresholds: 1. Install in one piece. 2. Fit and
cope neatly to doorjambs. 3. Install in accordance with TCNA Method TH611 using latex-portland cement thin-set mortar, except use epoxy mortar where adjoining tiles are set with epoxy
mortar.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -10 3.6 GLASS TILE INSTALLATION A. Adhesive-set glass tile on water resistant gypsum board substrates. 1. Prime surface before applying adhesive if recommended by adhesive
manufacturer. 2. Apply adhesive and set tile in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and TCA method W242 (ANSI A108A) 3. Allow minimum 24 hours after tile is set for solvent evaporation
before grouting. 4. Grout with unsanded grout. a. Color is to be selected by Designer. 3.7 REPAIR A. Remove and replace with new tiles nonconforming or damaged work. Non-conforming or
damaged Work includes, but is not limited to: 1. Broken, cracked, chipped, marred, or otherwise defective materials. 2. Materials that are not level, plumb or in-plane with adjacent
Work. 3. Materials that are stained or soiled and cannot be cleaned. 4. Tiles that that have insufficient bond to substrate. 3.8 CLEANING: A. Clean all grout and mortar from face of
tile Work and adjacent surfaces, restoring adjacent surfaces to their original conditions. B. Wash ceramic tile, leaving it completely cleaned. 1. Use tile cleaner recommended by the
tile manufacturer. 2. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. C. Remove protective coatings after grouting is complete and grout has cured sufficiently. D. Hand buff
tile with burlap or rough texture cloth to completely remove any hazing. 3.9 PROTECTION: A. Provide protective covering to protect installation from damage due to continued construction.
Remove and dispose of covering at completion of construction. B. Provide plywood walkways for any wheel traffic or moving loads. C. Seal grout where indicated in accordance with sealer
manufacturer’s instructions, after grout has cured sufficiently. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -1 SECTION 09 51 00 — ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Acoustical ceiling systems as indicated or implied by the Contract
Documents. 2. Furnish all additional grid components as required to trim out, light fixtures or other recessed ceiling components. 3. Curved fascia trim system at curved/radiused acoustical
ceiling outside edges. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies”, for drywall suspension system. 2. Division 23 – Heating, Ventilating & Air Conditioning
3. Division 26 – Electrical 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C 423 – Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room
Method 2. C 635 – Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings 3. C 636 – Standard Practice
for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels 4. E 84 – Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 5.
E 119 – Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 6. E 580 – Standard Practice for Application of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and
Lay-in Panels in Areas Requiring Moderate Seismic Restraint 7. E 1264 – Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products B. Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association
(CISCA): 1. Recommendations for Direct-Hung Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings, Seismic Zones 0-2. 2. Guidelines for Seismic Restraint – Direct Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies,
Seismic Zones 3 & 4. C. International Standards Organization (ISO): 1. 14644-1 – Cleanrooms And Associated Controlled Environments Part 1: Classification of Airborne Particulates Particulates
D. United States General Services Administration Federal Standard (FS): 1. 209(e) – Airborne Particulate Cleanliness Classes in Clean Rooms and Clean Zones
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -2 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. AC: Articulation Class. B. CAC: Ceiling Attenuation Class. C. LR: Light Reflectance coefficient. D. NRC: Noise Reduction Coefficient.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic: Design ceiling system to resist seismic forces in compliance with the International Building Code Chapter 16, Seismic Design Category C 1. Seismic
Design Categories B and C: Install ceilings in compliance with CISCA Recommendations for Direct-Hung Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings, Seismic Zones 0-2 B. Fire Resistance:
Provide components that have been tested by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory and meet the requirements of the following standard: 1. Surface Burning, per ASTM E
84: Class A a. Flame spread: less than 25 b. Smoke developed: less than 450 2. Fire resistance, per ASTM E 119: 1-hour floor-ceiling assembly, where noted to be firerated. 1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data: 1. Submit product information and literature. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Provide dimensioned shop drawings, to scale, of ceilings with fascia trim. 2. Indicate layout dimensions
and locations of obstructions and penetrations. C. Samples: 1. Samples for verification: a. Grid and Fascia trim: Submit 12” section of ceiling suspension members with appropriate finish.
1) Include a main runner, a cross tee, connecting accessories, and perimeter angle. b. Acoustical Ceiling Boards: Submit small samples of each tile, approximately 6 inches by 6 inches.
D. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for each acoustical panel ceiling.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -3 E. Maintenance Data: For finishes to include in maintenance manuals. F. Quality Assurance Plan: 1. Furnish copies for review for conformance with requirements.
2. Furnish completed record copies for project records and for distribution to Authorities Having Jurisdiction. 3. Furnish written Statement of Responsibility on Contractor’s letterhead,
indicating the following: a. Acknowledgement of awareness of special requirements contained in the Quality Assurance Plan. b. Acknowledgement that control will be exercised to obtain
conformance with the Contract Documents approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. c. Procedures for exercising control within the Contractor’s organization, the method and frequency
of reporting, and the distribution of reports. d. Identification and qualifications of the person(s) exercising control and their position(s) within the company. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and standards: 1. In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, ceiling installations shall comply with Regulations of the [State] State Department of Health
regarding perforations, gasketing, hold-down clips, or other sanitary measures. 2. Comply with all pertinent recommendations indicated in ASTM C635 and ASTM C636. 3. Install fire rated
components in strict compliance with requirements of indicated UL design numbers, or equivalent UL design number utilizing products of other approved manufacturers. Materials must bear
the U.L. classification marking. B. Quality Assurance Plan for Seismic Resistance: 1. Contractor shall furnish a Quality Assurance Plan, in conformance with International Building Code
Section 1705 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Protection: 1. Store materials in manufacturer’s unopened packaging or covered with tarps or covers suitable to prevent
damage from incidental moisture, abrasion, or other mechanical damage. Tarps shall permit the passage of water vapor and shall not accumulate moisture beneath them. 2. Store materials
indoors at 50° F or above and less than 60 percent relative humidity. Provide temporary heating, cooling or humidity control if necessary to maintain required conditions. B. Before installing
acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -4 C. Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. 1. Replace damaged materials with new materials prior to installation
in the Work. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in spaces is complete
and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. B. Coordination:
1. All work above ceiling line shall be completed prior to installation of acoustical material. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Standard grid system: 1. Exposed grid system
including main tee runners, cross tee runners, angle moldings and corner pieces, and all accessories necessary for complete installations. 2. ASTM C 635 Heavy Duty (HD) and Intermediate
Duty (ID) main tee classifications; 3. Material: commercial quality HDG-30 steel, hot-dip galvanized body and cap a. Provide grid with aluminum cap, where indicated. 4. Height: 1-1/2
inches 5. Width: 15/16 inches 6. Color: White 7. Fire-rated grid: Where indicated, provide grid listed for use in fire-rated assemblies tested in accordance with ASTM E 119. 8. Acceptable
Products: a. Armstrong Commercial Ceilings; Armstrong World Industries; Prelude Exposed Grid System b. BPB Celotex; BPB America, Inc.; Classic Stab System or Protectone Classic Fire-Rated
Stab System c. Chicago Metallic Corporation; Snapgrid System 200/250 Series d. USG Interiors, Inc.; Donn DX System B. Aluminum grid system: 1. Exposed grid system including main tee
runners, cross tee runners, angle moldings and corner pieces, and all accessories necessary for complete installations. 2. ASTM C 635, Light Duty, Severe Environment performance. 3.
Material: commercial quality aluminum sheet. 4. Height: 1-1/2 inches 5. Width: 15/16 inches 6. Seismic performance: Comply with requirements for Seismic Design Category indicated. 7.
Color: White
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -5 8. Acceptable Products: a. Armstrong Commercial Ceilings; Armstrong World Industries; AL Prelude Plus XL Exposed Grid System b. BPB Celotex; BPB America,
Inc.; Environmental Aluminum System c. Chicago Metallic Corporation; System 830 All-Aluminum (Hook System) d. USG Interiors, Inc.; Donn AX System C. Pre-gasketed grid system: 1. Exposed
grid system with co-extruded or applied gasket, including main tee runners, cross tee runners, angle moldings and corner pieces, and all accessories necessary for complete installations.
2. ASTM C 635 Heavy Duty (HD) and Intermediate Duty (ID) main tee classifications; 3. Material: commercial quality HDG-30 steel, hot-dip galvanized body and cap 4. Clean Room Classification:
FS 209(e), Class 100; ISO 14644-1, Class 5 5. Height: 1-1/2 inches 6. Width: 15/15/16 inches 7. Color: White 8. Acceptable Products: a. Armstrong Commercial Ceilings, Armstrong World
Industries; 15/16” Coextruded Clean Room b. Chicago Metallic Corporation; BarrierGrid Standard 15/16” Exposed gasketed D. Extruded aluminum curvedfascia trim: 1. Extruded aluminum fascia
with 3/4 inch horizontal leg formed for attachment to grid mounting clip. 2. Material: Extruded aluminum 3. Accessories: Provide splice plates, T-bar connector clips, perimeter trim
hold-down clips, alignment clips, drywall trim and other accessory items required for a complete system. 4. Corners: Factory fabricated and welded. 5. Profile: a. Vertical, nominal height
as scheduled. 6. Provide trim with finishing flanges for use in drywall ceilings, where indicated. 7. Color: White 8. Acceptable products: a. Armstrong Commercial Ceilings, Armstrong
World Industries; Axiom Perimeter Trim b. Chicago Metallic Corporation; Infinity (vertical and knife edge only) c. Gordon Interior Specialties Division, Gordon, Inc. E. System accessories:
1. Wire used for suspending suspension system: 12 gauge minimum galvanized steel wire 2. Wall angle moldings: Manufacturer’s standard for indicated grid system, 1-inch minimum horizontal
leg . a. Provide aluminum moldings with aluminum grid and aluminum capped grid. b. For lay-in panels with reveal edge details, provide stepped edge molding that forms reveal of same
depth and width as that formed between edge of panel and flange at exposed suspension member.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -6 c. For circular penetrations of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit penetration exactly. d. For narrow-face suspension
systems, provide suspension system and manufacturer's standard edge moldings that match width and configuration of exposed runners. e. For gasketed grid, provide gasketed angle moldings.
f. For gasketed grid systems with hold-down clips, provide 2-inch by 1-inch ‘U’ channel molding with pre-installed gasket and hold-down clips. g. For grid systems with hold-down clips,
provide 2-inch by 1-inch ‘U’ channel molding with hold-down clips. h. For outside and radiused corners, provide factory fabricated trim molding 3. Grid restraining clips for Seismic
Category C: Provide manufactured seismic grid restraining clips tested for compliance with with the design requirements of the International Building Code, Section 1621. a. Products:
Provide one of the following: 1) Armstrong Commercial Ceilings, Armstrong World Industries; BERC or BERC-2 Clip 2) Chicago Metallic Corporation; 1496 Seismic Perimeter Clip 4. Stabilizer
bars: Grid manufacturer’s standard angle shaped bar slotted to fit over tops of grid to prevent grid ends from spreading. 5. Hold down clips: Manufacturer’s standard for indicated system.
Provide at all fire-rated ceilings, and where indicated. 6. Access clips: Manufacturer’s standard for indicated system, providing access and hold down functions. 7. Anchors, clips, hanger
attachment screws: Provide anchors, clips, screws or screw eyes specifically designed to support ceiling hanger wires. a. Minimum Ultimate Load capacity, in substrate indicated: 400
pounds b. Minimum Working Load capacity, in substrate indicated: 200 pounds c. Safety factor: 2:1 minimum. F. Acoustical sealant: 1. Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining
latex sealant 2. VOC Content: 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24) 3. Acceptable products include the following: a. Pecora Corp; AC-20 FTR
Acoustical and Insulation Sealant. b. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING BOARDS A. Manufacturers: Provide products, equivalent to the reference
standard product, by one of the following manufacturers: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. BPB Celotex; BPB America, Inc. 3. Chicago Metallic Corporation. 4. USG Interiors, Inc.;
Prelude.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -7 B. Type 1 -Perforated: 1. 24” x 24” lay-in tile with tegular edge a. Acceptable Products: 1) #1774, Dune, Armstrong, Inc. C. Type 2 -Unperforated: 1.
24” x 24” lay-in panels with square edge, vinyl face and hold-down clips a. Acceptable Products: 1) 56099 Clima Plus; USG Interiors, Inc. D. Type – Special Acoustic Ceiling: 1. Custom
panels with square edge 2. Standards: a. Manufacturer: Decoustics b. Model: Claro c. Rating: Class A Flame Spread according to ASTM E84 d. Thickness: 1 1/16” e. Finish: Custom color
f. Fastening System: Direct mount with Z clip system g. Provide all material, mouldings, etc. for a complete installation. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF SUSPENSION SYSTEM A.
General: 1. Install grid, perimeter angles or channels, and suspension wires, and bracing struts in in conformance with ASTM C 636 and CISCA installation guidelines for seismic design
category indicated. 2. Layout ceiling suspension in accordance with reflected ceiling plans and as acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. 3. Erect metal “T” members symmetrically about
the centerline of areas in both directions so that border panels will be as large as possible. Install “T” members off-center where shown on drawings. B. Hanger wires: 1. Space hanger
wires for main runners a maximum of four feet on centers and 8 inches from ends. a. Do not hang wires from ducts, pipes, supports or hangers for mechanical or electrical systems, and
the like. b. To the greatest extent possible, hang wires from structural members 2. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum
that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. a. Hanger wires shall not hang out-of-plumb more than 1 in 6 without countersplaying.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -8 b. Perimeter hangers may be secured to wall studs or continuous wall blocking, in conformance with plumbness requirement. 3. Splay hangers only where
required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. a. Do not splay wires more than 45 degrees from the ceiling
plane. b. Countersplay with wires at the same angle as splayed wires. 4. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with
location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices.
a. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. b. Minimum load shall be
2.5 pounds per square foot for area supported.. 5. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. a. Connect hangers directly
either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion,
or elevated temperatures. 6. To the greatest extent possible, attach hangers directly to structural members. a. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck.
Fasten hangers to cast-in-place hanger inserts, post-installed mechanical or adhesive anchors that extend through forms into concrete. b. Steel deck tabs shall not be used. 7. At metal
roof decks where structural spacing exceeds hanger spacing, attach hangers to slotted channel struts inserted in deck flutes above tops of beams or anchored to the bottom flanges of
beams. a. For channel strut spans up to 6’-0”, provide single channel struts. b. For channel strut spans from 6’-1” to 10’-0”, provide double-channel struts. c. Install channel struts
with slotted web at top. d. Clamp channel struts for beam flanges at each beam with strut manufacturer’s standard beam clamps for configuration indicated. C. Grid: 1. Provide heavy-duty
or intermediate-duty grid as required to comply with seismic installation requirements and manufacturer recommendations. 2. Accurately level all main runners; space main runners a maximum
of four feet on centers. 3. Space cross “T” members as shown on the drawings and secure to main runners and wall angles. 4. Securely anchor all wall angle members to wall studs with
sheet metal screws into metal studs. a. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. 5. Miter corners where
wall angle members intersect or install preformed corner caps. (Do not overlap.) 6. Suspension system shall be an interlocking system. 7. Gasketed grid systems: a. Install in accordance
with manufacturers instructions. b. Ensure that there are no gaps between gaskets when grid is installed.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -9 c. Repair or replace damaged gasket or grid. 8. Install hold down clips where indicated. a. Provide access clips in a minimum of two panel locations in
each room and where required for access to above ceiling services. b. Provide a minimum of two clips per panel side, or as recommended by the ceiling panel manufacturer. 9. Protect lighting
fixtures and air ducts to comply with requirements indicated for fireresistance-rated assembly. D. Tolerances: 1. Make all grid level within a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 10’-0” and straight
within a tolerance of 1/2 inch in 250 feet. Cumulative dimensional error is not allowed. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL CEILING BOARDS A. Install in level plane in straight-line courses.
B. Place materials to bear all around on suspension members. C. Minimum width of of border tiles: 4 inches D. Cut units neatly to fit grilles, diffusers, and all penetrations. 1. Sprinkler
head openings: Accurately cut tile to provide a close fit around sprinkler heads or drops. E. Tegular edge tile: At cut tile, trim and paint cut edges to match manufactured edge profile.
F. Install boards from a three carton mix to obtain a uniform distribution of surface variations. 3.3 REPAIR AND RESTORATION A. Neatly touch-up all scratches, mars, voids, and other
defects in the factory-painted surfaces with paint to match both color and gloss of such factory-painted surfaces. 1. Comply with manufacturer’s instructions for touch-up of minor finish
damage. 2. Use touch-up paints furnished by the grid or board manufacturer. B. Replace all broken, chipped, marred, or otherwise defective acoustic lay-in panels with new panels. C.
Replace bent or dented grid with new grid. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean fingerprints and other dirt from grid and panel faces
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -10 B. Replace soiled tiles with new tiles when directed by Architect/Engineer. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00 -1 SECTION 09 65 00 — RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Section includes: 1. Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT) 2. Sheet Vinyl flooring (SV) 3.
Vinyl base, reducer strips and feature strips 4. Floor substrate preparation and remediation, specified in Division 09 Section “Common Work Results for Flooring Preparation”. B. Related
Sections: 1. Division 03 Section “Cast-In-Place Concrete” 2. Division 09 Section “Common Work Results for Flooring Preparation” 3. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 4. Division
09 Section “Carpeting” 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. E 84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2. E 662 -Standard Test Method
for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials 3. F 150 – Standard Test Method for Electrical Resistance of Conductive and Static Dissipative Resilient Flooring 4.
F 710 – Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring 5. F 1516 – Standard Practice for Sealing Seams of Resilient Flooring Products by the Heat Weld
Method (when Recommended) B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. 253 – Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux for Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy
Source C. Resilient Floor Coverings Institute (RFCI): 1. Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics:
Provide flooring products with the following surfaceburning characteristics, as determined by testing identical products per by UL or another
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00 -2 nationally recognized independent testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction: 1. NFPA 253, Critical Radiant Flux: a. Class I, minimum
value of 0.45 watts per square centimeter in all corridors and exit ways. 2. ASTM E 662,Smoke Density: less than 450 3. Materials installed on vertical surfaces: ASTM E 84, Class A:
a. Flame Spread: Less than 25 b. Smoke developed: less than 450 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer’s literature describing products, maintenance, and installation.
2. Furnish copies with Operating and Maintenance Manual. B. Samples: 1. Submit three (3) pieces showing the extreme ranges of color and marbleization or each product and color specified.
C. Quality Assurance submittals: 1. Installer experience: a. Submit 5 references for similar installations completed during the last 3 years. 2. Certifications: a. Submit certification
of qualification from the installer. b. Submit certification of compliance with specified codes and standards. 1) Furnish copies with Operating and Maintenance Manual. 3. Test reports:
submit copies of field test reports, with location of test indicated, for the following: a. Adhesive bond tests 1.5 QUALITY
ASSURANCE A. Installer qualifications: 1. Installer shall provide 5 references of similar installations completed during the past 3 years. B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference
at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures including, but not limited to, the following: 1.
Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review requirements
for verification and testing of subfloor condition, condition, subfloor preparation, and environmental conditions required at time of flooring installation. 3. Review requirements for
installation and protection of moisture vapor reducing membrane.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00 -3 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to jobsite or offsite warehouse in unopened wrapping, boxes or containers. B. Storage: 1. Store
materials in a covered, climate controlled facility, with temperatures between 40 degrees F and 90 degrees F. 2. Store material off ground or floor in protective packaging. 3. Do not
permit materials to become wet. 4. Store flammable adhesives in accordance with fire prevention regulations. C. Allow material to acclimatize prior to installation by storing materials
in area to receive floor coverings a minimum of 72 hours before installation. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Areas scheduled to receive resilient flooring shall be fully enclosed
and provided with sufficient ventilation and supplemental heating or cooling to match the design design environment a minimum of 72 hours prior to start of installation and continuous
after installation. B. Store flammable adhesives in accordance with fire prevention regulations. C. Moisture vapor transmission rate: Concrete sub-floors shall have a maximum moisture
vapor transmission rate acceptable to the flooring manufacturer prior to installing flooring. D. Concrete internal relative humidity: Concrete sub-floors shall have a maximum internal
relative humidity, measured with in-situ probes at 1/4 the slab depth, of 75 percent. 1.8 WARRANTY: A. Furnish the Owner a written warranty covering material and installation labor for
the specified period from the Date of Final Payment. 1. Material shall be warranted for 5 years against defects in material or workmanship, including excessive shrinkage, and adhesive
bond failures not attributable to excessive moisture or alkalinity in the concrete slab. 2. Installation labor for replacement of defective flooring shall be fully warranted for the
first year and 50 percent for the second year, except when manufacturer’s standard warranty provides longer periods of coverage. 3. Where such defect exists, upon written notice, manufacturer
shall replace at no cost to the Owner with material matching color design and gauge for defective area and adjacent areas as required for matching. B. Furnish warranty from manufacturer
of moisture vapor reducing membrane in accordance with Division 09 Section ”Common Work Results for Flooring Preparation”, indicating coverage for flooring installed under this section.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00 -4 C. Furnish copies with Operating and Maintenance Manual. 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Vinyl composition tile: 1. From original stock provide minimum of one full
box of each color used. B. Sheet vinyl: 1. From original stock provide minimum 3% of each color used. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Vinyl composition tile – VCT: 1. Reference Standard:
Mannington; Essentials 2. Size: 12” x 12” x 1/8” 3. Color: As noted on the Interior Finish Schedule a. No substitutions permitted B. Sheet vinyl – SV: 1. Reference Standard: Teknoflor
2. Gauge: 0.080 inches 3. Seams: Heat welded 4. Color: As noted on the Interior Finish Schedule a. No substitutions permitted C. Vinyl base – VB (coved): 1. Reference Standard: Johnsonite
2. Size: 4” x 1/8” (continuous) 3. Outside Corners: Job formed 4. Inside Corners: Job formed 5. Color: As noted on the Interior Finish Schedule a. No substitutions permitted D. Patching
of existing floor and base: 1. New materials shall match existing in color, gauge, size, and texture. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Metal transition strips: 1. Description: Edge strip suitable
for use under floor coverings. 2. Reference standard: Schlüter Systems; Schiene AE Series 3. Material: Extruded Aluminum.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00 -5 4. Profile: a. 1 inch bedding leg perforated for bond to setting adhesive. b. 1/8 inch wide vertical leg with 87 degree draft and eased nose. c. Height
to match thickest flooring material at the joint. 5. Finish: Clear anodized B. Reducer strips: 1. Size: 1/8 inch thick at butting edge by 1inch wide by length as required 2. Color: As
noted on the Interior Finish Schedule a. No substitutions permitted 3. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Johnsonite. 2.3 ADHESIVE: A. Flooring: 1. Asphalt Cut-Back Adhesive: Armstrong S-89,
no substitutions permitted. 2. Two-part polyurethane or epoxy: a. For tile in wet areas, restrooms, scrub sinks, at drinking fountains b. Sheet flooring under and around patient beds
and wheeled furniture such as sofasleepers. B. Base: 1. Use manufacturer’s standard adhesive for installation of straight run resilient base. 2. Use a dead-set type adhesive for installation
of preformed resilient base corners. 2.4 CLEANERS, STRIPPERS AND WAXES A. Cleaners: neutral cleaner recommended by flooring manufacturer for new installations. B. Stripper: stripper
or cleaner recommended by flooring manufacturer for removal of heavy soil or stains on newly installed flooring. C. Wax: wax or acrylic polish recommended by flooring manufacturer for
new installations PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, adhesive
bond, substrate alkalinity, subfloor levelness and flatness tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of work.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00 -6 B. Furnish written report to the Architect/Engineer, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of work. C. Proceed with installation
only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. D. The start of resilient flooring installation shall indicate the moisture content and alkalinity of the concrete sub-floor
and patching materials is within the acceptable limits as defined by the manufacturer’s requirements, and that proper bond will be obtained between the adhesive, patching materials and
concrete sub-floor. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F710 and Division 09 Section ”Common Work Results for Flooring Preparation”. B. Comply with manufacturer’s
written recommendations to ensure adhesion of floor coverings. 1. Verify that that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Perform tests recommended
by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. C. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient flooring immediately before installation.
3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Close spaces to traffic during floor covering installation. 2. Install floor coverings after other finishing operations, including painting, have been
completed. 3. Install flooring and accessories in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions. B. Layout: 1. Lay out Work symmetrically from the center point of the areas so
that border tiles will not be less than 6 inches in width, unless shown otherwise. 2. Install resilient flooring within the confines of walls and under all cabinets, built-in equipment,
and lockers occurring within such confines. 3. Flooring shall be scribed and fitted to door frames, walls, etc. 4. Discontinue resilient flooring under doors in 4 hour rated fire walls.
C. Adhesives: 1. Apply adhesive to sub-floors, tiles, or both with proper as recommended by the manufacturer in sufficient thickness to ensure proper and secure bonding of the flooring
to the sub-floors. 2. Do not exceed working time recommended by the manufacturer. 3. For wet-set, polyurethane or epoxy adhesives, prevent traffic over flooring for 72 hours after installation.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00 -7 D. Tile flooring: 1. Lay tile in a standard square pattern. Keep all longitudinal and lateral joints even and “hairline” tight with tiles making full contact
and in the same plane with adjacent tiles. Lay tiles with grain face pattern turned 90° from that of adjacent tiles. 2. Cut, fit and scribe tiles to walls, door frames and other similar
work, and fit tiles neatly into breaks and recesses around drains, pipe openings, and similar items. 3. Fit border tiles tight to vertical surfaces so that toe of flexible base cannot
be pushed behind such tiles and so that corner guards will rest entirely on tiles. 4. Extend floor coverings into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings, extend floor
coverings under all built-in casework. 5. Terminate flooring at centerline of door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar. 6. Maintain reference markers, holes, or openings
that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on floor coverings as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other nonpermanent marking device. 7. Install floor coverings on covers
for telephone and electrical duct and similar items in finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of floor coverings installed on cover. Tightly
adhere floor covering edges to substrates that abut covers and to cover perimeters. 8. Adhere floor coverings to substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce
a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. 9. Install using 2-part
polyurethane or epoxy adhesives under patient beds to a distance 2 feet minimum beyond bed perimeter, and in wet areas. 10. Heat-Welded Seams: Comply with ASTM F 1516. Rout joints and
use welding bead to permanently fuse sections into a seamless floor covering. Prepare, weld, and finish seams to produce surfaces flush with adjoining floor covering surfaces. E. Sheet
flooring: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 2. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. 3. Set flooring in place;
press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion. 4. Lay flooring with joints and seams in accordance with seaming plan, parallel to building lines to produce minimum number of seams.
5. Install sheet flooring as indicated on the Interior Finish Plan. a. Minimum strip width 1/3 full roll width. b. Double cut sheet to provide tight butt joints. c. In patient rooms,
recovery rooms, and other areas with movable patient beds or sofa-sleepers, install flooring under beds and sofa-sleepers with two-part polyurethane or epoxy adhesive. 1) Where flooring
is installed parallel to bed location and where practical, center sheet under bed. 2) Where flooring flooring is installed perpendicular to bed location, seam flooring no less than 2
feet from wheel locations. 6. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, and where flooring terminates. Secure reducer strips after installation of flooring. 7. Where integral
base is indicated, turn up flooring to form base. Back floor and wall junction with a cove stick. Provide cap strip to terminate base.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00 -8 8. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, floor outlets, and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. 9. Heat weld sheet flooring in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions. F. Flexible base, transitions and feature strips: 1. Install base around perimeter of room or space and at toe spaces of casework, cabinet bases, and lockers.
a. Install field formed outside corners with a minimum 16 inch length on one side of corner. 1) Using a top-set gouge, cut along the side of the line where the base will bend around
the corner. 2) Start gouge right below the top seal of the base under the lip and run the gouge to just below the bottom. Do not to cut through the base at the top and bottom edges.
b. Scribe base accurately to abutting materials, including inside corners. c. Use a dead-set type adhesive for installation of pre-formed outside corners only. Use the manufacturer’s
standard adhesive on straight run pieces. d. Bottom cove edge shall follow floor profile. 2. Match edges at all seams or double cut adjoining lengths. 3. Install with tight butt joints.
4. Apply adhesive and firmly adhere to wall surfaces. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Installation methods shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s printed recommendation. The manufacturer’s
recommended methods of installation shall be the basis of acceptance or rejection of actual installation methods used on this work. B. If the finished installation does not meet the
quality standard of the approved samples, at the discretion of the Owner/Architect, the installer shall remove rejected material and replace with new material to meet quality standards,
at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.5 CLEANING, PROTECTION, AND REPAIRS A. Cleaning: 1. Upon completion of the installation, immediately remove all surplus adhesive from seams, joints
between tile, and adjacent surfaces, using methods recommended by the flooring manufacturer. 2. As soon as possible after installation, and in accordance with the time recommended by
the manufacturers, clean the entire resilient flooring surface using the materials recommended for that purpose by the manufacturers of the materials being cleaned. B. Protection: 1.
Close spaces to traffic for 48 hours after floor covering installation. 2. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over floor covering surfaces.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00 -9 a. Place plywood or hardboard panels over resilient flooring and under objects while they are being moved. b. Slide or roll objects over panels without
moving panels. 3. Remove and dispose of covering prior to final inspection. C. Waxing: 1. Wax vinyl tile flooring after installation. a. Do not wax conductive floor tile. b. Thoroughly
clean surface before applying wax. c. Apply one coat of wax; evenly, uniformly, and thoroughly to all tiles. d. Remove excess wax from adjacent surfaces. D. Repairs 1. Thoroughly inspect
installed flooring for damage prior to final cleaning. 2. Remove damaged materials and replace with new. a. Replace full tiles, maintaining pattern. b. Replace sheet flooring in sections
the full width of the sheet and length suitable to include all damage. Small area patches for isolated damage may be used with approval from the Architect/Engineer. 3. Clean and wax
repaired flooring and adjacent flooring when repairs are made after original cleaning and waxing is completed. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CARPETING 09 68 00 -1 SECTION 09 68 00 — CARPETING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnish and install carpeting as indicated or implied by the Contract Documents.
2. Floor substrate preparation and remediation, specified in Division 09 Section “Common Work Results for Flooring Preparation”. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 03 Section “Cast-In-Place
Concrete” 2. Division 09 Section “Common Work Results for Flooring Preparation” 3. Division 09 Section “Resilient Flooring” 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. E 84 -Standard
Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2. E 662 -Standard Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials 3. F 710 – Standard
Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring B. The Carpet Carpet and Rug Institute (CRI): 1. 104 – Standard for Installation Specification of Commercial Carpet
C. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC): 1. 16 CFR 1630, DOC FF-1 “Pill Test” – Standard for the Surface Flammability of Carpets and Rugs D. Institute of Inspection Cleaning and
Restoration Certification (IICRC): 1. S100 – Standard and Reference Guide for Commercial Carpet Cleaning E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. 253 – Standard Method of Test
for Critical Radiant Flux for Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source F. Resilient Floor Coverings Institute (RFCI): 1. Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of
Resilient Floor Coverings
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CARPETING 09 68 00 -2 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide products with the following surface-burning characteristics, as determined by testing
identical products by UL or another nationally recognized independent testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction: 1. NFPA 253, Critical Radiant Flux: a. Class I,
minimum value of 0.45 watts per square centimeter in all corridors and exit ways. 2. ASTM E 662, Smoke Density: less than 450 3. Surface burning per CPSC 16 CFR 1630, DOC FF-1 “Pill
Test”: passing. B. Dimensional stability: 1. Aachen method: a. Maximum measurement change + 0.02% C. Static resistance: less than 3.0 kilovolts at 70°F; 20% RH 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product
Data: 1. Product literature: Manufacturer’s printed literature, indicating compliance with specifications, physical characteristics, durability, and fade resistance. 2. Manufacturer’s
installation recommendations, including acceptable adhesive. 3. Maintenance and cleaning instructions approved by carpet manufacturer and fiber manufacturer. 4. Furnish copies with Operating
and Maintenance Manual. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Seaming layouts: Submit floor plans, drawn to scale, indicating extent of each type of carpet and location, pile direction, type of seams,
and transition details to other flooring materials.. C. Samples: For each of the following products and for each color and texture required. Label each Sample with manufacturer's name,
material description, color, pattern, and designation indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 1. Carpet: 12-inch-(300-mm-) square Sample. D. Certificates: 1. Furnish certification that
materials meet specified codes and standards. 2. Furnish certificate of acceptance from carpet manufacturer for adhesive provided, indicating conditions of acceptance (substrates, moisture
vapor transmission rate limits, carpet products, etc.) 3. Furnish copies with Operating and Maintenance Manual. E. Warranty: 1. Submit warranty in conformance with this specification.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CARPETING 09 68 00 -3 2. Furnish copies with Operating and Maintenance Manual. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer
B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures
related to carpet including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and
facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review requirements for verification and testing of subfloor condition, subfloor preparation, and environmental conditions required
at time of flooring installation. 1.6 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to jobsite in unopened wrapping or boxes. B. Storage: 1. Store materials in a covered, climate controlled
facility, with temperatures between 40 degrees F and 90 degrees F. 2. Store material off ground or floor in protective packaging. 3. Do not permit materials to become wet. 4. Store flammable
adhesives in accordance with fire prevention regulations. C. Allow material to acclimatize prior to installation by storing materials in area to receive floor coverings a minimum of
72 hours before installation. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Areas scheduled to receive carpeting shall be fully enclosed and provided with sufficient ventilation and supplemental
heating or cooling to match design environment a minimum of 72 hours prior to the start of installation and continuously after installation. B. Moisture vapor transmission rate: Concrete
subfloors shall have a maximum moisture vapor transmission rate acceptable to the flooring manufacturer prior to installing flooring. Refer to Part 3 – Execution for detailed testing
requirements. C. Concrete internal relative humidity: Concrete sub-floors shall have a maximum internal relative humidity, measured with in-situ probes at 1/4 the slab depth, of 75 percent.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CARPETING 09 68 00 -4 1.8 COORDINATION A. When requested, provide dimensioned flooring layouts, with concrete subfloor finishing requirements indicated. B. Install floor coverings after
other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Written warranty, signed by carpet manufacturer agreeing to replace carpet that does not comply with
requirements or that fails within specified warranty period. Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet due to unusual traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism, or
abuse. Failures include, but are not limited to, more than 10 percent loss of face fiber, edge raveling, snags, runs, and delamination. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial
Completion. B. Static electricity: Maintain static below 3.0 kilovolts at 70°F; 20% RH throughout life of carpet. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below, before
installation begins, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Carpet tile: 1 percent
of the total, but not less than 1 carton, for each type indicated. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CARPET TILE A. Products: As indicated on the Interior Finish Sheet 2.2 ADHESIVE A. Glue down installation:
1. As recommended by carpet manufacturer, release type or permanent type in accordance with use and substrate. B. Seaming Cement: Hot-melt adhesive tape or similar product recommended
by carpet manufacturer for taping seams and butting cut edges at backing to form secure seams and to prevent pile loss at seams.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CARPETING 09 68 00 -5 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Metal transition strips and cove base cap strips: 1. Description: Edge strip suitable for use under floor coverings. 2. Reference standard: Schlüter
Systems; Schiene AE Series 3. Material: Extruded Aluminum. 4. Profile: a. 1 inch bedding leg perforated for bond to setting adhesive. b. 1/8 inch wide vertical leg with 87 degree draft
and eased nose. c. Height to match thickest flooring material at the joint. 5. Finish: Clear anodized PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer
present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, adhesive bond, substrate alkalinity, subfloor levelness and flatness tolerances, and other conditions affecting
performance of work. B. Furnish written report to the Architect/Engineer, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of work. C. Proceed with installation only
after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION: A. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F710 and Division 09 Section “Common Work Results for Flooring
Preparation”. B. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer’s written recommendations to ensure adhesion of floor coverings. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds,
sealers, and hardeners. 2. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. C. Remove existing flooring, including underlayments
and setting bed to expose a sound substrate. Grind substrate if required to thoroughly remove any traces of the floor material adhesive or other foreign material. D. Move floor coverings
and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 72 hours in advance of installation. 1. Do not install floor coverings until they are same temperature as
space where they are to be installed.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CARPETING 09 68 00 -6 E. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by floor coverings immediately before installation. Start of installation shall signify acceptance of substrate.
F. Close spaces to traffic during carpet installation. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer’s written instructions and the recommendations of CRI 104. 1. Apply adhesive in accordance
with carpet and adhesive manufacturer’s instruction. 2. Install edge strips and other accessories per manufacturer’s instructions. B. Install carpet in patterns and colors as shown on
Drawings. Install pattern parallel to walls and borders. C. Transition between carpet and other flooring materials shall occur at the door centerline when in the closed position. D.
Do not bridge building expansion joints with carpet. E. Cut and fit carpet to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes,
outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet manufacturer. F. Extend carpet into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open-bottomed obstructions,
removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings. G. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as
marked on subfloor. Use nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. General: 1. Perform all cleaning in accordance with IICRC S100. B. Perform the following
immediately after installing carpet: 1. Remove spots and smears of adhesives from carpet with approved cleaning agent. 2. Remove yarns that protrude from carpet surface. 3. Remove rubbish,
wrapping paper, and unnecessary cartons. 4. Vacuum with commercial beater bar type vacuum cleaner. C. Protect installed carpet to comply with CRI 104, Section 23, "Protection of Indoor
Installations."
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CARPETING 09 68 00 -7 D. Protect carpet against
damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by
carpet manufacturer. 1. Protect each area of installation with temporary covers and walkways of heavy paper with taped splices. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WALL COVERINGS 09 72 00 -1 SECTION 09 72 00 — WALL COVERINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Vinyl wall coverings 2. Washable fabric wall covering B. Related Sections:
1. Division 06 Section “Architectural Woodwork” 2. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 3. Division 09 Section “Painting” 4. Division 12 Section “Manufactured Plastic-Laminate-Clad
Casework” 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit Manufacturer’s product literature for each wall covering provided 2. Provide manufacturer’s complete installation and maintenance
instructions. 3. Submit with Operating and Maintenance Manual. B. Samples: 1. Submit samples for verification for each wall covering selected. a. Size: 12 inches by 12 inches, minimum
C. Certifications: 1. Submit certification that materials meet specified codes and standards. a. Furnish copies with Operating and Maintenance Manual. 2. Submit letter or certificate
indicating installer’s experience, including a list of projects completed during the last 3 years. a. Include references and contact information for each project. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer qualifications: Wall covering installers having a minimum of 3-years experience installing wall coverings on projects of similar size and complexity. B. Installation standards:
1. The installation recommendations of the manufacturer of the wall covering used shall be used for acceptance or rejection of actual installation methods used in this Work.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WALL COVERINGS 09 72 00 -2 C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide wallcovering classified as Class A, with surfaceburning characteristics determined by testing identical products
per ASTM E 84 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Flame Spread: 25 or less. 2. Smoke Developed: 450 or less. D. All wall
covering of each color, pattern or texture shall be the product of the same manufacturer. E. Preinstallation Conference: Participate in the preinstallation conference for Gypsum Board
Assemblies under Division 09 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies". 1. Provide specific tolerance and finish requirements. 2. Provide locations for wall coverings with special drywall finishing
requirements. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to jobsite in unopened wrapping. B. Storage: 1. Store materials in a covered, climate controlled area, with temperatures between
65 degrees F and 85 degrees F, 50 percent maximum relative humidity. 2. Store material off ground or floor in protective packaging. 3. Do not permit materials to become wet. 4. Store
flammable adhesives in accordance with fire prevention regulations. C. Allow material to acclimatize prior to installation by storing materials in area to receive wall coverings a minimum
of 4 days before installation. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Areas scheduled to receive wall covering shall be fully enclosed and provided with sufficient ventilation and supplemental heating
or cooling to match design environment a minimum of 4 days prior to the start of installation and continuously after installation. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Wall covering: 1. Provide one
triple roll bolt or two double roll bolts of narrow width (approximately 27 inch) wall covering of each color from original stock for Owner’s use. 2. Provide four lineal yards yards
of wide width (approximately 54 inch) wall covering of each color from original stock for Owner’s use.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WALL COVERINGS 09 72 00 -3 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 VINYL WALL COVERING A. Provide vinyl wallcoverings complying with CFFA Quality Standard CFFA-W-101-D, for type and Class specified. B.
Type II, Medium Duty, Class A Vinyl Wall covering 1. As indicated on Interior Finish Sheet 2.2 FABRIC WALL COVERING A. Washable fabric wall covering: 1. As indicated on Interior Finish
Sheet 2.3 ADHESIVES A. Manufacturer recommendations: 1. All adhesives shall be only those recommended by the manufacturer of the wall covering used. 2. Vinyl wall covering and adhesive
shall contain mildew inhibitors. B. VOC Limits for Installation Adhesives, Glues, and Sealants: Use installation adhesives and sealants that comply with SCAQMD Rule 1168 limits for VOC
content, calculated in accordance with Rule 1168, less water and exempt compounds: 1. Porous Material (except wood): 50 g/L 2. Wood: 30 g/L 2.4 SEALER/PRIMER A. Manufacturer recommendations:
1. All wall sealer shall be only those recommended by the manufacturer of the wall covering used. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Inspection: 1. Inspect wall surfaces scheduled
to receive wall covering for conditions that will be detrimental to the finished installation. a. Surfaces shall be smooth and free of trowel marks, ridges, scratches, craters, nicks,
or other imperfections.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WALL COVERINGS 09 72 00 -4 B. Wall sealer: 1. Seal all surfaces to receive wall covering with wall sealer. Apply evenly so that no deposits or irregularities will telegraph through wall
covering. 3.2 VINYL WALL COVERING INSTALLATION A. Installation sequence: 1. Use vinyl wall covering rolls in consecutive numerical sequence of manufacturer. 2. Place fabric panels consecutively
in exact order they are cut from the roll including filling all spaces above or below windows, doors, and similar penetrations. 3. Hang fabric by reversing alternate strips except on
match patterns. B. Trimming: 1. Trim on selvage of each panel, deep enough to ensure color conformity, using a straight edge on a cutting table. 2. If defective material is discovered
in the bolt, discard the defective portions. C. Adhesive: 1. Follow the manufacturer’s printed instructions for mixing adhesive. 2. Apply adhesive to fabric back using a roller or paste
brush. D. Installation: 1. Remove existing wall covering before installing new wall covering. If the removal of existing wall covering will damage the substrate, contact the Designer.
Do not install new wall covering over existing wall covering. 2. Hang non-matched patterns by overlapping the edges and double cutting through both thicknesses with a 0.04 or 0.06 inch
thick zinc or aluminum strip back-up to prevent cutting the substrate. 3. Wrap fabric 6” beyond inside and outside corners; no cutting at corners permitted unless for color separation
or pattern matching. 4. No horizontal seams shall be permitted. 5. Install wall covering before the installation of plumbing fixtures, casings, bases, cabinets, sealants and behind surface
mounted corner guards. 6. Use stiff bristled brush or flexible broad knife to eliminate air pockets and to secure fabric to substrate surface. 7. With a damp sponge remove excess adhesive
from each seam as it is made and wipe clean and dry with a cloth towel. 8. Push fabric completely into all inside corners, including reveals, recessed corner guards, etc. unless noted
otherwise on the drawings. Do not stretch or force. 9. The installed fabric shall be secure, smooth, clean, without wrinkles, gaps, or overlaps. E. Associated work: 1. Remove and replace
hardware, accessories, plates, and similar items to allow fabric to be installed.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WALL COVERINGS 09 72 00 -5 3.3 CLEANING A. General: 1. After hanging, immediately clean all wall covering surfaces, removing all traces of adhesive and soil and thoroughly washing with
clean water. 2. Do not use carbon-tetrachloride, cleaning solvents, or any other cleaning agent not specifically recommended by the manufacturer of the wall covering. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOUND-ABSORBING WALL UNITS 09 84 33 -1 SECTION 09 84 33 — SOUND-ABSORBING WALL UNITS GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Fabric-faced acoustical wall panels B. Related Sections:
1. Division 06 Section “Rough Carpentry” 2. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C 423 – Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption
and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method 2. C 612 – Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation 3. E 84 – Standard Test Method
for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product, core material, and mounting indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Provide complete
shop drawings indicating attached work, details at intersections with adjoining work, and substrate details, including required blocking and furring. 1. For acoustical wall panels. Include
mounting devices and details. 2. Field Measurements: Verify locations of acoustical wall panels by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. C.
Samples: 1. Submit 3 copies of specified fabric. Refer to Interior Finish Sheet. D. Certification: 1. Submit certification that materials comply with Class “A” flame spread and smoke
development criteria per ASTM E 84. 2. Submit with Operating and Maintenance Manual. E. Design Data /Test Reports: 1. Submit sound absorption coefficients, noise reduction coefficient
and sound diffusion coefficients. 2. Submit fire response test reports.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOUND-ABSORBING WALL UNITS 09 84 33 -2 F. Maintenance data: For each type of product furnished. Furnish copy with close-out submittals 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications:
Shop that employs skilled workers who custom-fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful inservice performance. B. Source
Limitations: Obtain acoustical wall panels through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide acoustical panels with the following surfaceburning
characteristics as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction: 1. Flame-Spread
Index: 25 or less. 2. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Packing: 1. Wrap panels individually and packaged in rigid cartons. 2. Protect panel corners
from damage. B. .Shipping: Do not deliver to site until ready for installation. C. Store panels in clean, dry environment until ready for installation. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty:
Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of acoustical wall panels that fail in performance, materials, or workmanship within specified
warranty period. 1. Failure in performance includes, but is not limited to, acoustical performance. 2. Failures in materials include, but are not limited to, fabric raveling, sagging,
distorting, or releasing from panel edge; or warping of core. 3. Warranty Period: two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CORE MATERIALS A. Glass-Fiber Board:
dimensionally stable, molded rigid board: 1. ASTM C 612, Type IA or Types IA and IB
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOUND-ABSORBING WALL UNITS 09 84 33 -3 2. Density: as specified 3. Facing: unfaced 4. Fire test response: a. Flame-spread index: 25 maximum b. Smoke-developed index: 50 maximum B. Tackable,
Impact-Resistant, High-Density Face Layer: 1/8-inch-(3.2-mm-) thick layer of compressed molded glass-fiber board with a minimum nominal density of 16 to 18 lb/cu. ft. (256 to 288 kg/cu.
m) laminated to face of core. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Fabric-faced acoustical wall panels: 1. Panel core: 1/2 inch glass fiber board a. Edge profile: Square b. Edge treatment: Concealed
square metal edge 2. Facing: Acoustical fabric, as indicated on drawings, Interior Finish Specifications schedule. 3. Mounting: ‘Z’ clips and wall clips 4. Size: As indicated on Drawings
5. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): ASTM C 423, 0.75 6. Acceptable products: products: Provide one of the following: a. Conwed Designscape; Respond ACT b. Decoustics Limited; Acoustical
Panel c. Golterman & Sabo: Acousti-Panels d. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc.; Hardside Panels e. Sound Seal; Sound Quality Acoustical Wall Panels 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabric-faced acoustical
wall panels: 1. Facing shall be seamless and bonded to panel core. a. Facing shall wrap fully over the back side of panel a minimum of 1 inch. 2. Cover at corners shall be smooth. 3.
Wrinkles and weave distortions shall not be permitted. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Fabric-faced acoustical wall panels: 1. Wall bracket method: a. Concealed brackets shall
be installed at height of final attachment. b. Provide a minimum of two brackets per panel.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOUND-ABSORBING WALL UNITS 09 84 33 -4 2. Adhesive method: Apply panels using construction adhesive recommended by panel manufacturer for substrate indicated. 3.2 CLEANING A. Clean finished
panel prior to acceptance by Owner. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -1 SECTION 09 91 00 — PAINTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnish all painting materials and accessories. Prepare, paint, or finish surfaces,
including, but not limited to, the following: a. Exposed surfaces of miscellaneous ferrous metals (including hangers and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment) within occupied
spaces or exposed to view, including Mechanical/Electrical Rooms, Storage Rooms, and Penthouses b. Hollow metal doors and frames (do not paint over fire-rating labels) c. Factory primed
coiling door slats, frames, and metal components exposed to view. d. Exposed gypsum drywall partitions, ceilings, and bulkheads e. Exposed plaster surfaces, including existing plaster
where patching has been performed f. Exposed surfaces of new and existing mechanical and electrical Work including grilles, registers, and louvers occurring in ceilings, and the outside
of fire hose cabinets, access panels, electrical box covers, electrical panel covers, telephone panel covers, piping and conduit; where such Work occurs within occupied spaces including
Mechanical/Electrical Room, Storage Rooms, and Penthouses. g. Wood trim h. Other exposed surfaces that are to be finished and are not specifically indicated to be factory finished or
finished by others. i. Existing painted surfaces as noted on drawings j. Labeling of fire-rated construction and smoke barrier walls k. Labeling of exterior walls with applied air/moisture/vapor
retarder applied to sheathing face is recommended. Penetrations made after the walls are completed must be properly sealed. This labeling helps Owners and Contractors identify these
walls. l. Painting of mechanical, electrical, and ceiling seismic supports for identification. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies”, for primer/surfacer
on gypsum drywall. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Finish sheen definitions: 1. Flat: Lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85-degree meter.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -2 2. Eggshell: Low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 5 and 20 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 3. Satin: Low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 15 and
35 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 4. Semi-gloss: Medium-sheen finish with a gloss range between 30 and 65 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 5. High-or Full-Gloss: High-sheen finish
with a gloss range more than 65 when measured at a 60-degree meter. B. Interior: In a conditioned space. C. Exterior: In a non-conditioned space or directly exposed to the exterior.
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit brochures describing products, preparation requirements, coverage rates, and maintenance procedures. a. Indicate compliance with U.S. Federal
regulations regarding lead and zinc content. 2. Submit manufacturer’s certification or comparison chart indicating that material submitted is equivalent to the system materials specified.
a. For products listed on the Master Painters Institute (MPI) Approved Products List, indicate product type and include a copy of the product listing. 3. Furnish copies with Operating
and Maintenance Manual. B. Samples: 1. Submit full range of standard and custom colors for each system. 2. Paint samples: Provide actual samples of selected finish color on white card
stock, minimum 4 inches by 8 inches. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source responsibility: Materials selected for each coating system and type of surface shall be the product of a single
manufacturer. B. Material Compatibility: 1. Primers shall be the same manufacturer as the paint used for the final coats and shall be of the type recommended by that manufacturer for
the particular application. 2. Thinners, when used, shall be only those thinners recommended for that purpose by the manufacturer of the material to be thinned. C. Volatile Organic Compound
(VOC) content: Materials shall conform to current federal requirements for content of lead, zinc and volatile organic compounds (VOC’s). 1. Low Odor /Low-VOC paints: paints shall meet
or exceed the criteria of Green Seal Standard GS-11, less water, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -3 2. VOC Limits for anti-corrosive and anti-rust paints applied to interior ferrous substrates: Use materials that do not exceed the VOC content limit of 250 g/L established
in Green Seal Standard GC-03, less water. D. All field painting and finishing shall match approved samples and mock-ups. E. Preinstallation Conference: Participate in the preinstallation
conference for Gypsum Board Assemblies under Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies”. 1. Provide locations for gloss paints, and finishes in critical lighting locations. 2. Coordination
of labeling of fire-rated walls. 3. Coordination of painting exposed mechanical and electrical equipment, piping and supports. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: 1. Deliver
all paint materials to the job site in their original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible at time of use. B. Storage and handling: 1. Store only the approved materials
at the job site and store only in a single designated area restricted to the storage of paint materials and related equipment. 2. All paints, varnishes, and volatile oil shall be stored
in accordance with health, safety, and fire regulations. 3. Storage area shall be kept clean. Oily rags, waste material, empty cans, etc. shall be removed each day. 4. “No Smoking” signs
and covered waste receptacles shall be provided in the area. 5. Floor of storage area shall be covered and protected from spilled material. 6. Provide metal lockers for storage and provide
two listed 2A:20BC rated multi-purpose dry chemical or a 10BC rated CO2 fire extinguisher mounted in the immediate area. 7. Use all means necessary to protect paint materials before,
during, and after application and to protect the installed Work and materials of all other trades. 8. Use fire-retardant treated drop cloths where flammable products are in use. 1.6
SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not clean, prepare or paint surfaces on which condensation is evident or when environmental conditions may cause condensation to form on surfaces during finishing
operations. B. Maintain temperature and humidity levels during finishing work at a level to prevent condensation. C. Apply paints and finish product within the temperature range acceptable
to the manufacturer of the product, as listed on the product label or product data sheet.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -4 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 LIQUID APPLIED PAINTS, STAINS AND FINISH COATS A. Reference Standard: I.C.I. Paints B. Manufacturers: Furnish materials from one of the following
manufacturers, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Benjamin Moore Paint 2. I.C.I. Paints 3. M.A.B. Paints 4. Porter Paints 5. PPG Industries, Inc. 6. Pratt & Lambert 7. The Sherwin Williams
Company C. General: 1. There is no attempt to define the physical properties and composition of the painting materials. Furnished product shall be the manufacturer’s equivalent to those
specified. 2. Provide primer and topcoat listed by the manufacturer as compatible with the substrate indicated. a. Where conflict arises between manufacturer’s printed application recommendation
and scheduled product listing, the manufacturer’s recommendations shall prevail, maintaining carrier type and gloss level indicated. 3. Prime walls scheduled to receive wallcoverings,
using primer indicated on Painting Schedule for substrate, unless noted otherwise. D. Color Standard: 1. Colors shall match color selections indicated on the Finish Schedule 2. The use
of paint manufacturer names in the Drawing Schedule “Finish Specifications” are for color selection only, and do not indicate selection of a particular manufacturer’s products. PART
3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION OF SURFACES, GENERAL A. Protection: 1. Prior to all surface preparation and painting operations, completely mask, remove, or otherwise adequately protect
all hardware, accessories, machined surfaces, nameplates, tags on fire-rated doors and frames, lighting fixtures, and similar items in contact with painted surfaces but not scheduled
to receive paint. B. Cleaning: 1. Before applying paint or other surface treatment, thoroughly clean all surfaces involved.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -5 a. Use cleaning methods and materials that limit the potential to contaminate or damage other surfaces. Remove and/or neutralize cleaning solutions in accordance
with cleaning agent manufacturer’s recommendations and local environmental regulations. 2. Schedule all cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process
will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces or other finished surfaces. C. Priming: 1. Spot prime all exposed nails and other metals that are to be painted with emulsion paints using
a primer recommended by the manufacturer of the coating systems. 2. Primer is not required at new gypsum drywall that has received primer/surfacer, unless required by manufacturer of
finish coating. 3.2 PREPARATION OF WOOD SURFACES A. Smoothing: 1. Unless specifically noted noted to be rough, smooth all finished wood surfaces exposed to view using graded sandpaper,
successively from coarse to fine grades. a. Painted wood: minimum 150 grit b. Stained wood: minimum 220 grit B. Knots: 1. On small, dry, seasoned knots, thoroughly scrape and clean the
surface and apply one coat of good quality knot-sealer before application of the priming coat or stain. C. Moisture content: 1. Do not proceed with the painting of wood surfaces until
the moisture content of the wood is 12 percent or less. 3.3 PREPARATION OF METAL SURFACES A. Clean metal using chemical or mechanical methods recommended by the finish coat manufacturer
for the metal substrate indicated. 1. Clean metal deck indicated to receive paint or fireproofing using SSPC SP-1 methods approved by deck manufacturer to remove surface oils and other
contaminants detrimental to paint or fireproofing adhesion. 2. Clean structural steel and steel trusses and open-web joists indicated to receive finish paint using SSPC SP-1 methods
approved by coating manufacturer to remove dirt, surface oils and other contaminants detrimental to paint or fireproofing adhesion. B. Where recommended, pretreat metal using chemical
methods recommended by the finish manufacturer. 1. General: a. Apply, remove and dispose of chemical solutions in accordance with State and local environmental regulations.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -6 b. If treatment is performed at the project site, protect surrounding surfaces from contamination or detrimental effects from treatment chemicals. c. Clean, repair
or replace, as required, materials damaged during metal pretreatment. 2. Galvanized metal: a. Clean all surfaces thoroughly with solvent until they are completely free from dirt, oil,
and grease. b. Thoroughly treat the cleaned surface with phosphoric acid etch. c. Remove all excess etching solution and dry completely before application of paint. C. Other metals:
1. Thoroughly clean all surfaces until they are completely free from dirt, oil, and grease. 2. Allow to dry thoroughly before application of paint. D. Touch up damaged primer on items
delivered with shop or prime coats, before application of finish coat. Touch-up with same material as shop primer. 3.4 PREPARATION OF GYPSUM DRYWALL AND PLASTER A. Coordination: 1. Ensure
that dirt, dust, and other foreign matter have been removed. Ensure that all apparent deposits of spackling compound have been removed, taking care not to damage the paper cover of the
gypsum drywall. 2. Spackle and lightly sandpaper scuffs, scratches, and nicks. 3.5 PREPARATION OF EXISTING PAINTED SURFACES A. Preparation 1. Remove dust, dirt, powdery residue, grease,
oil, wax, or other contaminates. 2. Remove flaking or peeling paint and correct all defects. 3. Dull glossy old paints by light sanding. 4. Patch cracks and holes, sand smooth, and spot
prime prior to finishing. 5. Feather edges at surface repairs. 3.6 FINISH APPLICATION A. General: 1. Paint all surfaces, except glass and similar items not finished and not called out
as unfinished. a. Operating Parts: Do not paint moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages, sensing devices,
motor and fan shafts, and sprinkler heads, unless otherwise specified. 2. Paint all grilles and other pre-finished items where the factory finish is not in accordance with the “Painting
Schedule” and color selection.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -7 3. Allow 48 hours drying time before recoating. Modify the periods as recommended by the material manufacturer
to suit adverse weather conditions. 4. Suction and hot spots shall be touched up after first coat has been applied. 5. Where preceding coat is not completely covered by finish coat or
does not adequately hide underlying finishes or marks, apply additional coats at no additional cost to the Owner. 6. Finish coats shall be smooth and uniform, completely hiding undercoats.
7. Edges adjoining different colors or materials shall be sharp and clean with no overlap. 8. Touch-up or repainting of surfaces shall cover entire item, frame, or wall area. “Spot”
touch-up work will not be permitted. 9. The Contractor shall use the primer best suited for the paint products scheduled under Part 3 of this Section, and for compatibility with the
substrate. 10. Apply appropriate fire-retardant coating to items indicated to receive “fire retardant paint” or “fire retardant varnish”. B. Environmental conditions: 1. Do not apply
paint in areas where dust is being generated. 2. Turpentine shall not be used in closed areas. 3. Temperature shall be maintained above 50°F at all times. C. Defects: 1. Repair or fill
defects between coats with appropriate fill material. 2. Sand and dust between coats to remove all defects visible to the unaided eye from a distance of five feet. D. Color of undercoats:
1. Each coat of paint shall be slightly darker than the preceding coat with all coats tinted toward the finish coat color. E. Identification of fire-rated construction and smoke-barrier
walls: 1. Where fire-rated wall construction or smoke barrier walls are indicated on the Plans, paint wall rating a minimum of 6-inches above the ceiling line on each side of the wall.
2. Lettering shall be stencil applied, all capitals, level, and at a uniform height on each wall. 3. Letter height: 3-inches, minimum 4. Color: Black on light colored substrates, white
or red on dark colored substrates. 5. Spacing: one label every 10 feet, maximum. Not less than one label per wall section, except at offsets less than 6 feet long. 6. Text: indicate
hour rating and rating type. a. Example: 2-HR. FIRE b. Example: 1-HR FIRE AND SMOKE F. Identification of exterior wall construction with exterior applied air/moisture/vapor barrier:
1. Where exterior wall construction with applied air/moisture/vapor retarder is indicated, paint wall notice a minimum of 6-inches above the ceiling line on the interior side of the
wall in each room. 2. Lettering shall be stencil applied, all capitals, level, and at a uniform height on each wall. 3. Letter height: 2-inches, minimum 4. Color: Black on light colored
substrates, white or red on dark colored substrates.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -8 5. Spacing: one label every 20 feet, maximum. Not less than one label per wall section, except at offsets less than 6 feet long. 6. Text: “AIR/MOISTURE/VAPOR BARRIER
ON EXTERIOR COMPLETELY SEAL SHEATHING PENETRATIONS” 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: 1. Dry film thickness (DFT): Per manufacturer’s printed recommendations and total not less than
thickness indicated in manufacturer’s written application instructions . B. Site Tests: 1. Pre-application testing: a. Moisture Content: Periodically, minimum 1 time per week, test new
substrates for acceptable moisture content levels before application of first coat. 1) Test masonry and concrete walls prior to application of first coat. a) Perform a minimum of one
test for each wall type, age within one week, and exposure to the exterior. 2) Test wood wood indicated to receive paint finish 3) Test areas that have been wetted or show evidence of
excessive moisture or condensation. a) Perform a minimum of one test for every 10 lineal feet of wall. b) Do not apply paints to surfaces whose moisture content exceeds paint manufacturers
recommendations. 2. Periodically, minimum once daily for each painter, measure wet film thickness during application to verify required coating thickness, allowing a thickness reduction
percentage equal to the non-solid percentage of the paint material being applied. 3. Verification testing: provide dry film thickness verification testing, when directed by the Architect/Engineer,
using one of the following methods: a. Non-destructive: test meter capable of measuring the thickness of coatings on the substrate to be tested. 1) Calibrate meter in the presence of
the Architect/Engineer prior to conducting tests. b. Destructive: “Tooke Dry Film Thickness Gauge 1) After testing, repair and touch up paint at test location to match surrounding surface.
4. Provide a log of all measurements taken; include the following information. Maintain log on-site and available for periodic review by the Architect/Engineer. a. Test date b. Test
location c. Manufacturer and type(s) of material being tested d. Moisture content e. Scheduled dry film thickness f. Measured wet or dry film thickness g. Test method h. Name of person
conducting test
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -9 3.8 REINSTALLATION OF REMOVED ITEMS A. Following completion of painting in each space, promptly reinstall all items removed for painting, using only workmen skilled
in the particular trade. 3.9 CLEANING A. General: 1. Prevent accidental spilling of paint materials, In the event of such spill, immediately remove all spilled material and the waste
or other equipment used to clean up the spill, and wash the surface to its original undamaged condition, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Prior to final inspection: 1. Upon completion
of this portion of the Work, visually inspect all surfaces and remove all paint and traces of paint from surfaces not scheduled to be painted. 3.10 PAINTING SCHEDULE -GENERAL A. The
products of I.C.I. Dulux Paints (I.C.I.) are used in this schedule, unless otherwise noted. B. Color selection: 1. Match color indicated on the Finish Schedule. C. Existing painted surfaces
to be repainted: 1. A prime coat is not required if existing finish coverage is adequate, adhesion to the existing surface can be obtained without a primer or deglosser, and direct application
without primer is permitted in the manufacturer’s written instructions. 2. The Contractor shall use the primer or surface treatment required to ensure a compatibility with both the existing
surface and the new paint being used. 3. New paint finishes shall match existing adjacent finishes unless indicated otherwise. 3.11 PAINT SCHEDULE (LOW-ODOR, LOW-VOC LATEX PAINT) A.
Approved products: Provide products listed, by one of the following manufacturers: 1. Benjamin Moore; Pristine Eco Spec 2. I.C.I. Paints; Dulux Lifemaster 3. M.A.B. Paints; Enviro-Pure
4. Pittsburgh Paints; Pure Performance 5. The Sherwin Williams Company; ProGreen 200 B. New Surfaces to be painted: 1. Interior ferrous metals: (5 mil) a. 1 coat Trim Primer: I.C.I.
Devflex #4020 b. 2 coats Water borne Semi-Gloss Enamel: I.C.I. Lifemaster-Pro #4216
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -10 2. Gypsum drywall partitions: a. 1 coat Primer Sealer: I.C.I. Dulux 9116 b. 2 coats Latex Eggshell Enamel: I.C.I. Dulux 9300 3. Gypsum drywall ceilings (3 mil)
a. 1 coat Primer Sealer: I.C.I. Dulux 9116 b. 2 coats Latex Flat Enamel: I.C.I. Dulux 9100 C. Existing painted surfaces to be repainted: 1. Interior ferrous metals: a. 2 coats Water
borne Semi-Gloss Enamel: I.C.I. Dulux 9200 2. Gypsum drywall partitions: a. 2 coats Latex Eggshell Enamel: I.C.I. Dulux 9300 3. Gypsum drywall ceilings: a. 2 coats Latex Flat Enamel:
I.C.I. Dulux 9100 4. Insulated pipe covering: a. 2 coats Latex Semi-Gloss: I.C.I. Dulux 9200 END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09 96 00 -1 SECTION 09 96 00 — HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Epoxy coatings for interior walls B. Related Sections:
1. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 2. Division 09 Section “Painting” 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit brochures describing products and maintenance. 2. Furnish
copies with Operating and Maintenance Manuals. B. Samples: 1. Submit color indicated on Interior Finish Plan 2. Upon selection of material colors by the Architect/Engineer, submit two
(2) 3” x 5” minimum samples of each color and type of materials selected. C. Certification: 1. Submit certification that materials comply with specified codes and standards. 2. Furnish
copies with Operating and Maintenance Manual. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Pre-qualified applicators: a. G. Marlow and Associates (317) 784-1334 b. Engineering Flooring
Inc. (317) 873-3112 570-5600 (Engineered Flooring) c. Indiana Desco (317) 247-4458 733-2400 d. Dixon Coatings (812) 376-0230 e. The Pangere Corporation (317) 487-1000 2. Applicator Qualification:
a. Submit qualifications minimum 14 days prior to bid date for review. Qualifications shall include:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09 96 00 -2 1) Company information: Company name, address, telephone number, a brief history including significant dates, company officers, etc. Include a brief
work history of key personnel. 2) Installations: a) Furnish information on installations of equivalent size, scope and complexity to the Work indicated. b) For each installation, indicate
system manufacturer, system type, substrate, square footage applied, names of installation personnel, names and telephone numbers of general contractor and/or owners representative.
3) Names of proposed installation personnel and their specific experience. b. Approval will be indicated by Addendum. B. Codes and standards: 1. Comply with requirements of FS TTC-550c.
2. System shall be resistant to moisture, chemicals, abrasive cleaners, and stain. 3. All coating materials shall be by one manufacturer. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY A. Deliver all materials
in original, unopened containers with labels intact and legible at time of use. B. Store materials in heated area and in accordance with health, safety, and fire regulations. 1.5 PROJECT
CONDITIONS A. Environment conditions: 1. Comply with manufacturer’s recommendations for conditions under which coating system can be applied. 2. Do not clean, prepare or paint surfaces
on which condensation is evident or when environmental conditions may cause condensation to form on surfaces during finishing operations. 3. Maintain temperature and humidity levels
during finishing work at a level to prevent condensation. 4. Apply paints within the temperature range acceptable to the manufacturer of the product, as listed on the product label or
product data sheet. B. Protection: 1. Cover adjacent surfaces and the Work of other trades during application.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09 96 00 -3 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Epoxy acrylic coating system: 1. Smooth, seamless, semi-gloss finish 2. Minimum 1.6 mils dry film thickness 3.
2-coat system over primer 4. Reference Standard: a. ICI Devoe Coatings “Tru-Glaze 4418” 5. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. ICI Devoe Coatings “ Tru-Glaze” b. M. A. B. Paints; “Ply-Tile
530” c. Pratt & Lambert; “Tech Guard” d. Pittsburgh Paints; “Pitt-Glaze WB” e. Sherwin-Williams Company; “Water-Based Catalyzed Epoxy” B. Color selection: 1. Match color indicated on
the Finish Schedule. C. Primer: 1. Provide primer as specified, or compatible with finish system and substrate indicated, as recommended by manufacturer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION
A. Substrate shall be properly cured and dry. B. Clean sub-surface of all contaminants. C. Examine surfaces for defects that cannot be corrected by procedures specified. D. Commencement
of application implies acceptance of surface conditions. 3.2 APPLICATION A. All materials shall be applied in strict accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and printed instructions.
B. Epoxy acrylic coating systems: 1. For new drywall: a. First coat: Primer or sealer
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09 96 00 -4 b. Second coat: Epoxy c. Third coat: Epoxy 2. For existing painted drywall: a. First coat: Primer or sealer b. Second coat: Epoxy 3. Allow a minimum
of 12 hours, or additional time as directed by the coating manufacturer between coat applications. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: 1. Apply all coatings to the dry film thickness
(DFT) totaling the DFT of the specified coats as listed in manufacturer’s product data sheets. B. Site Tests: 1. Pre-installation testing for porous substrates: a. Moisture Content:
Periodically test substrates for acceptable moisture content levels before application of first finish coat. 1) Test masonry and concrete walls prior to application of first coat. 2)
Test areas that have been wetted or show evidence of excessive moisture or condensation. 2. Periodically measure wet film thickness during application to verify required coating thickness,
allowing a thickness reduction percentage equal to the non-solid percentage of the paint material being applied. 3. Verification testing: provide dry film thickness verification testing,
when directed by the Architect/Engineer, using one of the following methods: a. Non-destructive: test meter capable of measuring the thickness of coatings on the substrate to be tested.
1) Calibrate meter in the presence of the Architect/Engineer prior to conducting tests. b. Destructive: “Tooke Dry Film Thickness Gauge 1) After testing, repair and touch up paint at
test location to match surrounding surface. 4. Provide a log of all measurements taken; include the following information. Maintain log on-site and available for periodic review by the
Architect/Engineer. a. Test date b. Test location c. Manufacturer and type(s) of material being tested d. Moisture content e. Scheduled dry film thickness f. Measured dry film thickness
thickness g. Test method h. Name of person conducting test
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09 96 00 -5 3.4 INSPECTION A. Testing: Where required by the Architect/Engineer, perform field verification tests of coating thickness in the presence of the
Architect/Engineer and/or Owner’s Representative. 1. Non-destructive: a. Magnetic thickness gauge for metal substrates. b. Wet film thickness gauge during application. 2. Destructive:
“Tooke Dry Film Thickness Gauge” to verify dry mil thickness. B. Patch, sand, smooth, and touch-up damaged finish surfaces. C. Recoat surface, corner to corner, if damage repair is apparent
under designed lighting conditions. 3.5 CLEAN UP A. Remove all containers, drop cloths, excess materials, etc. B. Remove spills, over-spray, splashes, etc., from all finish surfaces.
END OF SECTION
Division 10 Specialties
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES 10 11 00 -1 SECTION 10 11 00 — VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Markerboards 2. Tackboards 3. Fabric –wrapped tack
surfaces, installed on casework. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Finish Carpentry” 2. Division 06 Section “Architectural Woodwork”, for tack surfaces installed on casework.
3. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 4. Division 09 Section “Wall Coverings”, for dry erase wall coverings 5. Division 09 Section “Painting” 6. Division 12 Section “Manufactured
Plastic-Laminate-Clad Casework 1.2 REFERENCES A. Porcelain Enamel Institute (PEI) 1. PEI-1001, Specifications for Architectural Porcelain Enamel B. ASTM International (ASTM) 1. E84 –
Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials C. Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc. (CFFA) 1. CFFA-W-101-D: Quality Standard for Vinyl Coated
Fabric Wallcovering 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings to the Architect/Engineer for review, per Section 01300, which show: a. Elevations, showing joint locations
b. Mounting and anchorage locations and details c. Sections d. Manufacturer’s current specifications B. Samples: 1. Submit actual material color samples to the Architect/Engineer for
selection.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES 10 11 00 -2 C. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer’s literature describing products, maintenance, cleaning and installation. 2. Furnish copies with Operating
and Maintenance Manual. D. Warranty: 1. Furnish copy of warranty, indicating conformance with requirements. 2. Furnish copies with Operating and Maintenance Manual. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All products supplied under this Section shall be the product of one manufacturer. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Markerboards and markerwalls: Manufacturer’s warranty for repair or replacement
of writing surface if the original writing and erasing surface does not retain its writing and erasing qualities and maintain its gloss variance, gloss reflectance, and color consistency
for the life of the building. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide products from one of the following manufactures, unless otherwise noted. B. Reference standard: 1. Polyvision
Corporation C. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Alliance CeramicSteel Products, A Polyvision Corporation Company 2. Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc. 3. Platinum Visual Systems 4. Polyvision
Corporation 2.2 MARKERBOARDS A. Markerboards shall be porcelain enamel on steel as follows: 1. Facing Surfaces: a. Ground primer coat, applied both sides: 0.0025” minimum thickness.
b. Vitreous-porcelain writing surface: 0.0025” minimum thickness. c. Bond coat on reverse side: Silica spray coat formulated for lamination adhesion. d. The panel edges at butt joints
shall be porcelain enamel.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES 10 11 00 -3 e. Fuse cover and ground coats to the steel at the manufacturer’s standard firing temperature, but not less than 1200°F (649°C). 2. The following
Markerboard surfaces are not acceptable: a. Low fired organic (paint) coatings b. Porcelain coatings less than 0.050” minimum thickness on writing side and 0.0025” on reverse side c.
Porcelain coating on one side only 3. Steel: a. Base metal shall be special purpose “enameling iron or steel” of low metalloid and copper content, especially manufactured and processed
for temperatures (over 1400°) used in coating porcelain on steel units for architectural purposes, minimum 24 gauge. b. The following base metals are not acceptable: 1) Aluminum 2) Cold
rolled steel 3) Aluminized cold rolled steel 4) Metal having less than specified minimum thickness 4. Core: 7/16” Grade M-1 particle board, or as recommended by manufacturer a. Backing
sheet: 0.005 inch minimum aluminum foil. B. Visual requirements: 1. Writing surface: a. Uniform surface texture b. Finish: 1) Color: White 2) Matte: low-reflective finish for projection
use. 3) Gloss: high-reflective finish for general use. 2. Reflectance factor: a. Not more than 20 percent or less than 15 percent b. Warrant not to vary as a result of wear and use C.
Size: As indicated on Drawings. D. Trim: 1. Material: Extruded aluminum 6063-T5, Series 210 a. Trim frame with 10T chalk tray 2. Finish: Clear anodized, satin finish 2.3 FABRIC-WRAPPED
TACK SURFACES A. Core: Provide one of the following: 1. 1/2 inch mineral fiber board; USG MiCore 300. 2. 1/2 inch fiber board; Homasote Company, N.C.F.R. Homasote B. Panel Fabric 1.
Reference Standard: As noted on the Interior Finish Schedule 2. Fabric: 100% Polyester, 54” wide.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES 10 11 00 -4 3. Class A, per ASTM-E84. 4. Color and pattern: Selected by the Designer from manufacturer’s full range of applicable fabrics. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1
COORDINATION: A. Coordinate placement of blocking for wall mounted panels. 1. Metal backing plates shall be 16 gauge, minimum. 2. Blocking shall be provided at top and bottom of boards.
Coordinate with anchor location s indicated on shop drawings. B. Verify proper placement of blocking prior to installation of gypsum wall board. C. Confirm and coordinate with placement
of equipment and materials indicated to receive fieldapplied units and materials. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Prefabrication: 1. Markerboards: factory laminate porcelain enamel sheet to core
material 2. Tackboards: factory laminate vinyl and core materials. B. Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s current printed instructions, anchoring all components firmly into
position. 1. Markerboards and tackboards: concealed mount using continuous hanger at top and angle clips at bottom 2. Butt joints between panels shall be plumb and hairline. 3. Trim
shall be wrapped and mitered, or butt jointed to marker trays, with hairline joints free of burrs or sharp edges. C. Field fabrication: 1. Field-apply panels after building is enclosed
and temperature range and humidity are maintained to within 60-85 degrees and less than 50% humidity. 2. Acclimatize fabric and substrate for a period of 24-hours (minimum) prior to
bonding and field installation. 3. Prime surfaces that are to receive panels and adhesive. 4. Bond fabric to core to prevent sagging or distortion. 5. Wrap edges and return flush and
smooth to back of core. 6. Panels are to be continuous; no seams allowed.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES 10 11 00 -5 3.3 CLEANING A. Remove manufacturer’s protective wrapping. B. Clean all surfaces using manufacturer recommended methods, prior to Substantial Completion
inspection. C. Replace surfaces or components that cannot be cleaned to unblemished appearance with new material. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect products and materials from damage and exposure
to the elements. B. Deliver and install with protection intact. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CUBICLES 10 21 23 -1 SECTION 10 21 23 — CUBICLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Hospital cubicle tracks 2. Hospital cubicle curtains. B. Related Sections: 1. Division
06 Section “Rough Carpentry” for blocking for mounting tracks, curtain tiebacks, wall brackets, and other items requiring anchorage 2. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 3.
Division 09 Section “Acoustical Ceilings” 4. Division 12 Section “Curtains and Drapes” 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: 1. Submit manufacturer’s description of system including materials,
bearings, and finishes. 2. Furnish copy with Operating and Maintenance Manual. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings, indicating ceiling grid, track locations and lengths dimensioned
from adjacent walls, and ceiling supported services such as light fixtures and diffusers. 2. Indicate locations of splices and angles for tracks with bends other than 90 degrees or 45
degrees. C. Samples: 1. Samples for initial selection in the form of manufacturer's color charts for each type of curtain fabric indicated. 2. Samples for verification of the following
products, showing the full range of color, texture, and pattern variations expected. a. Curtain Fabric: 12 inch-(300 mm-) square swatch from dye lot used for the Work, with specified
treatments applied. Show complete pattern repeat. Mark top and face of material. b. Mesh Fabric: Manufacturer's standard-size unit, not less than 4 inches (100 mm) square. c. Cubicle
Curtain Track: Manufacturer's standard-size unit, not less than 4 inches (100 mm) long. d. Curtain Carrier: Manufacturer's full-size unit. D. Schedule of cubicles using same room designations
indicated on Drawings.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CUBICLES 10 21 23 -2 E. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of cubicle tracks and curtains certifying that their products comply with requirements. F. Maintenance data for cubicle
tracks and curtains. 1. Furnish copy for Operation and Maintenance Data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide track and carriers from a single manufacturer. B. Field Measurements: 1. Verify
dimensions by field measurements. 2. Verify that tracks and curtains may be installed to comply with the original design and referenced standards. C. Coordination: Coordinate location
of cubicle track with ceiling installed services and light fixtures. 1. Do not install track over light fixtures or where track will interfere with opening of light fixtures for lamp
replacement. 2. Notify Architect/Engineer of conflicts between track and ceiling mounted services prior to track fabrication. 3. Do not fabricate or install track until conflicts are
resolved. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Space Enclosure and Environmental Limitations: Do not install tracks and curtains until space is enclosed and weatherproof, wet-work in space is completed
and nominally dry, and work above ceilings is complete. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide cubicle curtain tracks and
carriers by one of the following: 1. ADC Hospital Equipment. 2. A. R. Nelson Co., Inc. 3. Clickeze; Division of InPro Corporation 4. General Cubicle Co. 5. Imperial Fastener Company
6. Kirsch 7. Pryor Products. 8. Salisbury Industries. 9. Watrous, Inc.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CUBICLES 10 21 23 -3 B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide cubicle curtain fabric as noted on the Finish Plan. 2.2 CUBICLE TRACK A. Track: Extruded aluminum
“C” section approximately 1-1/4 inches by 1 inch (37 mm by 25 mm), completely enclosed except for slot at bottom. 1. Curved Track: Factory fabricated, not less than 12-inch-(300-mm-)
radius bends. 2. Splicing Clamp: Of same material and finish as track. 3. Provide additional bend to conform to special shapes as shown on drawings and required at special conditions.
4. Fabricate track at maximum length to minimize splices. B. Track Mounting: Ceiling mounted; mechanically fastened to suspended ceiling grid or to ceiling framing or blocking with fasteners
appropriate for substrate. C. Track Accessories: Provide end caps, connectors, end stops, coupling sleeves, wall brackets, and other accessories as required for secure and operational
installation. D. Carriers: Provide a quantity of carriers for 6-inch (150-mm) spacing the full length of the curtain plus 1 additional carrier. 1. Carriers: Nylon rollers and axle with
chrome-plated steel hook. a. Breakaway carriers: Carriers with reusable detachable hook assembly designed to separate upon application of a load
greater than 20 pounds (9 kg). E. Finish: Exposed finishes selected by Architect from manufacturer’s available selection. 2.3 CUBICLE CURTAINS A. Provide cubicle curtains as indicated
in “Interior Finish Specifications”. B. Fabric: Provide cubicle curtain fabrics with the following characteristics: 1. Launderable to a temperature of not less than 160 deg F (71 deg
C). 2. Flame resistant and are identical to those that have passed NFPA 701 when tested by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
a. Identify fabrics with permanent tags indicating compliance with NFPA 701 and including markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. C. Curtain Top: Not less than 20-inch-(510-mm-)
wide nylon mesh with 1/2-inch-(13-mm-) holes. Overlap seams and double-lock stitch to body of curtain. D. Provide curtains fabricated to comply with the following requirements: 1. Width:
Equal to track length from which curtain is hung plus 10 percent, but not less than 12 inches (300 mm).
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CUBICLES 10 21 23 -4 2. Length: Equal to floor-to-ceiling height minus 18 inches (460 mm) from finished ceiling at top and 12 inches (300 mm) above finished floor. 3. Top Hem: Not less
than 1 inch (25 mm) and not more than 1-1/2 inches (40 mm) wide, triple thickness, reinforced with integral web, and double stitched. a. Grommets: 2-piece, rolled-edge, rustproof, nickel-plated
brass and spaced not more than 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. 4. Bottom and Side Hems: Not less than 1 inch (25 mm) wide, reinforced, triple thickness, and single stitched. 5. Seams: Not less
than 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide, double turned and double stitched. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate with all other trades to ensure proper and adequate provision
in framing and ceiling finish for the installation of the tracks in the locations required. 2. Coordinate location of light fixtures, diffusers, and other ceiling supported services
to ensure serviceability. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Track:: 1. Install curtain tracks where indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, anchoring all
components firmly in place for long life under hard use. 2. Anchorage to drywall ceilings: a. Add sufficient 1-1/2” metal furring channels and 20 gauge runner channels to allow for 1’-0”
on center anchorage. Secure runner channels to metal furring channels. b. Verify anchorage spacing prior to installing framing. c. Provide aluminum tube spacers at each fastener. 3.
Anchorage in acoustic ceiling systems: a. 20 gauge runner channels anchored securely to the suspension system for anchorage at 1’-0” on center. b. Verify anchorage spacing prior to installing
framing. B. Carriers: 1. General: Provide carriers for each track, at spacing specified. 2. Breakaway Carriers: Install breakaway carriers in seclusion, isolation and security rooms.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CUBICLES 10 21 23 -5 3.3 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTS A. Adjust all components for proper alignment and use. B. Clean and repair all marks, abrasions, and scratches to make them completely
invisible. C. Adjust all track assemblies for smooth and trouble free operation. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 26 00 -1 SECTION 10 26 00 — WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Protective wall covering. 2. Corner guards. 3. Bumprails
and wall protective trim. 4. Handrails also intended to function as wall protection. 5. Coordination of blocking installation for wall protection. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 06
Section “Rough Carpentry”, for blocking. 2. Division 06 Section “Finish Carpentry”, for fabricated wood wall protection. 3. Division 06 Section “Architectural Woodwork”, wall protection
and trim. 4. Division 08 Section “Door Hardware”, for door kickplates, mop plates and armor. 5. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 6. Division 09 Section “Wall Coverings”
7. Division 10 Section “Protective Wall Covering” 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire Resistance: 1. ASTM E 84 (Tunnel Test) or UL 723, Class A a. Flame spread: less than 25 b. Smoke
developed: less than 450 2. Performance shall be certified by a nationally recognized testing laboratory. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer’s descriptive literature
describing materials, maintenance, and installation. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Manufacturers plan and elevation details indicating wall protection type, wall construction, wall framing and
blocking, and other C. Samples: 1. Samples for Selection: Full range of actual color samples, 2 inch by 3 inch minimum 2. Samples for Verification: 8 inch by 10 inch minimum samples
for each color selected..
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 26 00 -2 D. Certification: 1. Submit certification that materials conform to compliance requirements of this specification. 2. Furnish copies with Operating
Maintenance Manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Code Compliance: Comply with the requirements of the following: 1. Indiana Building Code, accessibility provisions and for plastics used
as trim. 2. Americans with Disabilities Act 1990 (ADA), Public Law 101-336. B. Single-source responsibility: 1. Provide wall and corner guards from a single manufacturer. 2. Provide
wall and corner guards from the same manufacturer as wall protection specified in Division 10 Section “Protective Wall Covering”. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Reference standard:
Unless otherwise indicated, model numbers specified are for products manufactured by: 1. Construction Specialties (C/S Group); Acrovyn Protective Wallcovering B. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. Balco Inc.; Wall Protection System 2. Construction Specialties; Acrovyn Wallcovering 3. InPro Corporation; IPC Door and Wall Protection Systems 4. Koroseal Wall Protection Systems;
Korogard Wall Protection 5. Pawling Corporation; Pro-Tek 2.2 WALL COVERING A. Material: PVC sheet 1. Thickness: 0.040 inch 2. Finish: Matte finish, pebble grain 3. Color: a. Color shall
be selected by the Architect/Engineer from manufacturer’s full range of colors and patterns. b. Color shall be integral throughout thickness. 4. Chemical resistance: a. ASTM D543, Type
1 Grade 2 rigid PVC chemical resistance 5. Acceptable products: Provide one of the following: a. Balco Inc.; Wall Protection System
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 26 00 -3 b. Construction Specialties; Acrovyn Wallcovering c. InPro Corporation; IPC Door and Wall Protection Systems, Sanparrel rigid vinyl sheet. d. Koroseal
Wall Protection Systems; Korogard Wall Protection e. Pawling Corporation; Pro-Tek B. Mounting Base: Continuous extruded aluminum and retainers, 0.063” (minimum) 2.3 CORNER GUARDS A.
Standard: 1. Surface-mounted series: a. Single corners: SSM-20A (2” x 2”) b. Double corners (end of wall): SSM-25A (2” x 2”) 1) Filler strip of minimum 0.040” vinyl wall covering color
matched to corner guards. c. 135 degree corner: SM-20M d. Retainer: Aluminum extrusion, full-height of guard. 2. Flush-mounted series: a. Single corners: FS-20 b. Double corners (End
of Wall): FSC-25 3. Accessories: a. Prefabricated, color matched, top and bottom end caps, for both partial and full height applications. 2.4 CRASH RAILS A. Model: SCR-64: 1. Size: Nominal
8” high x 1” deep 2. Accessories: Prefabricated, color matched end caps. B. Description: 1. Continuous PVC guard locker over a continuous aluminum retainer with handicapped grip. 2.
Provide adjustable end cap returns at all terminations. 3. Provide molded corners at all corners. 4. Anchors to meet manufacturer recommendation for job conditions. 2.5 HANDRAILS: A.
Model: HRW-10CV B. Finish: Two color with insert
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 26 00 -4 2.6 ADHESIVE A. Non-flammable type as recommended by the manufacturer for substrate indicated. 2.7 ACCESSORIES A. Provide “factory formed” inside
and outside corners (minimum 6” each leg). B. The “factory formed” corners shall be made from the same batch run as the sheet goods to ensure a color match. C. Provide manufacturer’s
standard color matched top cap, vertical divider bar and inside corner trim. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Preparation: 1. All substrates to which the wall covering is to be
applied shall be dry, smooth, clean, and free of irregularities. B. General: 1. Install work of this section in strict accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, using only approved
mounting hardware, and locating all components firmly in place, level and plumb. C. Wall covering: 1. Apply adhesive and wall covering according to manufacturer’s instructions. 2. Provide
good ventilation in work area. Limit spread of fumes beyond work area. 3. Vertical joints shall be a tight butt joint. 4. Scribe wall covering to projecting items, frames, and inside
corners. 5. Provide corner trim at outside corners not protected by corner guards. D. Corner guards: 1. Coordinate installation with stud framing. 2. Corner guards shall be full height,
unless noted otherwise on drawings. a. 1/16” below finished ceiling or bulkhead b. 1/16” above applied base 3. Adjust installed end caps as necessary to ensure tight seams. 4. Apply
filler strip directly to wall surface with adhesive. 5. Surface mounted wall and corner guards shall be installed over applied wall finishes such as vinyl wallcovering (vinyl wallcovering
shall run continuously under wall and corner guards).
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 26 00 -5 E. Handrails and Bumprails: 1. Install retainers or mounting brackets true to line, and level. a. Maximum variation in elevation: 1/8 inch in 20
feet. 2. Mount retainers or brackets securely to wall, using fasteners recommended by the manufacturer for the wall construction indicated. a. Handrail brackets shall provide a minimum
vertical working load capacity of 250 pounds applied at any point. 3. Return handrails and bumprails to wall at corners and intervening wall openings. Return handrails with color-matched,
formed, radiused ends making a 90 degree bend. F. Cleaning: 1. Clean and repair all marks, abrasions, and scratches. 2. Replace any material which cannot be cleaned with new material
from the same batch run. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 28 13 -1 SECTION 10 28 13 — TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnish and install toilet, bath and specialty accessories as
indicated or implied by the Contract Documents, including: 2. Public-use washroom accessories. 3. Public-use shower room accessories. 4. Private-use bathroom accessories. 5. Childcare
accessories. 6. Custodial accessories. 7. Closet rods. 8. Wall-mounted hand-held hair dryers B. Owner-Furnished Material: The Owner will furnish the following products for Contractor
installation: 1. Soap dispensers. 2. Paper towel dispensers. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Architectural Woodwork” 2. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 3.
Division 09 Section “Tiling” 4. Division 12 Section “Manufactured Plastic-Laminate-Clad Casework” Casework” 5. Division 22 Section “Plumbing Fixtures”, for accessories supplied with
plumbing fixtures. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-source responsibility: Provide products from a single manufacturer, except where alternative manufacturers are listed. 1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product literature: Manufacturer’s product data describing materials, fasteners, and mounting conditions. B. Shop Drawings: Manufacturer’s layout and setting drawings indicating rough
openings and anchor locations.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 28 13 -2 C. Schedule: 1. Submit a schedule listing the room name, room number and quantity of each accessory within the room. D. Operating instructions: 1. Submit
descriptions for loading, repairing, and locking of accessories. 2. Submit with Operating and Maintenance Manuals. E. Keys: 1. Furnish keys for enclosures to Owner at completion of Work.
2. Key all accessories alike. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by people with disabilities,
and for proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories. B. Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to prevent
delaying the Work. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Mirror Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects
and that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide
products by one of the following manufacturers, except as specified otherwise. B. Reference standard: 1. Bobrick Washroom Equipment or as noted. C. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. American
Accessories, Inc. 2. American Specialties, Inc. 3. Bobrick Washroom Equipment 4. Bradley Corporation
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 28 13 -3 2.2 PRODUCTS A. General: The following list of accessories represents standards of quality using current Bobrick catalog numbers, unless otherwise noted.
The item number is referenced to the Architectural Interior Elevations and/or floor plans for location. B. Feminine Napkin Disposal: 1. Recessed: a. Model: B-353 b. Material: Type 304
stainless steel with satin finish c. Mounting Height: Top rough opening at 33” A.F.F. (Coordinate with grab bar height) 2. Semi-recessed: a. Model: B-3544 b. Material: Type 304 stainless
steel with satin finish c. Mounting Height: Top rough opening at 33” A.F.F. (Coordinate with grab bar height) C. Toilet paper holder 1. Surface mounted: a. Model: B-6867 (double roll)
b. Material: Type 304 stainless steel with satin finish c. Mounting height: 26” A.F.F. to to C/L D. Mirrors: 1. Model: B-290 Series 2. Materials: No. 1 quality 1/4” plate glass with
304 stainless steel trim; 20 gauge galvanized steel back 3. Mounting: Concealed 4. Sizes: 24” x 36”, unless shown otherwise. 5. Mounting height: 40” to bottom, unless noted otherwise
E. Custodial mop & broom holder/shelf (surface mounted): 1. Model: B-224 x 30” with 18 gauge stainless steel mounting brackets 2. Material: Type 304, stainless steel with satin finish
3. Mounting height: 66” A.F.F. to C/L F. Shelf above toilet in patient room: 1. Supplier: Lee Supply, Meredith Ward, (317) 844-4434 2. Model: Motiv, Quattro 1834T/24 3. Size: 24” w 4.
Finish: Satin nickel 5. Special Note: Provide brackets only without glass. Provide 3/8” solid surface shelf with same dimensions. G. Grab Bars: 1. Manufacturer: Ponte Giulio Hafele
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 28 13 -4 2. Horizontal and vertical, G02JASXX x size indicated on drawings; concealed mounting flange with snap flange cover. 3. Material: Steel core with PVC finish
coating. 4. Color: Selected from manufacturer’s standard. 5. Mounting Height: 36” A.F.F. H. Coat/robe hook: 1. Manufacturer: HEWI, available through Häfele America Co. 2. Model: 842.61.3
(60mm ∅ rosette x 65mm depth) 3. Material: Nylon 4. Color: As selected by Architect/Engineer 5. Mounting height: C/L at 72” A.F.F. high, unless noted otherwise I. Decorative Robe Hook:
1. Supplier: Lee Supply, Meredith Ward (317) 844-4434 2. Model: Motiv, Quattro #1810 3. Finish: Satin Nickel J. Infant Changing Station: 1. Manufacturer: Koala Kare Products, A Division
of Bobrick 2. Model: Horizontal Design, KB100 3. Mounting: Surface mounted 4. Color: Cream 5. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. American Specialties, Inc., 9012 b. Bradley Corporation., 960
c. Brocar Products, Inc., 100-EH d. Rubbermaid Commercial Products., 7816 K. Wall-Mounted Hand-Held Hair Dryer 1. Configuration: Wall mounted base with retractable cord connected hand-held
dryer with integral appliance leakage circuit interrupter (ALCI) hard wired. 2. Dryer wattage: 1500 watts minimum 3. Controls: a. Automatic shut-off when dryer placed in base. b. Dryer:
Two speed and three heat settings c. Night light on/off switch. d. ALCI protection 4. Hand dryer cord length: 5.5 feet 5. Product: a. Sunbeam Products Inc.; Model 1629-40 6. Available
from household applicance.com; 1-800-572-6826 L. Shower Door: 1. Manufacturer: Kohler 2. Model: Fluence K-702400 3. Finish: MX, matte nickel 4. Glass: G53 Rhapsody
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 28 13 -5 2.3 ANCHORS AND FASTENERS A. Provide manufacture’s supplied or recommended fasteners or anchors for installation to substrate indicated, unless otherwise
indicated. 1. Provide stainless steel fasteners or anchors for accessories installed in wet areas or where otherwise indicated, including patient toilet rooms. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1
INSTALLATION A. Mounting: 1. Anchor all accessories rigidly and securely in place so that accessories are level, plumb, and true-to-line. 2. Fit tightly to surfaces to which they are
attached. 3. Install in accordance with the appropriate manufacturer’s instructions. 4. Conceal anchorage wherever possible; where anchorage will be exposed in the completed Work, use
anchors having theft-proof heads and finishes to match accessory. B. Grab bars and shower seats: 1. Use mounting techniques in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Install
to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf (1112 N), when tested according to method in ASTM F 446. a. Where Bariatric shower seat indicated, install to withstand a downward load
of at least 400 lbf (1112 N), when tested according to method in ASTM F 446. b. Where grab bars are indicated in Bariatric use areas, provide grab bar concealed mounting plates in wall.
1) Mounting plates shall extend across a minimum of 2 studs. 2) Cut slots, in stud web adjacent to stud flange, of sufficient size to fit closely to mounting plate. 3) Crimp stud flange
return back to stud flange, to match the height of the mounting plate. 4) Weld mounting plate to each stud flange at top and bottom of plate. Avoid burn-through of stud flange. 5) Provide
mounting plates with tapped holes, or if necessary, drill and tap mounting plate to receive grab bar mounting screws. 6) Mount grab bars to plate using largest diameter fastener recommneded
recommneded by grab bar manufacturer. 2. Loads superimposed shall be transmitted directly to the mounting devices without applying loads to wall finish materials. 3. Seal penetrations
and sleeves through wall finish with silicone sealant. 4. Grab bars anchored to toilet partitions must be thru-bolted. C. Mounting heights: 1. Unless otherwise noted, mount at heights
indicated.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 28 13 -6 3.2 CLEANING: AND ADJUSTING A. Polish all smooth textured surfaces to high shine. B. Inspect accessories for plumbness, levelness, tight fit to wall, and
smooth operation of moving components. 1. Plumb, level or tighten accessories where necessary. 2. Adjust moving components and operating parts where necessary to provide correct, smooth
operation. 3.3 DEMONSTRATION 1. Demonstrate operation to Owner’s representative. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10 44 00 -1 SECTION 10 44 00 — FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes 1. Fire extinguishers 2. Fire extinguisher cabinets
3. Fire extinguisher brackets 4. Coordination of blocking and support with partition construction. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: 1. Submit brochures describing products, maintenance and installation. 2. Submit manufacturer’s submittal sheets indicating cabinet dimensions and rough-in dimensions.
3. Furnish copies with Operating and Maintenance Manual. B. Certificates: 1. Fire-rated cabinets: Provide certification letter or test report indicating cabinet complies with requirements
of ASTM E 814 for hourly rating indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of regulatory agencies: 1. UL listed, latest edition 2. NFPA 10 – Portable Fire Extinguishers PART 2
-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Reference standard: 1. Cabinets: Larsen’s Manufacturing Company 2. Extinguishers: Larsen’s Manufacturing Company B. Acceptable manufacturers:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10 44 00 -2 1. J.L. Industries, Inc. 2. Larsen’s Manufacturing Company 3. Potter-Roemer, Inc. 2.2 CABINET A. Recessed Cabinets in fire-rated walls: Where
recessed cabinets are indicated in fire-rated walls, provide manufacturer’s standard box tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 to meet the fire rating indicated. B. Fully recessed cabinet:
1. Reference standard: Larsen’s Architectural Series: Model #AL2409-R2 2. Cabinet: 22 gauge steel with white baked enamel finish 3. Trim: Extruded or fabricated aluminum, mitered corners,
clear satin anodized finish, 5/16 inch flat trim. 4. Door: Clear acrylic with clear satin anodized finish frame 5. Hardware: Pull handle and roller catch, piano hinge. C. Semi-recessed
cabinet: 1. Reference standard: Larsen’s Architectural Series: Model #AL2409-6R 2. Cabinet: 22 gauge steel with white baked enamel finish 3. Trim: Extruded or fabricated aluminum, mitered
corners, clear satin anodized finish, 2–1/2 inch rolled edge trim. 4. Door: Clear acrylic with clear satin anodized finish frame 5. Hardware: Pull handle and roller catch, piano hinge.
2.3 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Multi-purpose dry chemical type: 1. Reference standard: Larsen’s Model MP10 2. Fire class: ABC 3. Capacity: 10 pounds 4. UL rating: 4A-80B:C PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install recessed cabinets in walls at locations indicated on the Drawings. 1. Provide fire-rated cabinets in fire-rated walls. B. Install brackets and cabinet units
at a height to allow 4’-6” from top of extinguisher to finished floor.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10 44 00 -3 C. Install brackets and extinguisher cabinets in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. D. Provide one fire extinguisher for each cabinet
or bracket. 1. Provide type indicated on Drawings 2. Provide type according to the following: a. Type 1 -All locations, unless otherwise indicated: Multi-purpose dry chemical END OF
SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
METAL LOCKERS 10 51 13 -1 SECTION 10 51 13 — METAL LOCKERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnish and install metal lockers as indicated or implied by the Contract
Documents. 2. Filler and scribe panels. 3. Metal locker base 4. Cutting openings required for Work provided by others. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Rough Carpentry” 2.
Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies”, for blocking installed in metal stud walls. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 653 – Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)
or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. B. ASTM A 1008 – Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and
High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer’s literature describing products, maintenance, and installation. 2. Furnish
copies with Operating and Maintenance Manual. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Provide shop drawings indicating locker type, room location and obstructions, bank dimensions, filler locations and
sizes, and sloped tops. 2. Locker designations on plans shall match locker schedule or designation in this specification. C. Samples: 1. Finish Samples: Minimum 2 inch by 3 inch painted
on same base metal as locker.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
METAL LOCKERS 10 51 13 -2 2. For Selection: full range of manufacturer’s standard and custom colors for selection by the Architect/Engineer. 3. For verification: Submit 3 samples of
selected color for verification by the Architect/Engineer. D. Warranty: Submit copy of manufacturer's standard warranty. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Furnish all accessories
and mounting devices with each unit clearly marked or numbered in accordance with the shop drawings. B. Pack each item complete with all necessary pieces and fasteners. C. Properly wrap
and cushion each item to prevent scratches during delivery and storage. D. Store material in a clean, dry location until time of installation. E. If stored in an unconditioned environment,
allow material to acclimate for 24 hours in design environment prior to installation. 1.5 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate location and size of cutouts and blocking required to receive
work specified under other Sections or provided by others. B. Provide cutouts required by others according to templates or cutout sizes provided. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.
Reference standard: 1. Lyon Metal Products B. Acceptable manufacturers: Provide products from one of the following manufacturers: 1. ASI Storage Solutions Inc. 2. Lyon Metal Products
3. Penco Products Inc. 4. Republic Storage Systems, LLC
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
METAL LOCKERS 10 51 13 -3 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel: [ASTM A 1008, Class I, mild-annealed, cold-rolled steel, free from surface imperfections] [ASTM A 653, galvannealed steel]. B. Fasteners:
Zinc plated or other comparable rust-retardant treatment. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabrication: 1. Material: Cold-rolled steel. 2. Construction: Knock-down,bolted. 3. Fasteners: Zinc plated
or other rust retardant treated bolts. 4. Body: Bolt together assembly, not less than 24 gage, flanged to give double thickness
of metal at back vertical corners. 5. Door frame: 16 gage, integral with sides or lapped and welded into a rigid assembly. 6. Door: 16 gage steel with hinges welded to the door frames
and riveted to the doors. 7. Ventilation: a. Two person and single tier: Louvers, top and bottom. b. Multiple tier: Louvers, centered. 8. Hardware: Manufacturer’s standard hinges and
three point latching system. 9. Acoustical treatment: Sound deadening rubber cushions, 2 minimum. 10. Shelves: Gage. a. Single sheet, 16 gage steel. b. Flanged on 4 sides. c. Front flange:
1-inch return flange. d. Attachment: Bolted to sides and back. 11. Base: a. 4” recessed: Minimum 16 b. Provide where indicated. 12. Top: Sloping up, continuous. 13. Filler panels: Not
less than 24 gage, flanged for attachment to locker sides. 14. Accessories: a. Coat hooks: Manufacturer’s standard number and locations. b. Number plates. 15. Finish: Manufacturer’s
standard baked enamel or powder coat paint.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
METAL LOCKERS 10 51 13 -4 a. Standard color selected by the Architect/Engineer from manufacturer’s full range of colors. 16. Owner furnished: a. Padlocks. b. Number sequencing for lockers.
B. Body: 1. 16-gage steel. 2. Flange seams to provide double thickness of metal at back, top and bottom of sides, top and bottom. C. Door Frame: 1. Form integral to sides, top, and bottom
of locker. 2. Side Containing Latch: Additional flange to form door strike. 3. Tops, Bottoms, and Intermediate Bottoms: Additional flange to form door strike at top and bottom of door.
D. Doors: 1. 14-gage steel, 1-piece. 2. Form both vertical edges into channel-shapes, with top and bottom flanged at 90-degree angle. 3. Single, Double, and Triple-Tier Locker Doors:
18-gage steel pan stiffener welded on 6-inch centers inside channel-shape of hinge side of door. 4. Door Thickness: 1 inch. E. Ventilation: 1. Mini-louvers in portion of door not covered
by stiffener panel. F. Hinges: 1. Type: Full-height continuous hinges. 2. Attachment: Welded to door and riveted to locker body on 6-inch maximum centers. G. Single-Point Latch: 1. Single,
double, triple, and multiple-tier lockers. 2. 1-point locking device with 11-gage steel lock clip for attaching padlock and 10-gage steel security finger. 3. No moving parts. 4. Triangular-Shaped
Reinforcement: Welded to lock clip support and locker side. 5. Handles: Provided with lock hole filler to permit use of built-in key or combination lock. 6. Pan Stiffener: Minimum of
1/3 door width on 12-inch and wider doors.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
METAL LOCKERS 10 51 13 -5 7. Door Jambs: a. Single-Tier Lockers, 48 Inches and Higher: 3 door jambs. b. Double and Triple-Tier Lockers: 2 jambs welded to side of door frames to engage
locking device. c. Safety Reverse Nose for Each Jamb: Eliminate hazard of sharp-pointed edges protruding into locker. d. Easily replaceable soft rubber bumper for each jamb. 8. Single-point
latch. 9. Doors: Provided with lock hole filler to permit use of built-in key or combination lock. H. Handles: 1. Tamper-Guard Handles: a. Single, double, and triple-tier lockers. b.
Chrome-plated, die-cast zinc alloy, with minimum tensile strength of 40,000 psi. c. No moving parts shall operate against outside surface of locker. d. Padlock Attachment: Integral part
of lift, attached directly to locking bar and protected by fixed-handle housing. e. Built-in padlock strike. 2. Single-Point Latching System: a. Single, double, triple, and multiple-tier
lockers. b. 4-1/8 inches wide by 6-1/16 inches high by 1-1/4 inches deep. c. Light-grain, nickel-plated, die-cast zinc alloy, with minimum tensile strength of 40,000 psi. d. Flush-front
appearance. e. Operates with no moving parts. f. Pan reinforcements, 18 gage. 3. Door Pulls: a. Multiple-tier lockers. b. 16-gage steel door pull with padlock attachment, when not used
with built-in locks. I. Shelves: 1. Provide in single-tier lockers. 2. 1 shelf, approximately 12 inches below top. 3. Single sheet, 16-gage steel. 4. Flanged on 4 sides. 5. Front Flange:
1-inch return flange. 6. Attachment: Welded to sides and back. J. Coat Hooks:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
METAL LOCKERS 10 51 13 -6 1. Single, double, and triple-tier lockers. 2. 1 double-prong ceiling hook and 2 single-prong wall hooks. 3. Steel rod stock with ball points for snag-free
use. 4. Attachment: Attached with rivets and welded. 5. Finish: Zinc-plated or comparable rust-retardant treatment. Painted to match locker color. K. Free-Standing Locker base: 4-inch,
14-gage steel channel-type. L. Finish: Manufacturer’s standard baked enamel or powder-coat paint 1. Standard color selected by the Architect/Engineer from manufacturer’s full range of
colors. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install lockers plumb, level, and true-to-line per shop and installation drawings. B. Anchor each individual locker to adjacent lockers
and base. C. Accurately position locker assemblies and anchor them securely and rigidly to walls walls and floors so that no anchorage is exposed in the completed Work. D. Install fillers
and recess trim accurately, evenly, and securely in place. E. Adjust all operating hardware to operate freely and properly, without binding, catching, or scraping. 3.2 REPAIR AND ADJUSTMENT
A. Replace all dented, bent, or otherwise damaged materials with new materials. B. Neatly touch-up scratches, mars, and other defects in shop-applied paint coats to the satisfaction
of the Architect/Engineer. C. Adjust doors to provide smooth and complete swing and latching. 3.3 LOCKER SCHEDULE A. General: Provide lockers in single units to match dimensions and
quantity of sections indicated. Dimensions are listed as width by depth by height. B. Type 1: Multiple tier:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
METAL LOCKERS 10 51 13 -7 1. Size: 12” x 12” x 12”, 5 high C. Type 2: Double tier: 1. Size: 12” x 12” x 30” , 2 high END OF SECTION 10 51 13
Division 12 Furnishings
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CURTAINS AND DRAPES 12 22 00 -1 SECTION 12 22 00 — CURTAINS AND DRAPES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnish and install drapery and curtaining as indicated or
implied by the Contract Documents. a. Cubicle curtains in rooms b. Interior and exterior window drapery c. Window Treatment Hardware B. Related Sections: 1. Division 10 Section “Cubicles”
1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Samples for Verification: For each type of curtain, drape, and window treatment hardware indicated; in sizes indicated. Prepare Samples from the same material to be
used for the Work. 1. Drape Track: 18-inch-(450-mm-) long sample, including end of track and operating hardware. 2. Curtain or Drape Fabric: Full-width-by-36-inch-(1000-mm-) long sample
from dye lot to be used for the Work, with specified treatments applied. a. Show complete pattern repeat. b. Mark top and face of fabric. 3. Curtain or Drape Interlining Fabric: Full-width-by-36-inch
-(1000-mm-) long sample with specified treatments applied. B. Certification: 1. Provide written certification indicating that fabric complies with flame spread and smoke development
standards for Class A material per NFPA 701. C. Maintenance instructions: Provide written instructions on laundering. 1. Furnish copy with Operating and Maintenance Manual. 1.3 QUALITY
ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Provide drapes, fabricated and installed by one source, with resources to provide products of consistent quality without delaying the Work.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CURTAINS AND DRAPES 12 22 00 -2 B. Flame Resistance: Provide curtains and drapes identical to those tested and passed for flame resistance per applicable test of NFPA 701 by UL or another
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify curtain and drape openings by field measurements before
fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1. Coordinate fabrication and installation with Project schedule to avoid delaying the Work. 2. Drawing represents proposed wall-to-wall
dimensions only, and no allowance for folds or slack of drapery is indicated. B. Environmental Limitations: Do not install curtains and drapes until ambient temperature and humidity
conditions are being maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Window Treatment Hardware Manufacturers:
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Curtain and Drape Hardware and Tracks: a. Kirsch. b. Silent Gliss. c. Springs Window Fashions Division,
Inc. d. SM Automatic. 2. Cubicle track: Refer to Division 10 Section “Cubicles”. 2.2 DRAPERY AND CURTAINING A. Curtain and Drape Materials: Subject to compliance with requirements. Refer
to Interior Finish Schedule for finish information. Substitutions not permitted. 1. Thread: Provide thread suitable for fabric sewn and in color to match fabric sewn. 2.3 CURTAIN AND
DRAPE FABRICATION A. Extend curtains and drapes from not more than 1/4 inch (6 mm) from ceiling or track recess to not more than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) from finished floor. B. Crescent Fold:
60% minimum /120% maximum C. Fabricate drapes to hang parallel to wall at end of run with pleats hanging vertically.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CURTAINS AND DRAPES 12 22 00 -3 D. Fabricate drapes to hang flat to wall at wall returns and to hide casement and track from view. 1. Sew ring into drape heading and fasten hook to wall.
E. Align patterns vertically and horizontally. F. Hems: Full 4-inch double-folded and finished with blind stitch, even and flat with no rack, roll, or wrinkle. 1. Ends: Square with covered
lead weights placed at seams and in bottom corner of each panel. G. Seams: Fabricate vertical, overlocked stitch flat seams without puckers that fall within folds. Remove selvages. Overcast-serge
raw edges. 1. Horizontal seams are not acceptable. 2. When less than one-half fabric widths are used, place at edge of finished panel or at bracket return portion of support. H. Lining:
Secure at heading to prevent roll up or separation from drape. I. Cubicle curtains: 1. Upper section of drapery shall have minimum of 20” deep nylon mesh with 1/2” spacing, sewn to the
curtaining material. 2. Curtain panel shall extend to within 15 inches of finished floor. 3. Fullness: Not less than 20 percent. J. Identify each curtain or drape with cloth label with
indelible text, attached at side return of each panel, indicating location of installation, finished width and length, and recommended cleaning procedures. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Isolate metal parts of window treatment hardware from concrete or masonry to prevent galvanic action. Use tape, thick coating, or other method, as recommended by manufacturer. B.
Install tracks level, plumb, and secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Install curtains and drapes to traverse without rubbing against track or trim, stack evenly
when fully open, and extend across opening with uniform appearance. D. Do not encumber operation of window sash, blind, or shade hardware. E. Install drapes in a clean and pressed condition.
F. Install after finish work in room is complete.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CURTAINS AND DRAPES 12 22 00 -4 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Hang drapes tied back for 48 hours to set pleats. B. Adjust curtains and drapes to hang without wrinkles and with a consistent distance
of the hem to finished floor of not less than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm). 1. Adjust after not less than one 7-day building operations cycle. 3.3 CLEANING: A. Inspect curtains prior to Substantial
Completion. B. Vacuum drapery to remove visible dust or dirt. C. Clean drapery that has been soiled or stained that cannot be cleaned by vacuuming. D. Replace draperies that cannot be
cleaned with new draperies. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13 -1 SECTION 12 24 13 — ROLLER WINDOW SHADES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes roller shades and motorized shade operators of configuration
indicated, including mounting and operating hardware: 1. Manually operated, single roll-up fabric window shades. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 06 Section “Rough
Carpentry” 2. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 3. Division 09 Section “Acoustical Ceilings” 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include styles,
material descriptions, construction details, dimensions of individual components and profiles, features, finishes, and operating instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations,
sections, details, details of installation, operational clearances and relationship to adjoining Work. 1. Verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements
on Shop Drawings. C. Coordination Drawings: Drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and ceiling-mounted items. D. Samples: For each exposed finish and for each color and texture
required. E. Window Treatment Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings, list rooms, field verified window dimensions, quantities, type of shade, controls, fabric, and color.
F. Maintenance data. 1. Methods for maintaining roller shades and finishes. 2. Precautions about cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to fabrics, finishes, and performance.
3. Operating hardware.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13 -2 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed installation of roller shades similar in material, design,
and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain roller shades
through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide roller shade band materials with the fire-testresponse characteristics indicated, as determined
by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction: 1. Flame-Resistance Ratings:
Passes NFPA 701, Test Method 2 (Large Scale test). 2. Fire Response Characteristics: ASTM E 84, Class A a. Flame Spread: Less than 25 b. Smoke Produced: Less than 450 D. Comply with
WCMA A 100.1. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver shades in factory packages, marked with manufacturer and product name, and location of installation using same room designations
indicated on Drawings and in a window treatment schedule. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install roller shades until construction and wet and dirty finish
work in spaces, including painting, is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use.
B. Field Measurements: Where roller shades are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements
on Shop Drawings. Allow clearances for operable glazed units' operation hardware throughout the entire operating range. Notify Architect of discrepancies. Coordinate fabrication schedule
with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components that
fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Hardware Components:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13 -3 a. Defects in materials or workmanship. b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. c. Warranty Period:
10 years from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Shadecloth: a. Failures include, but are not limited to, deterioration, sag, warp, or unfitness for use over the full warranty period.
b. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ROLLER SHADES A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MechoShade
Systems, Inc., MechoShade or ElectroShade, as indicated or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Nysan Shading Systems, Ltd. 2. Draper Inc. 3. Levolor; Levolor-Kirsch Window
Fashions; a Newell Rubbermaid Company 4. Lutron Shading Solutions by VIMCO 5. MechoShade MechoShade Systems, Inc. 6. Nysan Shading Systems, Ltd. 7. RollEase, Inc. 8. Shade Techniques,
Inc. 9. Silent Gliss USA, Inc. 10. Sol-R-Veil 11. Verosol USA, Inc.; OEM Shades Inc. B. Shade Band Material: PVC-coated fiberglass or PVC-coated polyester. 1. Colors: As selected by
Architect from manufacturer's full range C. Rollers: Electrogalvanized or epoxy primed steel or extruded-aluminum tube of diameter and wall thickness required to support and fit internal
components of operating system and the weight and width of shade band material without sagging; designed to be easily removable from support brackets. D. Direction of Roll: Regular,
from back of roller. E. Mounting Brackets: Galvanized or zinc-plated steel. F. Fascia: L-shaped, formed-steel sheet or extruded aluminum; long edges returned or rolled; continuous panel
concealing front and bottom of shade roller, brackets, and operating hardware and operators; removable design for access.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13 -4 G. Top/Back Cover: L-shaped; material and finish to match fascia; combining with fascia and end caps to form a six-sided headbox enclosure sized to fit
shade roller and operating hardware inside. H. Pocket with Ceiling Slot Opening: Six-sided box units for recessed installation; fabricated from formed-steel sheet, extruded aluminum,
or wood; with a bottom consisting of slot opening of minimum dimension to allow lowering and raising of shade and a removable or an openable, continuous metal access panel concealing
rollers, brackets, and operating hardware and operators within. 1. Basis of Design: MechoShade Systems, Inc., 4123 pocket with 3-inch closure a. Supplementary ceiling tile support for
floating application: 2 inch closure 2. Corner Section: Factory formed and welded. I. Side Channels: Blackout with light seals, single-channel aluminum, 2-1/2 inch depth. J. Bottom Bar:
Extruded aluminum, with plastic or metal capped ends. Provide exposed-to-view, external -type. 1. Size: 1-1/2 inch by 3/8 inch K. Mounting: Inside or Recessed in ceiling pocket, as indicated
on Drawings. L. Shade Operation: Manual; with continuous-loop bead-chain, clutch, and cord tensioner and bracket lift operator. 2.2 ROLLER SHADE FABRICATION A. Unit Sizes: Obtain units
fabricated in sizes to fill window and other openings as follows, measured at 74 deg F (23 deg C): 1. Shade Units Installed between (Inside) Jambs: Edge of shade not more than 1/4 inch
(6 mm) from face of jamb. Length equal to head to sill dimension of opening in which each shade is installed. B. Installation Brackets: Designed for easy removal and reinstallation of
shade, for supporting fascia, headbox, roller, and operating hardware and for hardware position and shade mounting method indicated. C. Installation Fasteners: No fewer than two fasteners
per bracket, fabricated from metal noncorrosive to shade hardware and adjoining construction; type designed for securing to supporting substrate; and supporting shades and accessories
under conditions of normal use.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana 3rd Floor East & South Renovation BSA LifeStructures #461066.01 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13 -5 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 ROLLER SHADE INSTALLATION A. Install roller shades level, plumb, and aligned with adjacent units according to manufacturer's written
instructions, and located so shade band is not closer than 2 inches (50 mm) to interior face of glass. Allow clearances for window operation hardware. B. Adjust and balance roller shades
to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from binding or malfunction throughout entire operational range. C. Clean roller shade surfaces after installation, according to manufacturer's
written instructions. 3.2 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain roller shades. Refer
to Division 01 Section “Demonstration and Training." END OF SECTION